The Phoenissae of Euripides; with brief notes

ΠῚ

!

'

REESE LIBRARY

OF THE

Received ee

Accesstons No. Z O44 C

. Ces wt fap, ¢
ΕΣ ΟΣ
. . ν᾽. εὐ πὰ».
Υ ΜΝ F 1 ἔν Ὁ
5 iS ον 7
: ' nak * ; Ἢ
ὶ ἕω τ ὼ ats ΜΕ ; ἈΝ
a ἃς { \ 7 See ri
“πεν ᾿ > ; | ι τι, ἢ
Ε ΝΣ Ὕ .- Ν <4 ; δ J Fi
ei ee j ard ai = ree

-ν
ii
Ps
τ
~
-

᾿νε. Baye ne at

i - Ὅν:

*

a
ἈΦ

J oie
y “hy 7
᾿ ἣ P

᾿ ἐλόννν
a roe
, ὶ ey
‘i i

aa
τἀ 3.

THE

PHOENISSAE OF EURIPIDES.

Cambridge:
PRINTED ΒΥ. Ὁ, J. CLAY, M.A.
AT THE UNIVERSITY PRESS,

THE
PHOENISSAE OF EURIPIDES.
CHith brief Motes.

By Ay PALEY, ΜΑΣ

CLASSICAL EXAMINER IN THE UNIVERSITY OF LONDON.

@e@
|
|
NY
ἐν
> ἘΞ WMG
eee (Me
y¥ Pen vA } ἢ Hi
ἣν ; ἽΝ Wa | i
ΨΥ AAI
ih I
wi
se

CAMBRIDGE:
DEIGHTON, BELL, AND CO,
LONDON: WHITTAKER AND CO., G. BELL AND SONS

1870.

2G4t lS

429

MAIN

INTRODUCTION.

Tux Phoenissae (Phoenician Women), in common with
some others of the extant Greek Tragedies, was derived
from ancient epics on the history of Thebes and the house
of Laius, not less famous than the Troica, and equally with
them attributed to Homer, and subsequently embodied in the
Epic Cyclus!. The Seven against Thebes and the Antigone
occupy precisely the same ground?, the fatal conflict be-
tween Eteocles and Polynices for the sovereignty of Thebes.
To the former indeed not a few passages in the present
drama evidently refer; as when the poet says (v. 751) that
the names of the seven chiefs need not be given at length
when the enemy are investing the city®. Like the Orestes,
this play (the longest extant) was very popular in the later
Greek schools. Its varied action, chivalrous descriptions,
and double messenger’s narrative, first of the general fight
between the contending armies, secondly (vy. 1356), of the
duel between ihe brothers and the suicide of Jocasta, give
a sustained interest to a piece which extends to nearly twice
the length of the corresponding Aeschylean drama. Besides
the above claims to our attention, the play furnishes us
with a good example of the poet’s fondness for rhetorical
pleading, in a legal and sophistical exposition of the rights

1 The marriage of Jocasta (called Epicaste) with her son Oedipus,
her suicide, not by the sword (Phoen. 1457) but by the noose, and the
death of Laius by the hand of his son, are briefly recounted in
Od. XI. 271, epitomised from older epics on the tale of Thebes.

2 The Antigone is a little later in the action, viz. subsequent
to the edict of Creon forbidding the burial of Polynices, Phoen. 1639,
The Suppliant Women of our author forms a sequel to the Phoe-
nissae, and treats of the demand made by Adrastus and enforced by
Theseus for the burial of the Argive dead after their defeat.

3 See the note on 751.

-

6 INTRODUCTION.

of the rival brothers to the throne. The Phoenissae, in
fact, is overloaded with action. It is like a picture in which
a whole panorama is included instead of one definite object.
As in the case of the Orestes, not very favourable judgments
have been passed upon it by modern critics. Most of them
object to the introduction of the blind old Oedipus at the
close (1539), who is brought on the stage with Antigone
to receive from Creon his sentence of banishment from the
land}. Like the needless episode of the Phrygian eunuch
in Or. 1370, this part of the play might perhaps, from a
modern point of view, have been curtailed with advantage.
On the other hand, the important incident of the self-
immolation of Creon’s son Menoeceus, for the salvation
of his country, is too hurriedly passed over with little more
than an allusion (1090). Nevertheless, with all its faults, real
or supposed, the Phoenissae is a fine poem, and admirably
adapted for reading in the schools. For, as the author
of the Greek Argument states, ἔστι τὸ δρᾶμα καὶ πολυπρόσω-
πον καὶ γνωμῶν πολλῶν μεστόν τε Kal καλῶν. He adds, that
it was ταῖς σκηνικαῖς ὄψεσι κάλλιστον, but he remarks that
the plot is too much encumbered with what modern play-
wrights would call “padding,” παραπληρώματα, or matter
introduced for the mere purpose of filling up.

From the mutilated ὑπόθεσις by Aristophanes the gram-
marian, from which these words are quoted, (first published
by Kirchhoff in 1853 from a Venice MS..,) we learn that the
play was brought out in the Archonship of Nausicrates,
Ol. xc. 8, or B.c. 411, This is coincident with the recal of
Alcibiades from exile, an event perhaps alluded to in the
dialogue between Polynices and Jocasta (v. 390 seqq.)?.
Properly speaking, there is a double plot. One action, with
its introductory matter, the colloquy of the brothers before
Jocasta, turns entirely on their mutual slaughter, the in-
evitable result of their father’s curse. The sequel,—the

1 The superstitious and vexatious practice often mentioned in
Athenian history and literature, of banishing obnoxious persons on
the pretence of getting rid of a family under a ban, ἄγος ἐλαύνειν,
gave a political point to this part of the plot.

2 Compare the complaints of Alcibiades before the Samian As-
sembly on the hardships of exile, Thuc. VIII. 81 and 97.

INTRODUCTION. 7

death of Jocasta, the edict of Creon, the banishment of
Oedipus, and the long dialogue (1585) between these two
and Antigone,—would have more properly formed the sub-
ject of a separate tragedy. There are indeed grave reasons
for suspecting that the Phoenissae has been largely supple-
mented by another hand. The play might very well have
concluded with v. 1583; and the speeches that follow of
Creon and Oedipus contain much that seems unlike the
style of Euripides. This opinion, however, does not appear
to have been held by any of the modern critics. A con-
sideration of its probability, in connexion with the very
unusual length of the play, is one of the points to which
the attention of the student should be directed. The other
points are, the many striking coincidences between this
play, the Seven against Thebes, and the Antigone; and the
comparison to be made of the treatment of the closely allied
works of the three rival poets. The concluding dialogue
especially, between Creon and Antigone (1646 seqq.), seems
expanded and enlarged from that between the herald and
Antigone in Theb. 1045 seqq.

An outline of the plot may be added in a few lines.
(1) The prologue by Jocasta sets forth the history of
Oedipus and the imprecation uttered against his sons.
(2) An episode follows, resembling the τειχοσκοπία in Iliad
11, in which Antigone, accompanied by an aged male at-
tendant, surveys the invading Argive army from the roof or
upper floor of the palace. (3) The chorus sing a parode
on their own detention at Thebes by the outbreak of the
war, their destination being the service of Apollo in the
terple at Delphi (v. 205). (4) Polynices enters the city
under a truce, to confer with his brother about his claim
to the throne. (5) Jocasta, summoned by the chorus,
delivers a monody on the present unhappy aspect of affairs.
(6) A long conference ensues, in which Jocasta (v. 528)
advises moderation, concession, and compromise, which

1 T have elsewhere expressed doubts whether the long speech in
Oed. Col. 1586,—so remarkable, among other peculiarities, for the
frequent omission of the augment in historic tenses,—is not an
addition by Iophon. See Ar. Lan, 60,

8 INTRODUCTION.

however, in a colloquy of trochaic verses, is angrily re-
‘jected. (7) The first stasimon on the legend of the founding
of Thebes and the slaying of the dragon by Cadmus.
(8) Eteocles sends for Creon to advise with him before
the general fight (v. 690). The result is, the posting of
seven companies at the seven gates. (9) Creon’s son
Menoeceus is sent to fetch Teiresias, who on arriving
(v. 865) declares that Menoeceus must die if his country
is to be saved. (10) The second stasimon on the horrors
-of war, and on legendary incidents in the tale of Thebes,
the Sphinx and the building of the walls by Amphion.
(11) Menoeceus offers himself a willing victim (v. 997).
(12) Third stastmon on the ravages of the Sphinx. (13) A
messenger announces to Jocasta the result of the Argive
attack on Thebes, and its repulse, consequent on the self-
devotion of Menoeceus (v. 1091). He further informs her
of the intended duel between her sons (v. 1230). (14) Jo-
casta goes forth with Antigone to try to prevent it.
(15) News of the fatal result is brought by a second mes-
senger to Creon, to whom it is described at great length,
with the subsequent suicide of Jocasta (v. 1457). (16)
Monody of Antigone in grief for the triple deaths (v. 1485).
(17) Oedipus is led from the house by his daughter, but
only to receive from Creon, who has succeeded to the throne
on the death of Eteocles (v. 1586), his sentence of banish-
ment, and to hear his order that Polynices shall remain
unburied. (18) Antigone, who is told to prepare to marry
Haemon, Creon’s son (y. 1638), elects to accompany her
father into exile.

Thus the conclusion of the Phoenissae is taken up im-
mediately by the action of the Oedipus at Colonus, a play
which extends to very nearly the same length (1708 verses
compared with 1766 of the Phoenissae). The conclusion
of the Seven against Thebes is supposed by some recent
critics to be an addition subsequent to and founded on
the Antigone.

TA TOY APAMATOS ΠΡΟΣΩΠΑ.

IOKASTH.
TTATAATOTOS.
ANTITONH.
ΧΟΡΟΣ SOINIZZON IYNAIKON.
IIOATNEIKHE.
ETEOKAH®S.
ΚΡΕΩΝ.
ΤΕΙΡΕΣΙΑΣ.
ΜΕΝΟΙΚΒΕΥΣ.
ΑΤΤΈΛΟΣ.

ΕΤΈΡΟΣ ΑΤΤΈΛΟΣ.
OIATTIIOTS.

(a +A "
hr phe vane Me ‘

κα
ivy irae

indy Gh. ey ἢ 7 τὴν τ
‘Auge aa 4 nde hi vine (ἡ

TN ee el Me" ty

et ae a Ba κΨ ace te
a a ti Rae haha

προς

EYPINIAOY ΦΟΙΝΙΣΣΑΙ,.

.-..---

ΙΟΚΑΣΤΗ.
ὮὯὮ ‘ 3 » > a / enn
τὴν ἐν ἄστροις οὐρανοῦ τέμνων ὁδὸν

καὶ χρυσοκολλήτοισιν ἐμβεβὼς δίφροις
Ἥλιε, θοαῖς ἵπποισιν εἱλίσσων φλόγα,

«εἩ -“ ’ὔ »“» +f) e ,
ὡς δυστυχῆ Θήβαισι τῇ τόθ᾽ ἡμέρᾳ

3 a3 5 “-“ / Co Fn = -“
ἀκτῖν᾽ ἐφῆκας, Κάδμος ἡνίκ ἦλθε γῆν

’ὔ 3 - Ν 7 . 7 /
τήνδ᾽, ἐκλιπὼν Φοίνισσαν ἐναλίαν χθόνα"
a » ’ ’ ε ’ ‘
ὃς παῖδα γήμας Κύπριδος “Appoviay ποτέ
Πολύδωρον ἐξέφυσε, τοῦ δὲ Λάβδακον

aA / 3 Ν A 7.:
φῦναι λέγουσιν, ἐκ δὲ τοῦδε Λάϊον.
ἐγὼ δὲ παῖς μὲν κλήζομαι Μενοικέως,
[Κρέων τ᾽ ἀδελφὸς μητρὸς ἐκ μιᾶς ἔφυ.
καλοῦσι δ᾽ Ἰοκάστην με, τοῦτο γὰρ πατὴρ
» ~ Ν 7...) 3 5 A 3 3᾿
ἔθετο, γαμεῖ δὲ Aaios ws ἐπεὶ δ᾽ amas
Φ ΄ 7 FWD > ,
ἦν χρόνια λέκτρα τἄμ᾽ ἔχων ἐν δώμασιν,
ἐλθὼν ἐρωτᾷ Φοῖβον, ἐξαιτεῖ θ᾽ ἅμα
παίδων ἐς οἴκους ἀρσένων κοινωνίαν.

ε
ὃ δ᾽ εἶπεν, Ὦ Θήβαισιν εὐΐπποις ἄναξ,
» A ~ / ἕω ’ὔ ,ὔ
μὴ σπεῖρε τέκνων ἄλοκα δαιμόνων βίᾳ.

A “-“ ‘A
εἰ γὰρ τεκνώσεις παῖδ᾽, ἀποκτενεῖ σ᾽ ὁ φὺς,
καὶ πᾶς σὸς οἶκος βήσεται δι αἵματος.

ε » ε - \ ἫΝ A

ὁ δ᾽ ἡδονῇ δοὺς és τε βακχεῖον πέσων

4 κ a

ἔσπειρεν ἡμῖν παῖδα, καὶ σπείρας βρέφος,
γνοὺς τἀμπλάκημα τοῦ θεοῦ τε τὴν φάτιν,
λειμῶν᾽ ἐς Ἥρας καὶ Κιθαιρῶνος λέπας
δίδωσι βουκόλοισιν ἐκθεῖναι βρέφος,

A a 4
[σφυρῶν σιδηρᾷ κέντρα διαπείρας μέσον,
σ
ὅθεν νιν Ἑλλὰς ὠνόμαζεν Οἰδίπουν.
Πολύβου δέ νιν λαβόντες ἱπποβουκόλοι
φέρουσ᾽ ἐς οἴκου ἔς τε δεσποίνης χέρας

10

ἘΥΡΙΠΙΔΟΥ͂

Μ ε Ν Ν > x δέ , ΓΞ
ἔθηκαν. 1) δὲ τὸν ἐμὸν ὠδίνων πόνον 80
μαστοῖς ὑφεῖτο καὶ πόσιν πείθει τεκεῖν.
3, Ν ta , 9 ’
ἤδη δὲ πυρσαῖς γένυσιν ἐξανδρούμενος

a ε A “Ὁ \ 3, Ν ’
παῖς οὑμὸς ἢ γνοὺς ἢ τινος μαθὼν πάρα
” Ν ΄ ΕἸ a ,
ἔστειχε τοὺς φύσαντας ἐκμαθεῖν θέλων

~ / feos hf > e A /
πρὸς δῶμα Φοίβου, Adios Θ᾽ οὑμὸς πόσις 5
P a“ , nw
tov ἐκτεθέντα παῖδα μαστεύων μαθεῖν,
|e ΜΝ ᾿ /

el μηκέτ᾽ εἴη. καὶ ξυνάπτετον πόδα
ΕἸ SN 4 vA “ ε A
és ταὐτὸν ἄμφω Φωκίδος σχιστῆς ὁδοῦ.

’ὔ 4 4 3
Kai νιν κελεύει Λαΐου τροχηλάτης,

ςε

Ὦ ἕένε, τυράννοις ἐκποδὼν μεθίστασο. 49
ε 2 Ὁ 5 ἂν 7 A A ,
ὁ δ᾽ cipr ἄναυδος μέγα φρονῶν. πώλοι δέ νιν
χηλαῖς τένοντας ἐξεφοίνισσον ποδῶν.
ὅθεν, τί τἀκτὸς τῶν κακῶν με δεῖ λέγειν ;
παῖς πατέρα καίνει, καὶ λαβὼν ὀχήματα
Πολύβῳ τροφεῖ δίδωσιν. ὡς δ᾽ ἐπεζάρει 45
τ ἊΝ ε lal oN 9 ‘4 > 3 i 7,
Σφὶγξ ἁρπαγαῖσι πόλιν, ἐμός T οὐκ ἢν Toots,
Κρέων ἀδελφὸς τἀμὰ κηρύσσει λέχη,
ὅστις σοφῆς αἴνιγμα παρθένου μαθοι,
τού ἕ / λέ ’ δέ

ὕτῳ ξυνάψειν λέκτρα. τυγχάνει δέ πως

ΕΙΣ 5 ΕἸ \ a "5.9 Ν Ν
αἴνιγμ᾽ ἐμὸς παῖς Οἰδίπους Σφιγγὸς μαθὼν,
ὅθεν τύραννος τῆσδε γῆς καθίσταται,

Ν n ° 3, On an , ’
καὶ σκῆπτρ᾽ ἔπαθλα τῆσδε λαμβάνει χθονός.
γαμεῖ δὲ τὴν τεκοῦσαν οὐκ εἰδὼς τάλας,

σι
ῷ

οὐδ᾽ ἡ τεκοῦσα παιδὶ συγκοιμωμένη.

, Ν a \ , \ " τὶν
τίκτω δὲ παῖδας παιδὶ δύο μὲν ἀρσενας, E5
᾿Ἔτεοκλέα κλεινήν te Πολυνείκους βίαν,

> /
κόρας τε δισσάς: τὴν μὲν Ἰσμήνην πατὴρ

> WV \ Ν / > id 2 ,
ὠνόμασε, τὴν δὲ πρόσθεν ᾿Αντιγόνην ἐγώ.
μαθὼν δὲ τἀμὰ λέκτρα μητρῴων γάμων
ε / 3 > Ν sQ7 ’

ὁ wavtT ἀνατλὰς Οἰδίπους παθήματα 60
3 A /

eis ὄμμαθ᾽ αὑτοῦ δεινὸν ἐμβάλλει φόνον

χρυσηλάτοις πόρπαισιν αἱμάξας κόρας.

ἐπεὶ δὲ τέκνων γένυς ἐμῶν σκιάζεται,

λ 44 3, ΓΔ] » ΕἸ ,
κλῃθροις ἔκρυψαν πατέρ᾽, ἵν αμνήμων TVX

/ a , , -
γένοιτο πολλῶν δεομένη σοφισμάτων. 65

®OINIZZAI. 13

A ΒΕ. ὯΝ 3 . Μ Ν A nw , -
ζῶν δ᾽ ἔστ᾽ ἐν οἴκοις, πρὸς δὲ τῆς τύχης νοσῶν
ἀρὰς ἀρᾶται παισὶν ἀνοσιωτάτας,

~ / “ al /

θηκτῷ σιδήρῳ δῶμα διαλαχεῖν τόδε.

Ν > ΕἸ / / Ν /
τὼ δ᾽ ἐς φόβον πεσόντε μὴ τελεσφόρους
εὐχὰς θεοὶ κραίνωσιν οἰκούντων ὁμοῦ, 70
évpBavr ἔταξαν τὸν νεώτερον πάρος
φεύγειν ἑκόντα τήνδε ἸΠολυνείκη χθόνα,
> / Ν a > » / a
Ἑτεοκλέα δὲ σκῆπτρ᾽ ἔχειν μένοντα γῆς

3 Ν 3 ’ > > N a se 8 “a
ἐνιαυτὸν ἀλλάσσοντ᾽. ἐπεὶ δ᾽ ἐπὶ ζυγοῖς

,ὔ > > A > ’ ’
καθέζετ᾽ ἀρχῆς, οὐ μεθίσταται θρόνων,
φυγάδα δ᾽ ἀπωθεῖ τῆσδε ἸΤολυνείκη χθονός.
ὁ δ᾽ ΓΑργος ἐλθὼν, κῆδος ᾿Αδράστου λαβὼν,
\ 3 ’ὔ > sn? , »”

πολλὴν ἀθροίσας ασπίὸ Ἀργείων aye

J
οι

ἐπ᾽ αὐτὰ δ᾽ ἐλθὼν ἑπτάπυλα τείχη τάδε

πατρῷ ἀπαιτεῖ σκῆπτρα καὶ μέρη χθονός. 80
“τὺ >» , a1 .cn 2 . a

ἐγὼ δ᾽ ἔριν λύουσ᾽ ὑπόσπονδον μολεῖν

» ‘\ σε \ A ,

ἔπεισα παιδὶ παῖδα, πρὶν ψαῦσαι δορός.

σ 3 ε , > Ν ”

ἥξειν δ᾽ ὁ πεμφθείς φησιν αὐτὸν ἀγγελος.

> > ον 4 > -“ he \

αλλ᾽ ὦ φαεννας. οὐρανοῦ ναίων πτυχας:

Ζεῦ, σῶσον ἡμᾶς, δὸς δὲ σύμβασιν τέκνοις. Εὖ
χρὴ ὃ. εἶ σοφὸς πέφυκας, οὐκ ἐᾶν βροτὸν

τὸν αὐτὸν ἀεὶ δυστυχῆ καθεστάναι.

ΠΑΙΔΑΤΩΤῸΣ.
>
ὦ κλεινὸν οἴκοις ᾿Αντιγόνη θάλος πατρὶ,
ἐπεί σε μήτηρ παρθενῶνας ἐκλιπεῖν
μεθῆκε μελάθρων ἐς διῆρες ἔσχατον, 90
στράτευμ ἰδεῖν ᾿Αργεῖον, ἱκεσίαισι σαῖς,
ἐπίσχες, ὡς ἂν προὐξερευνήσω στίβον,

’ ~ ΕῚ , ,

μή tis πολιτῶν ἐν τρίβῳ φαντάζεται,
3 “
κἀμοὶ μὲν ἔλθῃ φαῦλος, ὡς δούλῳ, ψόγος,

. om ε ᾽ν , a ταις N , ἐς
σοὶ δ᾽ ὡς avdcon: πάντα δ᾽ ἐξειδὼς φράσω, 95
¢ 2 © ee ie or , ,

ἅ τ᾽ εἶδον εἰσηκουσά τ Ἀργείων πάρα,
σπονδὰς ὅτ᾽ ἦλθον σῷ. κασιγνήτῳ φέρων
ἐνθένδ᾽ ἐκεῖσε δεῦρό T αὖ κείνου πάρα.
ἀλλ᾽ οὔτις ἀστῶν τοῖσδε χρίμπτεται δόμοις,

14

ΠΑ

AN.

AN.

IA.

ΕΥ̓ΡΙΠΙΔΟΥ͂
κέδρου παλαιὰν κλίμακ᾽ ἐκπέρα ποδί- 109
σκόπει δὲ πεδία καὶ παρ᾽ ᾿Ισμηνοῦ ῥοὰς
Δῴκης τε νᾶμα, πολεμίων στράτευμ᾽ ὅσον.

ANTITONH.

Cpeyé νυν ὄρεγε γεραιὰν νέᾳ χεῖρ᾽ ἀπὸ κλιμάκων,
ποδὸς ἴχνος ὙΠ
ἰδοὺ, ξύναψον, παρθέν᾽- ἐς καιρὸν δ᾽ ἔβης" τοῦ
κινούμενον γὰρ τυγχάνει Πελασγικὸν
Ud , 3 3 , /
στράτευμα, χωρίζουσι δ᾽ ἀλλήλων λόχους.
to πότνια παῖ Λατοῦς
ε "Ὁ , Ale
Exata, κατάχαλκον αἀπᾶὰν !
πεδίον ἀστράπτει. 110
οὐ γάρ τι φαύλως ἦλθε ἸΤολυνείκης χθόνα,

a Ν σ“ ΄ oy ee ig
πολλοῖς μὲν ἵπποις, μυρίοις δ᾽ ὅπλοις βρέμων.
apa πύλαι κλήθροις Τχαλκόδετά T ἔμβολα
λαϊνέοισιν ᾿Αμφίονος ὀργάνοις τείχεος ἥρμοσται ;
θάρσει: τά γ᾽ ἔνδον ἀσφαλῶς ἔχει πόλις. 116
ἀλλ᾽ εἰσόρα τὸν πρῶτον, εἰ βούλει μαθεῖν.

» & ε ΄

τίς οὗτος ὁ λευκολόφας,

πρόπαρ ὃς ἁγεῖται στρατοῦ 120
πάγχαλκον ἀσπίδ᾽ ἀμφὶ βραχίονα κουφίζων ;
λοχαγὸς, ὦ δέσποινα, .----

᾿
τίς, πόθεν γεγὼς,
+ Ὁ ΑΝ / ° /
αὔδασον, ὦ γεραιὲ, τίς ὀνομάζεται ;

e a IAA , =
. οὗτος Μυκηναῖος μὲν αὐδᾶται γένος, 125

Λεργαῖα δ᾽ οἰκεῖ νάμαθ᾽, Ἱππομέδων ἄναξ.
ἐὲ, ὡς γαῦρος, ὡς φοβερὸς εἰσιδεῖν,
γίγαντι γηγενέτᾳ προσόμοιος,
ἀστρωπὸς ἐν γραφαῖσιν, οὐχὶ πρόσφορος
ἁμερίῳ γέννᾳ. 150
τὸν δ᾽ ἐξαμείβοντ᾽ οὐχ ὁρᾷς Δίρκης ὕδωρ
ἤλοχαγόν ;
ἄλλος ἄλλος ὅδε τευχέων τρόπος.
τίς δ᾽ ἐστὶν οὗτος ;
παῖς μὲν Οἰνέως ἔφυ

ΑΝ.

ΠΑ.

ΑΝ.

ΠΑ.

ΑΝ.

ΠΑ.
AN.

IIA.

AN.

IIA.

AN.

ΠΑ.

ΦΟΙΝΊΙΣΣΑΙ. 15
Τυδεὺς, Ἄρη δ᾽ Αἰτωλὸν ἐν στέρνοις ἔχει.
- ε - ᾽,ὔ > ,
οὗτος ὁ τᾶς Πολυνείκεος, ὦ γέρον, 135
αὐτοκασιγνήτας νύμφας ὁμόγαμος κυρεῖ;
ὡς ἀλλόχρως ὅπλοισι, μιξοβάρβαρος.
σακεσφόροι γὰρ πάντες Αἰτωλοὶ, τέκνον,
λόγχαις τ᾽ ἀκοντιστῆρες εὐστοχώτατοι. 140
A > > , ~ ΕἸ , “» ,
σὺ δ᾽, ὦ γέρον, πῶς αἰσθάνει σαφῶς τάδε;
“> 65 A LS > , > ’
σημεῖ ἰδὼν τότ᾽ ἀσπίδων ἐγνώρισα,
Ἁ gs #4 ~ , ,
[σπονδὰς or ἦλθον σῷ κασιγνήτῳ φέρων"
Δ Χ > ‘ ε ,
& προσδεδορκὼς οἶδα τοὺς ὡπλισμένους.
’ > ce 3 Ν ~ Ἁ / “-“
τίς δ᾽ οὗτος ἀμφὶ μνῆμα τὸ Ζήθου περᾷ 145
καταβόστρυχος ὄμμασι γοργὸς εἰσιδεῖν νεανίας
’ ε » ε ᾽ὔ \
Aoxayos ; ὡς ὄχλος νιν ὑστέρῳ ποδὶ
πάνοπλος ἀμφέτπει.
ὅδ᾽ ἐστὶ ἸΠαρθενοπαῖος, ᾿Αταλάντης γόνος. £0
ἀλλά νιν a κατ᾽ ὄρη μετὰ ματέρος
»” e , ΄ ’ 3 3 ,
Ἄρτεμις ἱεμένα τόξοις δαμάσασ᾽ ὀλέσειεν
a Ss A Set Ν ΄ »” ,
ὃς ἐπ᾽ ἐμὰν πόλιν ἔβα πέρσων.

» ™ » A \ , > Ὁ A
εἴη τάδ᾽, ὦ παῖ: σὺν δίκῃ δ᾽ ἥκουσι γῆν"

a ἈΝ , A ~ 3 > A , Ξ
ὃ καὶ δέδοικα μὴ σκοπῶσ᾽ ὀρθῶς θεοί. 105
a 27 ἃ 3 Ν a i 2 3 49 \ ,
ποῦ δ᾽ ὃς ἐμοὶ μιᾶς eyever ἐκ ματρὸς πολυπόνῳ
’
μοιρᾳ;

ὦ φίλτατ᾽, εἰπὲ, ποῦ ᾽στι ἸΠολυνείκης, γέρον.
> “ e ‘ , ’ /
ἐκεῖνος ἑπτὰ παρθένων τάφου πέλας
Νιόβης ᾿Αδράστῳ πλησίον παραστατεῖ. 160
« «
ὁρᾷς;
c σὰ a 3 > A c a ,
ὁρῶ δῆτ᾽ οὐ σαφῶς, ὁρῶ δέ πω:

μορφῆς τύπωμα στέρνα τ᾽ ἐξῃκασμένα.
>; tA »” / /
ἀνεμώκεος εἴθε δρόμον νεφέλας

‘ ΕἸ , > 52 7
ποσὶν ἐξανύσαιμι δι αἰθέρος 165

Ν 9. Ἅ ε , Ἀ > 3 ’ὔ
πρὸς ἐμὸν ὁμογενέτορα, περὶ δ᾽ ὠλένας
δέρᾳ φιλτάτᾳ βάλοιμι χρόνῳ φυγάδα μέλεον. ὡς
σ
ὁπλοισι χρυσέοισιν ἐκπρεπὴς, γέρον,
ἑῴοις ὅμοια φλεγέθων βολαῖς ἁλίου.
7 ὃ , E δ᾽ 7 29 AH Led »͵
ἥξει δόμους τούσδ᾽, ὥστε σ᾽ ἐμπλῆσαι χαρᾶς, 170
ἔνσπονδος,

16 ΕΥΡΙΠΙΔΟῪΥ͂
AN. οὗτος δ᾽, ὦ yepate, τίς κυρεῖ,
ὃς ἅρμα λευκὸν ἡνιοστροφεῖ βεβώς ;
ΠΑ. ὁ μάντις ᾿Αμφιάραος, ὦ δέσποιν᾽, ode
σφάγια δ᾽ ἅμ᾽ αὐτῷ, γῆς φιλαίματοι ῥοαί.
AN. ὦ λιπαροζώνου θύγατερ ᾿Αλίου ᾿
Σελαναία, χρυσεόκυκλον φέγγος,
ὡς ἀτρεμαῖα κέντρα καὶ σώφρονα.
| πώλοις Τμεταφέρων ἰθύνει.
ποῦ δ᾽ ὃς τὰ δεινὰ τῇδ᾽ ἐφυβρίζει πόλει
Kazravevs ;
ΠΑ. ἐκεῖνος προσβάσεις τεκμαίρεται
πύργων, ἄνω τε καὶ κάτω τείχη μετρῶν.
ΑΝ. ἰὼ,
Nepect kat Διὸς βαρύβρομοι βρονταὶ,
κεραύνιόν τε φώς αἰθαλόεν, σύ τοι
μεγαλαγορίαν ὑπεράνορα κοιμίζεις"͵
ὅδ᾽ ἐστὶν, αἰχμαλωτίδας
ὃς δορὶ Θηβαίας Μυκηνηίσιν
Λερναίᾳ τε δώσειν τριαίνᾳ,
ἸΠοσειδωνίοις ὅτ᾽ ᾿Αμυμωνίοις
ὕδασι, δουλείαν περιβαλὼν, “λέγει
μήποτε μήποτε τάνδ᾽, ὦ πότνια,
Ἰχρυσεοβόστρυχον ὦ Διὸς ἔρνος ἴΑρτεμι,
δουλοσύναν τλαίην.
ΠΑ. ὦ τέκνον, εἴσβα δῶμα, καὶ κατὰ στέγας
ἐν παρθενῶσι μίμνε σοῖς, ἐπεὶ πόθου
ἐς τέρψιν ἦλθες ὧν ἔχρῃξες εἰσιδεῖν.
ὄχλος γὰρ, ὡς ταραγμὸς εἰσῆλθεν πόλιν,
χωρεῖ γυναικῶν πρὸς δόμους τυραννικούς.
φιλόψογον δὲ χρῆμα θηλειῶν ἔφυ,
σμικράς τ᾽ ἀφορμὰς ἢν λάβωσι τῶν λόγων,
πλείους ἐπεισφέρουσιν: ἡδονὴ δέ τις

γυναιξὶ μηδὲν ὑγιὲς ἀλλήλας λέγειν.

ΧΟΡΟΣ.

176

180

19

πύριον οἶδμα λιποῦσ᾽ ἔβαν | στρ. α΄.

ΦΟΙΝΊΙΣΣΑῚ,
ἀκροθίνια Λοξίᾳ
, > \ ,
Φοινίσσας απὸ νασου
Φοίβῳ δούλα μελάθρων,

3 « ’,

iv ὑπὸ δειράσι νιφοβόλοις
Παρνασοῦ κατενάσθη,
3γ 7 \ Δ Ε] ,
Ἰόνιον κατὰ πόντον ἐλά-

΄, 4
TO. πλεύσασα Τεριρρύτων
ε
ὑπὲρ ἀκαρπίστων πεδίων
Σικελίας Ζεφύρου πνοαῖς
ἱππεύσαντος, ἐν οὐρανῷ
κάλλιστον κελάδημα,
πόλεος ἐκπροκριθεῖσ᾽ ἐμᾶς
καλλιστεύματα Λοξίᾳ:
Καδμείων δ᾽ ἔμολον γᾶν,

lal 3 A
κλεινῶν ᾿Αγηνοριδᾶν
ε A ὄν A.
ομογενεῖς ἐπὶ Λαΐου
πεμφθεῖσ' ἐνθάδε πύργους.
ἴσα δ᾽ ἀγάλμασι χρυσοτεύ-
τοις Φοίβῳ λάτρις γενόμαν.
Α ¢

ἔτι δὲ Κασταλίας ὕδωρ
ἐπιμένει με κόμας ἐμᾶς

a ͵7ὕ Ν
δεῦσαι παρθένιον χλιδὰν
Φοιβείαισι λατρείαις.
ἰὼ λάμπουσα πέτρα πυρὸς

, , ey τὶ
δικορύφων σέλας ὑπὲρ ἄκρων
Βακχειᾶν Διονύσου,

» » «ἁ FA

ova θ΄ ἃ καθαμέριον
/ \ /
στάζεις τὸν πολύκαρπον

5 ὧν ean ,
oivavOas ἱεῖσα βότρυν,

/ ’ὔ 3 » ’ὔ »”
ζάθεά τ᾽ ἄντρα δράκοντος, ov-
ρειαί τε σκοπιαὶ θεῶν,
νιφόβολόν τ᾽ ὄρος ipov, εἷ-
λίσσων Ταἀθανάτας θεοῦ

\ / 35,
χορὸς γενοίμαν ἄφοβος
παρὰ μεσόμφαλα γύαλα Φοΐ-
βου Δίρκαν προλιποῦσα.

PHOE.

17

210

3 ,
ανγτ.α.
215

225
μεσῳδός.

£30

235

bo

ΕΥ̓ΡΙΠΙΔΟΥ͂
A , ‘ , ΄
νῦν δέ μοι πρὸ τειχέων στρ. β΄.
͵ὕ Ν Ὑ
θούριος μολὼν Αρης 200
αἷμα δάϊον φλέγει
5 a A ΄ ὃ ΦΥ͂ is
τᾷδ, ὃ μὴ τύχοι, πόλει
a \ / ”
κοινὰ yap φίλων axy’
Kowa δ᾽, εἴ TL πείσεται
΄ “ A
ἑπτάπυργος ave γᾶ, 215
,ὕ ’ a “-
Φοινίσσᾳ χαρᾳ. φεῦ φεῦ,
Ν ἣ» \ /
κοινὸν αἷμα, κοινὰ τέκεα
“ , , > ~~
Tas Kepacdopov πέφυκεν Lous:
e
ὧν μέτεστί μοι πόνων.
ἀμφὶ δὲ πτόλιν νέφος ἀντ. β΄.
ἀσπίδων πυκνὸν φλέγει , 25]
σχῆμα φοινίου μάχης,
a »” ia) y”
av Apys Tax εἰσεται,
παισὶν Οἰδίπου φέρων
πημονὰν Ἐρινύων. 255
»
Apyos ὦ Πελασγικὸν,
δειμαίνω τὰν σὰν ἀλκὰν
Ἂς \ / > Ν y
καὶ τὸ θεόθεν: ov γὰρ ἀδικον
> > A / > + ε ~
εἰς aywva τόνδ᾽ ἔνοπλος ὁρμῷ,
Δ ΄ /
OS μετέρχεται δόμους. 200

ΠΟΛΥΝΕΙΚΗΣ.

A A ’
τὰ μὲν πυλωρῶν κλῇθρά μ᾽ εἰσεδέξατο
Ou εὐπετείας τειχέων ἔσω μολεῖν.
aA \ 7, , 7 »”
ὃ καὶ δέδοικα μή pe δικτύων ἔσω

A ,

λαβόντες οὐκ ἐκφρῶσ᾽ ἀναίμακτον χρόα.
- ? “-“
ὧν οὕνεκ ὄμμα πανταχῆ διοιστέον, 200
2 al \ \ A \ ’ >
κἀκεῖσε καὶ TO δεῦρο, μὴ δόλος τις 7.
ε , Ν al A ,
ὡπλισμένος δὲ χεῖρα τῷδε φασγάνῳ

“ A“ ΄
τὰ πίστ᾽ ἐμαυτῷ τοῦ θράσους παρέξομαι.
3... , a xX , ,
wn τίς οὗτος; ἢ κτύπον φοβούμεθα ;
bid \ a \ ΄
ἅπαντα γὰρ τολμῶσι δεινὰ φαίνεται, 270
ΓΙ > > A \ 3 Ἂ ’
ὅταν δί ἐχθρᾶς ποὺς ἀμείβηται χθονός.

> > ἢ

πέποιθα μέντοι μητρὶ κοὐ πέποιθ᾽ apa,

ITO.

XO.

10.

ΦΟΙΝΊΣΣΑΙ, 19
ἥτις μ᾽ ἔπεισε δεῦρ᾽ ὑπόσπονδον μολεῖν.
ἀλλ᾽ ἐγγὺς ἀλκή: βώμιοι γὰρ ἐσχάραι

πέλας πάρεισι κοὐκ ἔρημα δώματα. 275

φέρ᾽ ἐς σκοτεινὰς περιβολὰς μεθῶ ξίφος,

\ 3 » , 9 a ΄
καὶ τάσδ᾽ ἔρωμαι, τίνες ἐφεστᾶσιν δόμοις.
»" >
ξέναι γυναῖκες, εἴπατ᾽ ἐκ ποίας πάτρας
“Ἑλληνικοῖσι δώμασιν πελάζετε.

. Φοίνισσα μὲν γῆ πατρὶς ἡ θρέψασά με, 280

᾿Αγήνορος δὲ παῖδες. ἐκ παίδων δορὸς
,ὔ ἌΣ 38 5 4p? ΕἸ ’
Φοίβῳ μ᾽ ἔπεμψαν ἐνθάδ᾽ ἀκροθίνιον.
/ Ν / > , \ ,
μέλλων δὲ πέμπειν μ᾽ Οἰδίπου κλεινὸς γόνος
“A \ 4
μαντεῖα σεμνὰ Λοξίου τ᾽ ἐπ᾽ ἐσχάρας,
3 AW 9 , > a / =
ἐν τῷδ᾽ ἐπεστράτευσαν ᾿Αργεῖοι πόλιν. 285

Me ao ss , pty ee A 9Ὰ 7

σὺ δ᾽ ἀντάμειψαί μ᾽, ὅστις ὧν ἐλήλυθας
, ’ ’ὔ ,

ἑπτάστομον πύργωμα Θηβαίας χθονός.
\ Ν ιν 29Q7 ε Ah

πατὴρ μὲν ἡμῖν Οἰδίπους ὁ Λαίου,

5» >> , A ,

ἔτικτε δ᾽ ᾿Ιοκάστη pe, παῖς Μενοικέως"
a a_ 4

καλεῖ δὲ Πολυνείκη με Θηβαῖος λεώς. 2.0

A 3 /

ὦ συγγένεια τῶν ᾿Αγήνορος τέκνων,

A e “

ἐμῶν τυράννων, ὧν ἀπεστάλην ὕπο,
“ 3
γονυπετεῖς ἕδρας προσπίτνω σ᾽,
ω Ν +” / /
avag, Tov οἴκοθεν νόμον σέβουσα.
ἔβας, ἔβας ὦ 7 a. SOV 295

as, ἔβας ὦ χρόνῳ γᾶν πατρῴαν. 5
TN ,
tw ἰώ’

’ 7, , 3 , oA
πότνια, μόλε πρόδρομος, ἀναπέτασον πύλας.
κλύεις, ὦ τεκοῦσα τόνδε μᾶτερ;

’ A
Ti μέλλεις ὑπώροφα μέλαθρα περᾶν,

θιγεῖν τ᾽ ὠλέναις τέκνου ; 300
Φοίνισσαν βοὰν προῳδ.

, 3 > , ~
κλύουσ᾽, ὦ νεάνιδες, γηραιῷ
ποδὶ τρομερὰν ἕλκω παιδὶ ποδὸς βάσιν.

*id ἰὼ τέκνον *réxvov, στρ,
vO (ars ἐν ἁμέραι 305
χρόνῳ σὸν ὄμμα μυρίαις ἐν ἁμέραις

προσεῖδον: ἀμφίβαλλε μα-
στὸν ὠλέναισι ματέρος,

παρηίδων τ᾽ ὄρεγμα βο-

20

ΕΥ̓ΡΙΠΙΔΟΥ͂
,
στρύχων τε κυανόχρωτα χαΐ-
, , , ts
τας πλόκαμον, toxialwv δέραν ἐμάν.
aN. SAN ΄ Ν >
ἰὼ iw, μόλις φανεὶς αντ.
ΝΜ > 4 \ 3 ,
ἄελπτα κἀδόκητα ματρὸς ὠλέναις. 811
τί φῶ σε; πῶς ἁπανταχοῦ
SN \ »S /
καὶ χερσὶ καὶ λόγοισι πολυ-
4, ε A ΕἸ a
έλικτον adovay ékel-
A Lal
σε καὶ TO δεῦρο περιχορεύ- 315
, ~ , lal
ουσα τέρψιν παλαιᾶν λάβω χαρμονᾶν ;
ἰὼ τέκος,
» A » ,
ἔρημον πατρῷον ἔλιπες δόμον
‘\ > Ν ε , ,
φυγὰς ἀποσταλεὶς ὁμαίμου λώβᾳ.

(ἢ
8

= \
ἢ ποθεινὸς φίλοις,
Ν
ἢ ποθεινὸς ΤΘήβαις.
¢ sai, , ,
ὅθεν ἐμάν τε λευκόχροα κείρομαι
3 3 lal
δακρυόεσσ᾽ ἀνεῖσα πένθει κόμαν,
a 2
ἄπεπλος φαρέων λευκῶν, *O τέκνον, 325
, 3 5 Ν / / / 2 ~. ,
δυσόρφναια δ᾽ ἀμφὶ τρύχη τάδε oKOTL ἀμείβομαι:
>
ὁ δ᾽ ἐν δόμοισι πρέσβυς ὀμματοστερὴς
>] ε ~ /
ἀπήνας ὁμοπτέρου Tas ἀποζυγείσας δόμων
πόθον ἀμφιδάκρυτον ἀεὶ κατέχων 830
ΕἸ A Ν ,ὔ
ἀνῇξε μὲν ξίφους
er αὐτόχειρά τε σφαγὰν
ὑπὲρ τέρεμνά τ᾽ ἀγχόνας
στενάζων ἀρὰς τέκνοις,

ζῶ

Ν 5 ~ 2 oN Ὁ ,
σὺν ἀλαλαῖσι δ᾽ αἰὲν αἰαγμάτων
σκότια κρύπτεται.
᾿ > > / Ν /, ‘
σὲ δ᾽ ὦ τέκνον, [καὶ] γάμοισι δὴ
, ya Ν ε \
κλύω ζυγέντα παιδοποιὸν adovay
ἕένοισιν ἐν δόμοις ἔχειν, "
ἕένον τε κῆδος ἀμφέπειν, 240
" Ν “
ἄλαστα ματρὶ τᾷδε Λα-
ἐ
oA “ »"
ἴῳ τε τῷ παλαιγενεῖ,
τὰ 4 Ν 5»
γάμων ἐπακτὸν ἄταν,
9 Ἁ 3 4 Ν 3.ϑ A a
ἐγὼ δ᾽ οὔτε σοι πυρὸς ἀνῆψα pus
νόμιμον ἐν γάμοις, 345

ΧΟ

ΠΟ

10.

ΦΟΙΝΊΙΣΣΑΙ.

ὡς πρέπει ματέρι μακαρίᾳ"
3
ἀνυμέναια tS Ἰσμηνὸς ἐκηδεύθη
λουτροφόρου χλιδᾶς: ἀνὰ δὲ Θηβαίαν

’ 5 ’ a 3 ’
πόλιν ἐσιγάθη σᾶς ἔσοδοι νύμφας.

” PANG »” /

ὄλοιτο τάδ᾽, εἴτε σίδαρος
woo» Υ \ ε nN »”
εἴτ᾽ ἔρις εἴτε πατὴρ ὁ GOS αἴτιος,
εἴτε τὸ δαιμόνιον κατεκώμασε

δώμασιν Οἰδιπόδα"

Ν δος Ν [ο μὴ “ > τἋ
πρὸς ἐμὲ yap κακῶν ἔμολε τῶνδ᾽ ἄχη.
δεινὸν γυναιξὶν αἱ δι ὠδίνων γοναὶ,
καὶ φιλότεκνόν πως πᾶν γυναικεῖον γένος.
μῆτερ, φρονῶν εὖ Kov φρονῶν ἀφικόμην
> \ > »” 3 3 > , »
ἐχθροὺς és ἄνδρας: ἀλλ᾽ avayKaiws ἔχει

Pa 5 “ a ad > Μ ,

πατρίδος ἐρᾶν ἅπαντας" ὃς δ᾽ ἄλλως λέγει
λόγοισι χαίρει, τὸν δὲ νοῦν ἐκεῖσ᾽ ἔχει.
οὕτω δὲ τάρβους ἐς φόβον τ᾽ ἀφικόμην
μή τις δόλος με πρὸς κασιγνήτου κτάνῃ,
σ , ~ > »” > mM”
ὥστε ξιφήρη χεῖρ᾽ ἔχων δι’ ἄστεως
κυκλῶν πρόσωπον ἦλθον. ἕν δέ μ᾽ ὠφελεῖ,
σπονδαί τε καὶ σὴ πίστις, ἥ μ᾽ εἰσήγαγε
τείχη πατρῷα: πολύδακρυς δ᾽ ἀφικόμην,

, ΕἸ Ν / Ν Ν -“
χρόνιος ἰδὼν μέλαθρα καὶ βωμοὺς θεῶν

21

355

γυμνάσιά θ᾽, οἷσιν ἐνετράφην, Δίρκης θ᾽ ὕδωρ'

ὧν οὐ δικαίως ἀπελαθεὶς ἕένην πόλιν
ναίω, δ ὄσσων vay ἔχων δακρυρροοῦν.
ἀλλ᾽ ἐκ γὰρ ἄλγους ἄλγος αὖ σὲ δέρκομαι
[κάρα ξύρηκες καὶ πέπλους μελαγχίμους]
ἔχουσαν, οἴμοι τῶν ἐμῶν ἐγὼ κακῶν.
ε ἈΝ ΕἾ “- 9 ,
ws δεινὸν ἔχθρα, μῆτερ, οἰκείων φίλων

».' / ΝΜ Ἀ ’
καὶ δυσλύτους ἔχουσα Tas διαλλαγάς.
τί γὰρ πατήρ μοι πρέσβυς ἐν δόμοισι δρᾷ
σκότον δεδορκώς ; τί δὲ κασίγνηται δύο;
ἢ που στένουσι τλήμονας φυγὰς ἐμάς.

= A sf7 4 ,

κακῶς θεῶν tis Οἰδίπου φθείρει γένος.
οὕτω γὰρ ἤρξατ᾽, ἄνομα μὲν τεκεῖν ἐμὲ,
κακῶς δὲ γῆμαι πατέρα σὸν φῦναί τε σέ.

370

375

10.

IO.
ILO.

ἙΥΡΙΠΙΔΟΥ͂
3 A , A » ων / 4 A aA
ἀτὰρ Ti ταῦτα ; δεῖ φέρειν τὰ τῶν θεῶν.
- > ν᾽ ’, Ν , ,
ὅπως δ᾽ ἔρωμαι, μή τι σὴν δάκω φρένα,
δέδοιχ᾽, ἃ χρήζω. διὰ πόθου δ᾽ ἐλήλυθα.
ἀλλ᾽ ἐξερώτα, μηδὲν ἐνδεὲς λίπῃς" 395
\ \ \ U4 ti me Ν a ,
ἃ yap av βούλει, ταῦτ᾽ ἐμοὶ, μῆτερ, φίλα.
> a n -“ Lal

καὶ δή σ᾽ ἐρωτῶ πρῶτον ὧν χρήζω τυχεῖν.
τί τὸ στέρεσθαι πατρίδος ; ἢ κακὸν μέγα;

Yj μ᾿ 3. 9 \ _ Ἃ /
μέγιστον: ἔργῳ δ᾽ ἐστὶ μεῖζον ἢ λόγῳ.
τίς ὁ τρόπος αὐτοῦ ; τί φυγάσιν τὸ δυσχερές; 390
ἕν μὲν μέγιστον, οὐκ ἔχει παρρησίαν.

/ Ὁ 8 \ , 9 A
δούλου τόδ᾽ εἶπας, μὴ λέγειν a τις φρονεῖ.
τὰς τῶν κρατούντων ἀμαθίας φέρειν χρεών.
καὶ τοῦτο λυπρὸν, συνασοφεῖν τοῖς μὴ σοφοῖς.
GAN ἐς τὸ κέρδος παρὰ φύσιν δουλευτέον. 898
αἱ δ᾽ ἐλπίδες βόσκουσι φυγάδας, ὡς λόγος.
καλοῖς βλέπουσαί γ᾽ ὄμμασιν, μέλλουσι δέ.

299 ε , 3 Ν ’ὔ 3 » /
οὐδ᾽ ὁ χρόνος αὐτὰς διεσάφησ᾽ οὔσας κενας ;
» 3 / 3 ε “ A
ἔχουσιν ᾿Αφροδίτην τιν ἡδεῖαν κακῶν. ὁ -

? > 3p \ , νῶι ,
πόθεν δ᾽ ἐβόσκου, πρὶν γάμοις εὑρεῖν βίον; 400
ποτὲ μὲν ἐπ᾽ ἦμαρ εἶχον, εἶτ᾽ οὐκ εἶχον ἄν.
φίλοι δὲ πατρὸς καὶ ξένοι σ᾽ οὐκ ὠφέλουν ;

> an Ν / > AN ΕΣ A
εὖ "apeirve ees wae ase δ᾽ οὐδὲν, ἦν τις δυστυχῆ.
οὐδ᾽ ηὐγένειά σ᾽ ἦρεν εἰς ὕψος μέγα;
κακὸν τὸ μὴ 'χειν' τὸ γένος οὐκ ἔβοσκέ με. 408
ἡ πατρὶς, ὡς ἔοικε, φίλτατον βροτοῖς.

299 (OD ΄ , Jae «ε 3 Ν ΄,
οὐδ᾽ ὀνομάσαι δύναι᾿ ἂν ὡς ἐστὶν φίλον.
πῶς δ᾽ ἦλθες ΓἌργος; τίν᾽ ἐπίνοιαν ἔσχεθες :
οὐκ οἷδ᾽- ὁ δαίμων μ᾽ ἐκάλεσεν πρὸς τὴν τύχην.
σοφὸς γὰρ ὁ θεός: τίνι τρόπῳ δ᾽ ἔσχες λέχος ;
ἔχρησ' ᾿Αδράστῳ Λοξίας χρησμόν τινα. 411
ποῖον : τί τοῦτ᾽ ἔλεξας ; οὐκ ἔχω μαθεῖν.
κάπρῳ λέοντί θ᾽ ἁρμόσαι παίδων γάμους.
καὶ σοὶ τί θηρῶν ὀνόματος μετῆν, τέκνον ;
νὺξ ἢ ἦν, ᾿Αδράστου δ᾽ ἦλθον ἐς παραστάδας. 415
κοίτας ματεύων, ἢ ἢ φυγὰς πλανώμενος ;
ἦν ταῦτα' Kata γ᾽ ἦλθεν ἄλλος αὖ φυγάς.

ΦΟΙΝΊΣΣΑΙ,

IO. τίς οὗτος ; ws ap ἄθλιος κἀκεῖνος ἦν.
ΠΟ. Τυδεὺς, ὃν Οἰνέως φασὶν ἐκφῦναι πατρός.
IO. τί θηρσὶ δ᾽ ὑμᾶς δῆτ᾽ ΓΑδραστος ἤκασεν ;
ΠΟ. στρωμνῆς ἐς ἀλκὴν οὕνεκ᾽ ἤλθομεν πέρι.
10. ἐνταῦθα Ταλαοῦ παῖς ξυνῆκε θέσφατα ;
ΠΟ. κάδωκεν ἡμῖν δύο δυοῖν νεάνιδας.

10. ἄρ᾽ εὐτυχεῖς οὖν σοῖς γάμοις, ἢ δυστυχεῖς ;
ΠΟ. οὐ μεμπτὸς ἡμῖν ὁ γάμος ἐς τόδ᾽ ἡμέρας.
10. πῶς δ᾽ ἐξέπεισας δεῦρό σοι σπέσθαι στρατόν ;
ΠΟ. δισσοῖς “Adpactos ὦμοσεν γαμβροῖς τόδε,

ΧΟ

a ? /
Tvdet τε Kapol* σύγγαμος yap ἐστ᾽ ἐμός:
” , 9 , , ST ist vk
ἄμφω κατάξειν és πάτραν, πρόσθεν δ᾽ ἐμέ.
πολλοὶ δὲ Δαναῶν καὶ Μυκηναίων ἄκροι
’, >
πάρεισι λυπρὰν χάριν, ἀναγκαίαν δ᾽, ἐμοὶ
Ν

διδόντες: ἐπὶ γὰρ τὴν ἐμὴν στρατεύομαι

, \ ee ae ane > ,
πόλιν. θεοὺς δ᾽ ἐπώμοσ᾽ ὡς ἀκουσίως

la / an ? 4 ’,
τοῖς φιλτάτοις τοκεῦσιν ἡράμην δόρυ.

ΕῚ 3 5 Ν ’ὔ »“"Ἢ ,ὔ -“"
ἀλλ᾽ ἐς σὲ τείνει τῶνδε διάλυσις κακῶν,

~ ε Cal
μῆτερ, διαλλάξασαν ὁμογενεῖς φίλους
παῦσαι πόνων με καὶ σὲ καὶ πᾶσαν πόλιν.
πάλαι μὲν οὖν ὑμνηθὲν, ἀλλ᾽ ὅμως ἐρώ:

Ν / 3 > 7 4
τὰ χρήματ᾽ ἀνθρώποισι τιμιώτατα,

, , , A 9 3 , »” -
δύναμίν τε πλείστην TWV EV ἀνθρώποις έχει.

ἀγὼ μεθήκω δεῦρο μυρίαν ἄγων

λόγχην: πένης γὰρ οὐδὲν εὐγενὴς ἀνήρ.
καὶ μὴν ᾿Ἑτεοκλῆς ἐς διαλλαγὰς ὅδε
χωρεῖ: σὸν ἔργον, μῆτερ ᾿Ιοκάστη, λέγειν
τοιούσδε μύθους οἷς διαλλάξεις τέκνα.

ἘΤΕΟΚΛΗΣ.
μῆτερ, πάρειμι: τὴν χάριν δὲ σοὶ διδοὺς

ἦλθον. τί χρὴ δρᾶν ; ἀρχέτω δέ τις λόγου"

ὡς ἀμφὶ τείχη καὶ ξυνωρίδας λόχων
τάσσων ἐπέσχον Τπόλιν, ὅπως κλύοιμί σου
\ , a es a
κοινὰς βραβείας, ais ὑπόσπονδον μολεῖν
>
τόνδ᾽ εἰσεδέξω τειχέων πείσασά pe.

23

420

425

415

450

24

ΕΥ̓ΡΙΠΙΔΟΥ͂

> ὧν ” na. \ \ ὕ ”
10. ἐπίσχες: οὔτοι τὸ ταχὺ τὴν δίκην ἔχει:

ΠΟ

βραδεῖς δὲ μῦθοι πλεῖστον ἀνύουσιν σοφόν.
σχάσον δὲ δεινὸν ὄμμα καὶ θυμοῦ πνοάς:
οὐ γὰρ τὸ λαιμότμητον εἰσορᾷς κάρα 455
T , 10 Ad ‘ δ᾽ > A “ ,
opyovos, ἀδελφὸν δ᾽ εἰσορᾷς ἥκοντα σόν.

, 3 td
σύ T av πρόσωπον πρὸς κασίγνητον στρέφε,
Πολύνεικες: ἐς γὰρ ταὐτὸν ὄμμασι βλέπων
λέξεις T ἄμεινον τοῦδέ T ἐνδέξει λόγους.
παραινέσαι δὲ σφῷν τι βούλομαι σοφόν" 400
q , > Ν Ν ,
ὅταν φίλος τις ἀνδρὶ θυμωθεὶς φίλῳ

> a Ν μὲ cf a
εἰς ἕν συνελθὼν ὄμματ᾽ ὄμμασιν διδῷ,
ἐφ᾽ οἷσιν ἥκει, ταῦτα χρὴ μόνον σκοπεῖν,
κακῶν δὲ τῶν πρὶν μηδενὸς μνείαν ἔχειν.
λόγος μὲν οὖν σὸς πρόσθε, ἸΤολύνεικες τέκνον" 455
σὺ γὰρ στράτευμα Δαναϊδῶν ἥκεις ἄγων
+ Ν ε \ , Ν /
ἄδικα πεπονθὼς, ws σὺ φῇς" κριτὴς δέ τις
θεῶν γένοιτο καὶ διαλλακτηὴς κακῶν.
ἁπλοῦς ὁ μῦθος τῆς ἀληθείας ἔφυ,
κοὺ ποικίλων δεῖ τἀνδιχ᾽ ἑρμηνευμάτων" 470
3, Ν 3 Ἁ ’ ε > »” ,
ἔχει yap αὐτὰ καιρόν: ὁ δ᾽ ἄδικος λόγος
νοσῶν ἐν αὐτῷ φαρμάκων δεῖται σοφών.
ἐγὼ δὲ πατρὸς δωμάτων προὐσκεψάμην

A An δι 4,

τοὐμόν τε καὶ τοῦδ᾽, ἐκφυγεῖν χρήζων ἀρᾶς,
ἃς Οἰδίπους ἐφθέγξατ᾽ εἰς ἡμᾶς ποτὲ, 47.
[ἐξῆλθον ἔξω τῆσδ᾽ ἑκὼν αὐτὸς χθονος,]

4 Aq? 3 ’ὔ , 9 ~ ’
δοὺς τῷδ᾽ ἀνάσσειν πατρίδος ἐνιαυτοῦ κύκλον,

“ 3 a) ON ” > ἊΣ ΚΝ Ψ ‘\
ὥστ᾽ αὐτὸς ἄρχειν αὖθις ava μέρος λαβῶν,
fr , A
καὶ μὴ δι ἔχθρας τῷδε Kai φόνου μολων
, A Ν A ἃ ,
κακόν τι δρᾶσαι καὶ παθεῖν, ἃ γίγνεται. 430
e 3 - ets ay ¢ , ν \
ὁ δ᾽ αἰνέσας ταῦθ᾽ ὁρκίους τε δοὺς θεοὺς
5 32 Χ = fe 7 > ? > #
ἔδρασεν οὐδὲν ὧν ὑπέσχετ᾽, ἀλλ᾽ ἔχει
3 “ /
Tupavvid αὐτὸς Kal δόμων ἐμῶν μέρος.
A A Ν
καὶ νῦν ἕτοιμός εἶμι τἀμαυτοῦ λαβὼν
a Ν -

στρατὸν μὲν ἔξῳ τῆσδ᾽ ἀποστεῖλαι χθονὸς, 485
> A κ᾿ ν τ ἢ > SN ee \
οἰκεῖν δὲ τὸν ἐμὸν οἶκον ava μέρος λαβὼν,

\ ao ᾽ - ‘ Ν μα ὡς 4 ,
καὶ τῷδ᾽ ἀφεῖναι τὸν ἴσον αὖθις *av χρόνον,

ΧΟ.

ET.

ΦΟΙΝΙΣΣΑΙ͂. 25

» , an ,ὔ , ,

Kal μήτε πορθεῖν πατρίδα μήτε Ἱπροσφέρειν

~ ’
πύργοισι πηκτῶν κλιμάκων προσαμβάσεις,
ἃ μὴ κυρήσας τῆς δίκης πειράσομαι 490
δρᾶν. μάρτυρας δὲ τῶνδε δαίμονας καλῶ,
ὡς πάντα πράσσων σὺν δίκῃ δίκης ἄτερ
ἀποστεροῦμαι πατρίδος ἀνοσιώτατα.
ταῦτ᾽ αὖθ᾽ ἕκαστα, μῆτερ, οὐχὶ περιπλοκὰς
λόγων ἀθροίσας εἶπον, ἀλλὰ καὶ σοφοῖς 495

Ἀ A , mM” 3 e 5 A lal
καὶ τοῖσι φαύλοις ἔνδιχ᾽, ὡς ἐμοὶ δοκεῖ.
peas δ 9 \ \ > e , ,
ἐμοὶ μὲν, εἰ καὶ μὴ καθ᾽ Ἑλλήνων χθόνα
τεθράμμεθ᾽, ἀλλ᾽ οὖν ξυνετά μοι δοκεῖς λέγειν.
ΕἸ cal a & \ » ’ 3 σ
εἰ πᾶσι ταὐτὸ καλὸν ἔφυ σοφόν θ᾽ ἅμα,

3 Φ xX 3 Α͂ 3 , μι
οὐκ ἦν ἂν ἀμφίλεκτος ἀνθρώποις ἔρις" 500
aA > ΜΩ5 0 ION aE ~
viv δ᾽ οὔθ᾽ ὅμοιον οὐδὲν οὔτ᾽ ἴσον βροτοῖς,

A 3 3 Ν > ΝΜ 3 ΝΜ ’ὔ
πλὴν ὀνομάσαι, τὸ δ᾽ ἔργον οὐκ ἔστιν τόδε.
ἐγὼ γὰρ οὐδὲν, μῆτερ, ἀποκρύψας ἐρῶ"

»” x ΝΜ > ε , Ἀ > A
ἄστρων av ἔλθοιμ᾽ ἡλίου πρὸς ἀντολὰς

Ν A 3 δ Ἃ a , ra
καὶ γῆς ἔνερθε, δυνατὸς ὧν δρᾶσαι rade, 505
τὴν θεῶν μεγίστην ὥστ᾽ ἔχειν τυραννίδα.

“-“ Ν a
TOUT οὖν TO χρηστὸν, μῆτερ, οὐχὶ βούλομαι
ἄλλῳ παρεῖναι μᾶλλον ἢ σώζειν ἐμοί:

p παρεῖναι μ ἢ μ
3 / \ Ν , 7 > /
ἀνανδρία yap, τὸ πλέον ὅστις ἀπολέσας
τοὔλασσον ἔλαβε. πρὸς δὲ τοῖσδ᾽ αἰσχύνομαι 510
> , \ -“ ΄ Ν A A
ἐλθόντα σὺν ὅπλοις τόνδε Kal πορθοῦντα γῆν

A aA , ΓΟ A A , ,
τυχεῖν ἃ χρήζει: ταῖς yap av Θήβαις τόδε

’ > mM” 9 ’, ὃ \
γένοιτ᾽ ὄνειδος, εἰ Muxyvaiov δορὸς

, , ~ > Ν AQ »
φόβῳ παρείην σκῆπτρα ταἀμὰ τῷδ᾽ ἔχειν.

A“ > > Ν > ¢ ‘ A
χρῆν δ᾽ αὐτὸν οὐχ ὅπλοισι τὰς διαλλαγὰς, 515
μῆτερ, ποιεῖσθαι: πᾶν γὰρ ἐξαιρεῖ λόγος
a ἣν ’ὔ ’ ’ ”

ὃ Kat σίδηρος πολεμίων δράσειεν ἄν.
-“ - /
ἀλλ᾽ εἰ μὲν ἄλλως τήνδε γῆν οἰκεῖν θέλει,
»” 3 >. ~~ 3 > » A ’ὔ
ἔξεστ᾽" ἐκεῖνο δ᾽ οὐχ ἑκὼν μεθήσομαι.
cd » A , , =
ἄρχειν παρόν μοι, τῷδε δουλεύσω ποτέ; 520
- a /
πρὸς ταῦτ᾽ ἴτω μὲν πῦρ, ἴτω δὲ φάσγανα,

~~ 2 , , a. ἃ ,

ζεύγνυσθε δ᾽ ἵππους, πεδία πίμπλαθ᾽ ἁρμάτων,

e ΕἸ , ag 5 Ν "
ὡς οὐ παρήσω τῷδ᾽ ἐμὴν τυραννίδα,

20

ΧΟ

[Ο.

ΕΥ̓ΡΙΠΙΔΟΥ͂
μι Ν > “ Ν » /
εἴπερ γὰρ ἀδικεῖν χρὴ, τυραννίδος πέρι
κάλλιστον ἀδικεῖν, τάλλα δ᾽ εὐσεβεῖν χρεών. 525
3 > \ 2 a“ A
οὐκ εὖ λέγειν χρὴ μὴ ᾿πὶ τοῖς ἔργοις καλοῖς,
3 A ἣν a 3? > A nw / ΄
οὐ γὰρ καλὸν τοῦτ, ἀλλὰ τῇ δίκῃ πικρόν.
3 “
ὦ τέκνον, οὐχ ἅπαντα τῷ γήρᾳ KaKa,
3 , 4 3 > ce ,
EreoxAees, πρόσεστιν, aAX ἡμπειρία 2
ἔχει τι λέξαι τῶν νέων σοφώτερον. 530
τί τῆς κακίστης δαιμόνων ἐφίεσαι
, a Ν 2 3 ld e ,
Φιλοτιμίας, Tat; μὴ ov y* ἄδικος ἡ θεός"
3 3 ΕῚ ΕΣ Ν ΄ 3 a
πολλοὺς δ᾽ ἐς οἴκους Kal πόλεις εὐδαίμονας
εἰσῆλθε καξῆλθ᾽ ἐπ᾿ ὀλέθρῳ τῶν χρωμένων"
917) = Ν ΄, a / ΄,
ἐφ ἢ OV μαΐίνει. κεῖνο κάλλιον, τέκνον; 535
ἰσότητα τιμᾶν, ἣ φίλους ἀεὶ φίλοις
πόλεις τε πόλεσι συμμάχους τε συμμάχοις
Ξ, . N " , > ,ὕ ”
ξυνδεῖ: τὸ yap ἴσον νόμιμον ἀνθρώποις ἔφυ,
“ : / 3 ιν Ἂς Zz, ,
τῷ πλέονι δ᾽ ἀεὶ πολέμιον καθίσταται
ΝΜ 9 “- > ε , ’,
τούλασσον, ἐχθρᾶς θ᾽ ἡμέρας κατάρχεται. 540
καὶ γὰρ μέτρ᾽ ἀνθρώποισι καὶ μέρη σταθμῶν
ἰσότης ἔταξε κἀριθμὸν διώρισε,
γυκτός T ἀφεγγὲς βλέφαρον ἡλίου τε φῶς
” , ἊΝ ΕἸ ’ ’ὔ
ἴσον βαδίζει τὸν ἐνιαύσιον κύκλον,
207 er. “ 3, ΄
κοὐδέτερον αὐτῶν φθόνον ἔχει νικώμενον. 54
εἶθ᾽ ἥλιος μὲν νύξ τε δουλεύει βροτοῖς,
Q > 3 ae A / + 3,
σὺ δ᾽ οὐκ ἀνέξει δωμάτων ἔχων ἴσον ;
Q 0 3 A . > a ? ε δί ‘|
[καὶ τῷδ᾽ ἀπονεῖμαι; κᾷτα ποῦ ᾽στιν ἡ δίκη ;
LANG) ? 4 > ’,
τί τὴν τυραννίδ᾽, ἀδικίαν εὐδαίμονα,
“ ε ’ὔ ἊΝ ,᾽ τ /
τιμᾷς ὑπέρφευ, Kal μέγ᾽ ἥγησαι τόδε, 550
, , Ν x ὁ
περιβλέπεσθαι τίμιον ; κενὸν μὲν οὐν.
ἢ πολλὰ μοχθεῖν πόλλ᾽ ἔχων ἐν δώμασι
, , > ΕΙΣ Ν / »” ; οὖν ,
βούλει; τί δ᾽ ἔστι TO πλέον; ὄνομ ἔχει povoV"
AP et, , 5, 63 ΤΣ \ A ,
ἐπεὶ τά γ᾽ ἀρκοῦνθ᾽ ἱκανὰ τοῖς ye σώφροσιν.
Ν 4
οὗτοι τὰ χρήματ᾽ ἴδια κέκτηνται βροτοὶ, δδῦ
4a Lal -“ 7 3, ΕῚ ’
τὰ τῶν θεῶν δ᾽ ἔχοντες ἐπιμελούμεθα"
σ Q ve 3 wi? 5 a ,
ὅταν δὲ χρήζωσ᾽, αὔτ᾽ ἀφαιροῦνται παλιν.
[ὁ δ᾽ ὄλβος οὐ βέβαιος, ἀλλ᾽ ἐφήμερος.]

» 9 ” 3 ἂν , 4 a >? [χὰ
ay, ἤν σ᾽ ἔρωμαι δύο λόγω προθεῖσ᾽ apa,

ΧΟ.

ET.

πὸ

@OINIZZAI.
πότερα τυραννεῖν, ἢ πόλιν σῶσαι θέλεις ;
ἐρεῖς τυραννεῖν ; ἣν δὲ νικήσῃ σ᾽ ὅδε
᾿Αργεῖά τ᾽ ἔγχη δόρυ τὸ Καδμείων ἕλῃ,
ὄψει δαμασθὲν ἄστυ Θηβαῖον τόδε,
ὄψει δὲ πολλὰς αἰχμαλώτιδας κόρας
βίᾳ πρὸς ἀνδρῶν πολεμίων πορθουμένας.
[ὀδυνηρὸς dp ὁ πλοῦτος, ὃν ζητεῖς ἔχειν,
γενήσεται Θήβαισι, φιλότιμος δὲ σύ.}

21

σοὶ μὲν τάδ᾽ αὐδῶ σοὶ δὲ, Πολύνεικες, λέγω,

3 A“ »” , ΝΜ 3 > ’ὔ
ἀμαθεῖς “Adpactos χάριτας ἔς o ανήψατο'
> ’ὔ > > Ν \ / /
ἀσύνετα δ᾽ ἦλθες Kal σὺ πορθήσων πόλιν.
δι 5, “ἃ ¢ A ,ὔ > ἃ Ν / Ν
φέρ, ἢν ἐλῃς γὴν τήνδ, ὃ pr τύχοι ποτε,
πρὸς θεῶν, τροπαῖα πῶς ἀναστήσεις Διΐ;
- 3 > ts 4 ε ‘\ ’
πῶς δ᾽ αὖ κατάρξει θυμάτων ἕλων πάτραν,
Ν A , “~ ἂν ιν «5 / ε lal
καὶ σκῦλα γράψεις πῶς ἐπ Ἰνάχου ῥοαῖς;
΄ ΄ / / A
Θήβας πυρώσας τάσδε ἸΠολυνείκης θεοῖς
3 / ΝΜ , 3 ᾧ ΄ ,
ἀσπίδας ἔθηκε; μήποτ, ὦ τέκνον, κλέος
τοιόνδε σοι γένοιθ᾽ ὑφ᾽ Ἑλλήνων λαβεῖν.
δ 3 > “~ Ν \ aQ ε ’
ἣν δ᾽ αὖ κρατηθῇς καὶ To τοῦδ᾽ ὑπερδράμῃ,
-“ ” 7 fs Ν ,
πῶς “Apyos ἥξεις μυρίους λιπὼν νεκρους ;
5 “ Ν / 5 Ν 7,
ἐρεῖ δὲ δή τις, Ὦ Kaka μνηστεύματα

ἤΛδραστε προσθεὶς, διὰ μιᾶς νύμφης γάμον

- , , κ᾿ , ,
ἀπωλόμεσθα. δύο κακὼ σπεύδεις, τέκνον,
lal > An

κείνων στέρεσθαι, τῶνδέ T ἐν μέσῳ πεσεῖν.
/ Ἁ ’ / > , cad

μέθετον τὸ λίαν, μέθετον' ἀμαθίαι δυοῖν,

3 ΜΔ “9 ΄ » ,

ἐς ταὔθ᾽ ὅταν μόλητον, ἔχθιστον κακον.

> \ f ἀῳ Oa Ao pe a

ὦ θεοὶ, γένοισθε τῶνδ᾽ ἀπότροποι κακῶν,
A gt ’ὔ 3 ἰδί / 50

kat ξύμβασίν τιν᾽ Οἰδίπου τέκνοις δότε.

570

575

580

μῆτερ, οὐ λόγων ἔθ᾽ ἁγὼν, ἀλλ᾽ ἀνάλωται χρόνος

ε ’ , / 32 FON ε /
οὖν μέσῳ μάτην, περαίνει δ᾽ οὐδὲν ἡ προθυμία,
> Ν x a »” vA? N a > /
ov γὰρ ἂν ξυμβαῖμεν ἄλλως ἢ πὶ τοῖς εἰρημένοις"
σ - cal ” Ἵ
ὥστ᾽ ἐμὲ σκήπτρων κρατοῦντα τῆσδ᾽ ἄνακτ᾽ εἶναι

χθονός"

591

Lal ~ 5 aA ’ - ἀγα!
τῶν μακρῶν δ᾽ ἀπαλλαγεῖσα νουθετημάτων p ἐα.
. \ aS » , 7, Ἅ τς
καὶ σὺ τῶνδ᾽ ἔξω κομίζου τειχέων, ἢ κατθανεῖ.
Ν , Α ΘΟ ἅν 9 3 Bic a es ,
πρὸς Tivos; Tis WO ἄτρωτος, ὁστις εἰς NMAS ξίφος

20
ET.
ΠΟ.
ET.
110:
ET.

TIO.

EYPINIAOYT

A > \ Ν 3 \ 3 3 Md ,
φόνιον ε μβαλὼν τον QUTOV OUK αποίσεται μορον ; 595
2 \ 3 , / 9 / / > /
ἐγγὺς, ov πρόσω βέβηκας" és χέρας λεύσσεις ἐμάς;
εἰσορῶ: δειλὸν δ᾽ ὁ πλοῦτος καὶ φιλόψυχον κακόν.

> \ A Ss a Ν IOV 9 /
Kata σὺν πολλοῖσιν ἦλθες πρὸς τὸν οὐδὲν ἐς μάχην;
3 4 ee eR ΄ EY \ ΄
ἀσφαλὴς γάρ ἐστ᾽ ἀμείνων ἢ θρασὺς στρατηλάτης.
κομπὸς εἶ σπονδαῖς πεποιθὼς, at σε σώζουσιν

θανεῖν. 600
κ Ν , ΄ > 9 a a . ,
καὶ σὲ δεύτερόν Ὑ ἀπαιτῶ σκῆπτρα καὶ μέρη
΄΄
χθονός.

> A ἈΝ rs , ,
ET. οὐκ ἀπαιτούμεσθ᾽- ἐγὼ yap τὸν ἐμὸν οἰκήσῳ δόμον.
μεσθ᾽- ἐγὼ γὰρ

ΠΟ.
ET.
ΠΟ.
ET.
ΠΟ.
RT.

πθ:

=
»

ΠΟ,

τοῦ μέρους ἔχων τὸ πλεῖον ;
φήμ᾽" ἀπαλλάσσου δὲ γῆς.
“5 A Ν ,
ὦ θεῶν βωμοὶ πατρῴων,
ols σὺ πορθήσων πάρει.
κλύετέ μου. 605
, 2 oN , LAN 95 ,
τίς δ᾽ ἂν κλύοι σου πατρίδ᾽ ἐπεστρατευμένου ;

“ aA 3
. καὶ θεῶν τῶν λευκοπώλων δώμαθ᾽,

a ~ ἢ
οι στυγουσι σε.

. ἐξελαυνόμεσθα πατρίδος, ET. καὶ γὰρ ἦλθες ἐξελῶν.

3 ,ὔ 3 > ,
ἀδικίᾳ γ᾽, ὦ θεοί.
Μυκήναις, μὴ ᾿νθαδ᾽ ἀνακάλει θεούς.
ἀνόσιος πέφυκας,
3 3 3 / e \ ,
ἀλλ᾽ οὐ πατρίδος, ws σὺ, πολέμιος.
τὰ . » 2¢ ,
ὅς μ᾽ ἄμοιρον ἐξελαύνεις. 610
καὶ κατακτενῶ γε πρός.
> , ’ ἃ ,
ὦ πάτερ, κλύεις ἁ πάσχω;
A \ φ ΄- ,
καὶ γὰρ οἷα δρᾷς κλύει.
καὶ σὺ, μῆτερ;
3 , , 4 > ? ,
ἀθέμιτόν σοι μητρὸς ὀνομάζειν Kapa,
ὦ πόλις.
σ
μολὼν ἐς ἼΑργος ἀνακάλει Λέρνης ὕδωρ.
> > ~ r ’
εἶμι, μὴ Tove: σὲ δ᾽ αἰνῶ, μῆτερ. ET. ἔξιθι χθονός.
“ἢ > ba
ἔξιμεν: πατέρα δέ μοι δὸς εἰσιδεῖν. ET. οὐκ ἂν
τύχοις. 615
> , ΣΝ δ
ἀλλὰ παρθένους ἀδελφάς. ἘΤ. οὐδὲ τάσδ᾽ ὄψει ποτέ.

>
ὦ κασίγνηται.

ΦΟΙΝΊΙΣΣΑΙ. 29
ET. τί ταύτας ἀνακαλεῖς ἔχθιστος ὧν ;
ΠΟ. μῆτερ, ἀλλά μοι σὺ χαῖρε.
IO. χαρτὰ γοῦν πάσχω, τέκνον.
ΠΟ. οὐκέτ᾽ εἰμὶ παῖς σός. 10. ἐς πόλλ᾽ ἀθλία πέφυκ᾽
ἐγώ.
ΠΟ. ὅδε γὰρ εἰς ἡμᾶς ὑβρίζει. ET. καὶ γὰρ ἀνθυβρί-
ζομαι. 620
ΠΟ. ποῦ ποτε στήσει πρὸ πύργων 5
ET. ὡς τί μ᾽ ἱστορεῖς τόδε ;
ΠΟ. ἀντιτάξομαι κτενῶν σε. ET. καμὲ τοῦδ᾽ ἔρως ἔχει.
IO. ὦ τάλαιν᾽ ἐγώ. τί δράσετ᾽, ὦ τέκν᾽;

ΠΟ. αὐτὸ σημανεῖ.
10. πατρὸς οὐ φείξεσθ᾽ Ἐρινῦς ;

> / ’ “
RT. ἐρρέτω πρόπας δόμος. 654

ΠΟ. ὡς τάχ᾽ οὐκέθ᾽ αἱματηρὸν τοὐμὸν ἀργήσει ξίφος.
τὴν δὲ θρέψασάν με γαῖαν καὶ θεοὺς μαρτύρομαι
ὡς ἄτιμος, οἰκτρὰ πάσχων, ἐξελαύνομαι χθονὸς,

A «ἃ 3 3 31. ΩΝ 3 A \ 50.» ’
δοῦλος ὡς, ἀλλ᾽ οὐχὶ ταὐτοῦ πατρὸς Οἰδίπου γεγώς.
» , , , πο ὦ ΄, 3 > -“
κἂν τί σοι, πόλις, γένηται, μὴ pe, τόνδε δ᾽ αἰτιῶ"
ΕἸ ε ‘\ AY > ” 2 »5 , ’ὔ
οὐχ ἑκὼν γὰρ ἦλθον, ἄκων δ᾽ ἐξελαύνομαι χθονός.
καὶ σὺ, Φοῖβ᾽ avag ᾿Αγυιεῦ, καὶ μέλαθρα χαίρετε,
ἥλικές θ᾽ ovpot θεῶν τε δεξίμηλ᾽ ἀγάλματα. 682
3 \ 350) >» A = ” Rhet lw ΄
οὐ. γὰρ οἶδ᾽ εἴ μοι προσειπεῖν αὖθις ἔσθ᾽ ὑμᾶς ποτέ:
ἐλπίδες δ᾽ οὔπω καθεύδουσ᾽, αἷς πέποιθα σὺν θεοῖς
τόνδ᾽ ἀποκτείνας κρατήσειν τῆσδε Θηβαίας χθονός.

ET. ἔξιθ᾽ “ἐκ χώρας" ἀληθῶς δ᾽ 6 ovopia Πολυνείκην πατὴρ
ἔθετό σοι θείᾳ προνοίᾳ νεικέων φερώνυμον.

ΧΟ. Κάδμος ἔμολε τάνδε γᾶν στρ.

,
Tuptos, ᾧ τετρασκελὴς
3 /,
μοσχος ἀδάματος πέσημα 010
δίκε τελεσφόρον διδοῦσα
χρησμὸν, οὗ κατοικίσαι
πεδία νιν τὸ θέσφατον
Ξε Te ’ ”
mupopop Aovev expy,
καλλιπόταμος ὕδατος ἵνα τε C45
votis ἐπέρχεται putas

80 ΕΥ̓ΡΙΠΙΔΟΥ
Δίρκας χλοηφόρους βαθυσπόρους γύας"
Βρόμιον ἔνθα Ἵτέκετο μάτηῤ
κι * Διὸς γάμοις, 650
κισσὸς ὃν περιστεφὴς
ἑλικτὸς εὐθὺς ἔτι βρέφος
χλοηφόροισιν ἔρνεσιν ᾿
/ 3 / 9 ,
κατασκίοισιν ὀλβίσας ἐνώτισεν,
Βαάκχίον χύρευμα παρθένοισι Θηβαΐαις 655
καὶ γυναιξὶν εὐίοις.
ἔνθα φόνιος ἦν δράκων ἀντ.
ἤΑρεος, ὠμόφρων φύλαξ,
, 3 3, Ν ἢ
νάματ᾽ ἔνυδρα καὶ ῥέεθρα
χλοερὰ δεργμάτων κόραισι 800
πολυπλάνοις ἐπισκοπῶν"
a 3). BN ,ὔ Ν
ὃν ἐπὶ χέρνιβας μολων
Κάδμος ὄλεσε μαρμάρῳ,
aA / > ,ὔ
κρᾶτα φόνιον ὀλεσίθηρος
ὠλένας Ἰδικὼν βολαῖς, 665
δίας ἀμάτορος φραδαῖσι Παλλάδος
γαπετεῖς δικὼν ὀδόντας
ἐς βαθυσπόρους γύας"
ἔνθεν ἐξανῆκε γᾶ 610
, 3 Εν ας Μ
πάνοπλον οψιν ὑπὲρ ἀκρων
ὅρων χθονός" σιδαρόφρων
δέ νιν φόνος πάλιν ξυνῆψε γᾷ φίλᾳ.
αἵματος δ᾽ ἔδευσε γαῖαν, ἅ νιν εὐαλίοις
δεῖξεν αἰθέρος πνοαῖς. 675
Kal σὲ, TOV προμάτορος ἐπῳδ.
Ἰοῦς ποτ᾽ ἔκγονον,
"Exadov, ὦ Διὸς γένεθλον,
ἐκάλεσ᾽ ἐκάλεσα βαρβάρῳ Bods
ἰὼ, βαρβάροις λιταῖς, ο΄ 689
βᾶθι βᾶθι τάνδε γᾶν"
σοί νιν ἔκγονοι κτίσαν,
“Ὁ , Ν
ἂν διώνυμοι θεαὶ,
Περσέφασσα καὶ φίλα

ΦΟΙΝΙΣΣΑΙ͂.
Δαμάτηρ θεὰ,
, Ν , Ν ~ Ν
πάντων ἄνασσα, πάντων δὲ Ta τροφὸς
/
ἐκτήσαντο: πέμπε πυρφόρους
θεὰς ἀμῦναι τᾷδε γᾷ"
, 2 > ~ “
πάντα δ᾽ εὐπετῆ θεοῖς.
/

ET. χώρει σὺ καὶ κόμιζε τὸν Μενοικέως
Κρέοντ᾽, ἀδελφὸν μητρὸς ᾿Ιοκάστης ἐμῆς,
λέγων τάδ᾽, ὡς οἰκεῖα καὶ κοινὰ χθονὸς

“-“ /
θέλω πρὸς αὐτὸν συμβαλεῖν βουλεύματα,
πρὶν ἐς μάχην τε καὶ δορὸς τάξιν μολεῖν.
-" ~ ?
καίτοι ποδῶν σῶν μόχθον ἐκλύει Tapwr'
ὁρῶ γὰρ αὐτὸν πρὸς δόμους στείχοντ᾽ ἐμούς.

ΚΡΕΩΝ.
ἢ πόλλ᾽ ἐπῆλθον εἰσιδεῖν χρήζων σ᾽, ἀναξ
᾿Ἐτεόκλεες, πέριξ δὲ Καδμείων πύλας
φύλακας τ᾽ ἐπῆλθον σὸν δέμας θηρώμενος.
ET. καὶ μὴν ἐγὼ σ᾽ ἔχρῃζον εἰσιδεῖν, Κρέον"
πολλῷ γὰρ ηὗρον ἐνδεεῖς διαλλαγὰς,
ὡς ἐς λόγους συνῆψα Πολυνείκει μολών.
ΚΡ. ἤκουσα μεῖζον αὐτὸν ἢ Θήβας φρονεῖν
κήδει tT ᾿Αδράστου καὶ στρατῷ πεποιθότα.
ἀλλ᾽ ἐς θεοὺς χρὴ ταῦτ᾽ ἀναρτήσαντ᾽ ἔχειν"
ἃ δ᾽ ἐμποδὼν μάλιστα, ταῦθ᾽ ἥκω φράσων.
ET. τὰ ποῖα ταῦτα; τὸν λόγον γὰρ ἀγνοῶ.
ΚΡ. ἥκει τις αἰχμάλωτος ᾿Αργείων πάρα.
ET. λέγει δὲ δηὴ τί τῶν ἐκεῖ νεώτερον ;
ΚΡ, μέλλειν πέριξ πύργοισι [Καδμείων πόλιν
ὅπλοις ἑλίξειν αὐτίκ᾽ ᾿Αργείων στρατόν.
ET. ἐξοιστέον tap ὅπλα Καδμείων πόλει.
ΚΡ. ποῖ; μῶν νεάζων οὐχ ὁρᾷς ἃ χρή σ᾽ ὁρᾶν ;
ET. ἐκτὸς τάφρων τῶνδ᾽, ὡς μαχουμένους τάχα.
KP. σμικρὸν τὸ πλῆθος τῆσδε γῆς, οἱ δ᾽ ἄφθονοι.
ET. ἐγῷδα κείνους τοῖς λόγοις ὄντας θρασεῖς.
ΚΡ. ἔχει τιν᾽ ὄγκον tapyos Ἑλλήνων πάρα.
ET. θάρσει: τάχ᾽ αὐτῶν πεδίον ἐμπλήσω φόνου.

81

690

695

705

710

715

A
τ

ΕΥ̓ΡΙΠΙΔΟΥ͂
θέλοιμ᾽ ἀν: ἀλλὰ τοῦθ᾽ ὁρῶ πολλοῦ πόνου.
ὡς οὐ καθέξω τειχέων ἔσω στρατόν. 720
καὶ μὴν τὸ νικᾶν ἐστι πᾶν εὐβουλία.
’ὔ Af?
βούλει τράπωμαι δῆθ᾽ ὁδοὺς ἄλλας τινάς ;
πάσας γε, πρὶν κίνδυνον εἰσάπαξ μολεῖν.

9 Ν Cer , 9 ,
εἰ νυκτὸς αὐτοῖς προσβάλοιμεν ἐκ λόχου ;
πιὰ if A , /,
εἴπερ σφαλείς ye δεῦρο σωθήσει πάλιν. 725
» , We Ἂ δὲ λ a ,
ἴσον φέρει vue, τοῖς δὲ τολμῶσιν πλέον.

3 A Ν > γ ,
ἐνδυστυχῆσαι δεινὸν εὐφρόνης κνέφας.
ἀλλ᾽ ἀμφὶ δεῖπνον οὖσι προσβάλω δόρυ;

+ Ἃ ψ, a Ν a
ἔκπληξις ἂν γένοιτο" νικῆσαι δὲ δεῖ.
βαθύς γέ τοι Διρκαῖος ἀναχωρεῖν πόρος. 780

7 , A , A
ἅπαν κάκιον τοῦ φυλάσσεσθαι Kadds.

, 3 > , 3 ΄ ,
τί δ᾽, εἰ καθιππεύσαιμεν Ἀργείων στρατὸν ;
κἀκεῖ πέφρακται λαὸς ἅρμασιν πέριξ.

,ὔὕ a , / el /
τί δῆτα δράσω; πολεμίοισι δῶ πόλιν;
μὴ δῆτα" βουλεύου δ᾽, ἐπείπερ εἶ σοφός.
τίς οὖν πρόνοια γίγνεται σοφωτέρα ;

La i
co
οι

7 Ce / 3 a ε ” > 9 A
ἕπτ᾽ ἄνδρας αὐτοῖς φασιν, ws ἤκουσ᾽ eyo,

, , a \ ‘ , ,
τί προστετάχθαι δρᾶν ; τὸ yap σθένος βραχύ.
λόχων ἀνάσσειν, ἑπτὰ προσκεῖσθαι πύλαις.

aA n 3
τί δῆτα δρῶμεν; ἀπορίαν γὰρ οὐ μενῶ. 740
[} 3 4 3 a XN ἣν \ / ε a
ἕπτ᾽ avopas αὐτοῖς Kal σὺ πρὸς πύλαις ἑλοῦ.

΄ Ὧν ἐν XN , ,
λόχων ἀνάσσειν, ἢ μονοστόλου δορός ;
λόχων, προκρίνας οἵπερ ἀλκιμώτατοι.
ξυνῆκ᾽, ἀμύνειν τειχέων προσαμβάσεις.

\ , ea 3 > Ν > , ea 2 nA ἌΣ
καὶ ξυστρατηγούς" εἷς δ᾽ ἀνὴρ οὐ πάνθ᾽ ὁρᾷ. 745

, , A A 3 ΄
θάρσει προκρίνας, ἢ φρενῶν εὐβουλίᾳ ;

’
ἀμφότερον: ἀπολειφθὲν γὰρ οὐδὲν θάτερον,

+ ΤΩ 3 ‘\ ε 2 /
ἔσται τάδ᾽. ἐλθὼν ἑπτάπυργον ἐς πόλιν

4 E Ν Ν Ψ' ε
τάξω λοχαγοὺς πρὸς πύλαισιν, ὡς λέγεις,

4 4 , 3 ’ ~

ἴσους ἴσοισι πολεμίοισιν ἀντιθείς. 760
¥ ,
ὄνομα δ᾽ ἑκάστου διατριβὴ πολλὴ λέγειν,
> aA φΦ..8 5 A , /,
ἐχθρῶν ὑπ᾽ αὐτοῖς τείχεσιν καθημένων.

3 > = 3 ψ “Ὁ Ν an ,
αλλ᾽ εἶμ᾽, ὅπως av μὴ καταργῶμεν χέρα.
καί μοι γένοιτ᾽ ἀδελφὸν ἀντήρη λαβεῖν,

POINIZZAT. 33

καὶ ξυσταθέντα διὰ μάχης ἐλθεῖν δορὶ 755
ἱκτανεῖν θ᾽, ὃς ἦλθε πατρίδα πορθήσων ἐμήν].
γάμους δ᾽ ἀδελφῆς ᾿Αντιγόνης παιδός τε σοῦ
Αἵμονος, ἐάν τι τῆς τύχης ἐγὼ σφαλώ,
σοὶ χρὴ μέλεσθαι- τὴν δόσιν δ᾽ ἐχέγγυον
τὴν πρόσθε ποιῶ νῦν ἐπ᾽ ἐξόδοις ἐμαῖς. 700
μητρὸς δ᾽ ἀδελφὸς εἶ: τί δεῖ μακρηγορεῖν ;
τρέφ᾽ ἀξίως νιν σοῦ τε τήν τ᾽ ἐμὴν χάριν.
πατὴρ δ᾽ ἐς αὑτὸν ἀμαθίαν ὀφλισκάνει
” , > ” er κα
οψιν τυφλωώσας: οὐκ ἄγαν of ἐπήνεσα"
ἡμᾶς T ἀραῖσιν, ἢν τύχῃ, κατακτενεῖ. 705
a a9 ν ean 3 ‘ ΝΥ ,
ev δ᾽ ἐστὶν ἡμῖν ἀργὸν, εἴ τι θέσφατον
οἰωνόμαντις Τειρεσίας ἔχει φράσαι,
τοῦδ᾽ ἐκπυθέσθαι ταῦτ᾽. ἐγὼ δὲ παῖδα σὸν
Μενοικέα, σοῦ πατρὸς αὐτεπώνυμον,
λαβόντα πέμψω δεῦρο Τειρεσίαν, Κρέον"

Η Ἣ Ἢ caN 5 r 5. τὰν
σοὶ μὲν γὰρ ἡδὺς ἐς λόγους ἀφίξεται"
ἐγὼ δὲ τέχνην μαντικὴν ἐμεμψάμην
ἤδη πρὸς αὐτὸν, στε μοι μομφὰς ἔχειν.

΄ Ν Ν Ν ma 5. 5 4 4
πόλει δὲ Kal σοὶ ταῦτ᾽ ἐπισκήπτω, Kpéov:
» ΄ Dies ΟΝ , , 2
ἥνπερ κρατήσῃ Tapa, Πολυνείκους νέκυν ζ
μήποτε ταφῆναι τῇδε Θηβαίᾳ χθονί:
θνήσκειν δὲ τὸν θάψαντα, κἂν φίλων τις 7.
[cot μὲν τάδ᾽ αὐδῶ: προσπόλοις δ᾽ ἐμοῖς λέγω,
> ’ὔ , / / 3 > ,
ἐκφέρετε τεύχη πανοπλᾶ τ ἀμφιβλήματα,
ὡς εἰς ἀγῶνα τὸν προκείμενον δορὸς 780
ε , > »” \ 7 /
ορμώμεθ᾽ ἤδη ξὺν δίκη νικηφόρῳ.
τῇ δ᾽ EvAaBeia, χρησιμωτάτῃ θεῶν,
προσευξόμεσθα τήνδε διασῶσαι πόλιν.
ὦ πολύμοχθος ἤΛρης, τί ποθ᾽ αἵματι στρ.
καὶ θανάτῳ κατέχει, Βρομίου παράμουσος ἑορταῖς;

πὰ

τὸ

νυ

οὐκ ἐπὶ καλλιχόροις στεφάνοισι νεάνιδος ὥρας 783
βόστρυχον ἀμπετάσας λωτοῦ κατὰ πνεύματα μέλπει
μοῦσαν, ἐν a χάριτες Χοροποιοὶ,
ἀλλὰ σὺν ὁπλοφόροις otpatov Ἀργείων ἐπιπνεύσας
αἵματι Θήβας 790
PHOE, 3

81

ἙἘΥΡΙΠΙΔΟΥ͂
κῶμον ἀναυλότατον προχορεύεις.
Τοὐδ᾽ ὑπὸ θυρσομανεῖ νεβρίδων μέτα δινεύεις, [ἀλλ᾽
ἅρμασι καὶ ψαλίοις τετραβάμοσι μώνυχα πῶλον’
Ἰσμηνοῦ δ᾽ ἐπὶ χεύμασι βαίνων
ἱππείαισι θοάζεις,
ΕῚ ᾽ ΕἸ ,
Τ᾽ Ἀργείους ἐπιπνεύσας 795
Σπαρτῶν γέννᾳ,
ἀσπιδοφέρμονα Τθίασον, ἔνοπλον
ἀντίπαλον κατὰ Adiva τείχεα
χαλκῷ κοσμήσας.
ἢ δεινά τις "Epis θεὸς, ἃ τάδε
μήσατο πήματα γᾶς βασιλεῦσιν,
Λαβδακίδαις πολυμόχθοις. £00
τῷ / , , : 3
ὦ ζαθέων πετάλων πολυθηρότα- αντ.
ν'. 3 ’ὔ ’, y+ ‘
τον νάπος ᾿Αρτέμιδος χιονοτρόφον ὄμμα Κιθαιρὼν,
μήποτε τὸν θανάτῳ προτεθέντα, λόχευμ᾽ Ἰοκάστας,
ὦφελες Οἰδιπόδα θρέψαι βρέφος ἔκβολον οἴκων,
χρυσοδέτοις περόναις ἐπίσαμον'" 805
δὲ \ θ , Ν 4 ’ὔ ἐλθ -“
μηδὲ τὸ παρθένιον πτερὸν, οὐρειον τέρας, ἐλθεῖν
πένθεα γαίας
τ' Ἃ > 4 A 9 A
Σφιγγὸς ἀμουσοτάταισι σὺν wdats,
a ποτε Ἰζαδμογενῆ τετραβάμοσι χαλαῖς
/ / / 5 7 5 ΞΜ a
τείχεσι χριμπτομένα φέρεν αἰθέρος εἰς aBarov dus
γένναν, ἂν ὁ κατὰ χθονὸς “Αιδας 810
Καδμείοις ἐπιπέμπει:
δυσδαίμων δ᾽ ἔρις ἄλλα
θάλλει παίδων
Οἰδιπόδα κατὰ δώματα καὶ πόλιν.
3 Ν « Ν Ν ” 3) af A
ov yap ὃ μὴ καλὸν οὔποτ᾽ ἔφυ καλον,
a * * ἧς "
οὐδ᾽ οἱ μὴ νόμιμοι Ἱπαῖδες 816
ματρὶ λόχευμα, μίασμα πατρὸς δὲ συν-
aipovos ἐς λέχος ἦλθον.
3 > na ταν 7ὕ 9 ὃ
ἔτεκες, ὦ γᾶ, ETEKES ποτε, ἐπῳδ.
, ε 3 Q "50. 7 40. 7 3.,. 4 ”
βάρβαρον ὡς axoav édanv ἐδάην ποτ᾽ ἐν οἰκοις,
Ν
τὰν ἀπὸ θηροτρόφου φοινικολόφοιο δράκοντος 820

KP.

TE.
KP.

TE.

ΦΟΙΝΙΣΣΑΙ, 35
γένναν ὀδοντοφυῇῆ, Θήβαις κάλλιστον ὄνειδος:
‘Appovias δέ ποτ᾽ εἰς ὑμεναίους
ἤλυθον οὐρανίδαι, φόρμιγγί τε τείχεα Θήβας
τᾶς ᾿Αμφιονίας τε λύρας ὕπο πύργος ἀνέσταν
διδύμων ποταμῶν πόρον ἀμφὶ μέσον 825
Aipxas, χλοεροτρόφον ἃ πεδίον
πρόπαρ ᾿Ισμὴηνοῦ καταδεύει"

Ἰώ θ᾽, a κερόεσσα προμάτωρ,
~ /
Καδμείων βασιλῆας ἐγείνατο"
, “5 al ene εἰ Ψ πῇ
μυριάδας δ᾽ ἀγαθῶν ἑτέροις ἕτέ- 8:0

, , 2.9 5 9 κΚΚ'ὶ

pas μεταμειβομένα πόλις ad ἐπ᾽ a-
Kpols ἕστακεν ᾿Αρῇ-
os στεφάνοισιν.

ΤΕΙΡΕΣΙΑΣ.
a a \
ἡγοῦ πάροιθε, θύγατερ: ὡς τυφλῷ ποδὲ
Μ
ὀφθαλμὸς εἶ σὺ, ναυβάταισιν ἄστρον ὥΞ ΒΒ8
a 3 9 ‘ Ν / ΝΜ a 3 5» ‘
δεῦρ᾽ ἐς τὸ λευρὸν πέδον ἴχνος τιθεῖσ᾽ ἐμὸν
/ \ “ 3 \ /
πρόβαινε, μὴ σφαλῶμεν: ἀσθενὴς πατήρ'
/ , 4 » Ν
κλήρους τέ μοι φύλασσε παρθένῳ χερὶ,
ἃ » 5 £: > > / \
ovs ἔλαβον οἰωνίσματ᾽ ὀρνίθων μαθὼν
nw al ,
θάκοισιν ἐν ἱεροῖσιν, ov μαντεύομαι. 8:9
τέκνον Μενοικεῦ, παῖ Κρέοντος, εἰπέ μοι
πόση τις ἡ πίλοιπος ἄστεως ὁδὸς
πρὸς πατέρα τὸν σόν' ὡς ἐμὸν κάμνει γόνυ,
‘ Ν φ΄ μέ / A
πυκνὴν δὲ βαίνων nAvow μόλις περώ.
, / \ ’, / A
θάρσει: πέλας yap, Τειρεσία, φίλοισι σοῖς 845
2¢ 7 Ν ΄ a > > a ΄ὕ
ἐξώρμισαι σὸν πόδα: λαβοῦ δ᾽ αὐτοῦ, τέκνον"
ε a 3 > / , 4 “
ws πᾶσ ἀπήνη πούς τε πρεσβύτου φιλεῖ
χειρὸς θυραίας ἀναμένειν κουφίσματα.
3 4 / a re
εἶεν, πάρεσμεν: τί με καλεῖς σπουδῇ, Kpéov;
οὔπω λελήσμεθ᾽- ἀλλὰ σύλλεξαι σθένος ε50
\ a. a > 9 \ CQ εκ
καὶ πνεῦμ᾽ ἄθροισον, αἷπος téxBadwv ὁδοῦ,
A “ ~ 3 n ”
κόπῳ παρεῖμαι yur “EpexGedav azo
δεῦρ᾽ ἐκκομισθεὶς τῆς πάροιθεν ἡμέρας:
3 nw Ν > ’ > ’ὔ A
κἀκεῖ yap ἦν τις πόλεμος Εὐμόλπου δορὸς,

°
os

86

KP:

TE.

EYPINIAOT
ov καλλινίκους Kexporidas ἔθηκ᾽ ἐγώ" £55
καὶ τόνδε χρυσοῦν στέφανον, ὡς ὁρᾷς, ἔχω
λαβὼν ἀπαρχὰς πολεμίων σκυλευμάτων.
οἰωνὸν ἐθέμην καλλίνικα σὰ στέφη"
ἐν γὰρ κλύδωνι κείμεθ', ὥσπερ οἶσθα σὺ,
δορὸς Δαναϊδῶν, καὶ μέγας Θήβαις ἀγών. 8:0
βασιλεὺς μὲν οὖν βέβηκε κοσμηθεὶς ὅπλοις
ἤδη πρὸς ἀλκὴν ᾿Ἑτεοκλῆς Μυκηνίδα"
ἐμοὶ δ᾽ ἐπέσταλκ᾽ ἐκμαθεῖν σέθεν πάρα
τί δρῶντες ἂν μάλιστα σώσαιμεν πόλιν.

᾿Ἑτεοκλέους μὲν οὕνεκ᾽ ἂν κλήσας στόμα 835

χρησμοὺς ἐπέσχον, σοὶ δ᾽, ἐπεὶ χρήζεις μαθεῖν,
λέξω: νοσεῖ γὰρ ἥδε γῆ πάλαι, Κρέον,
@ 3 oe wn

ἐξ ov ᾿᾽τεκνώθη Λάϊος Bia θεῶν
[πόσιν 7 ἔφυσε μητρὶ μέλεον Οἰδίπουν].
αἱ δ᾽ αἱματωποὶ δεργμάτων διαφθοραὶ 870
θεῶν σόφισμα κἀπίδειξις “Ἑλλάδι.
ἃ συγκαλύψαι παῖδες Οἰδίπου χρόνῳ

/ ε Ἂς Ν ε 7
χρήζοντες, ws δὴ θεοὺς ὑπεκδραμούμενοι,
ἥμαρτον ἀμαθῶς: οὔτε γὰρ γέρα πατρὶ
οὔτ᾽ ἔξοδον διδόντες ἄνδρα δυστυχῆ §75
ἐξηγρίωσαν" ἐκ δ᾽ ἔπνευσ᾽ αὐτοῖς ἀρὰς
δεινὰς νοσῶν τε καὶ πρὸς ἠτιμασμένος.
ε \ , A A 3 an > > , +”
ἀγὼ τί δρῶν ov, ποῖα δ᾽ οὐ λέγων ἔπη;
εἰς ἔχθος ἦλθον παισὶ τοῖσιν Οἰδίπου.
5 \ δὲ / 3 ’ὔ 3 A yf
ἐγγὺς δὲ θάνατος αὐτόχειρ αὐτοῖς, Κρέον’ ξδ0
πολλοὶ δὲ νεκροὶ περὶ νεκροῖς πεπτωκότες,
3 A nw «ς
Αργεῖα καὶ Καδμεῖα μίξαντες βέλη,

οὗ lA 2 , ,

πικροὺς γόους δώσουσι Θηβαίᾳ χθονί.

/
σύ τ᾽ ὦ τάλαινα συγκατασκάπτει πόλις,
εἰ μὴ λόγοισι τοῖς ἐμοῖς τις πείσεται. 88
ἐκεῖνο μὲν γὰρ πρῶτον ἦν, τῶν Οἰδίπου

δ ΄ > 4 > » N
μηδένα πολίτην μηδ᾽ ἄνακτ᾽ εἶναι χθονὸς,
ε lal ?
ws δαιμονῶντας κἀνατρέψοντας πόλιν.
» \ “ , a
ἐπεὶ δὲ κρεῖσσον TO κακόν ἐστι τἀγαθοϑ,

»» Ν 4 Ν Ψ
pe ἔστιν ἀλλη μηχανὴ σωτηρίας, 800

ΦΟΙΝΙΣΣΑΙ͂, 37
> » > a Ὑ 3
GAN οὐ γὰρ εἰπεῖν οὔτ᾽ ἐμοὶ τόδ᾽ ἀσφαλὲς
/ a“ \ ,
πικρόν TE τοῖσι τὴν τύχην κεκτημένοις
“- /
πόλει παρασχεῖν φάρμακον σωτηρίας,
»” , > = \ Ἃ she 4
ἄπειμι; χαίρεθ'- wich Sain πολλῶν μέτα
τὸ μέλλον, εἰ χρὴ), πείσομαι" τί γὰρ πάθω: 805
ἐπίσχες αὐτοῦ, πρέσβυ. TE. μὴ “πιλαμβάνου. ;
μεῖνον, τί φεύγεις; TE. ἡ τύχη σ᾽, ἀλλ᾽ οὐκ ἐγώ.
φράσον πολίταις καὶ πόλει σωτηρίαν.
βούλει σὺ μέντοι, κοὐχὶ βουλήσει τάχα.
καὶ πῶς πατρῴαν γαῖαν οὐ σῶσαι θέλω; 920
3 “ an
θέλεις ἀκοῦσαι δῆτα καὶ σπουδὴν ἔχεις ;
3 Ν ’ὔ “- “ "4 »Ἤ
ἐς γὰρ τί μᾶλλον δεῖ προθυμίαν ἔχειν ;
κλύοις ἂν ἤδη τῶν ἐμῶν θεσπισμάτων.
πρῶτον δ᾽ ἐκεῖνο βούλομαι σαφῶς μαθεῖν,
ποῦ ᾽στιν Μενοικεὺς, ὅς με δεῦρ᾽ ἐπήγαγεν; 905
ANG 3 \ ΝΜ “ ΄
ὅδ᾽ οὐ μακρὰν ἄπεστι, πλησίον δέ σου.
᾽ , , ΕἸ A ε 4
ἀπελθέτω νυν θεσφάτων ἐμῶν ἕκας.
ἐμὸς πεφυκὼς παῖς ἃ δεῖ σιγήσεται.
βούλει παρόντος δῆτά σοι τούτου φράσω;
κλύων γὰρ ἂν τέρποιτο τῆς σωτηρίας. 910
Ε , ΄, fi, 8 eg7
ἄκουε δή νυν θεσφάτων ἐμῶν oddv:
[ἃ δρῶντες ἂν σώσαιτε Καδμείων πόλιν.
/ ’ὔ ’ A 3 ε Ν Lf
σφάξαι Mevorxéa τόνδε δεῖ σ᾽ ὑπὲρ πάτρας
\ ao? 3 ἈΝ \ ’ a. if A“
σὸν παῖδ᾽, ἐπειδὴ τὴν τύχην αὐτὸς καλεῖς.
΄ , a , A > ΄ .
τί φής; τίν᾽ εἶπας τόνδε μῦθον, ὦ γέρον; 915
ἅπερ πέφυκε, ταῦτα κἀνάγκη σε δρᾶν.
ὦ πολλὰ λέξας ἐν βραχεῖ χρόνῳ κακά.
’ 3 3 Ν ’ὔ ’, Ἀ ’
σοί y, ἀλλὰ πατρίδι μεγάλα καὶ σωτήρια.
οὐκ ἔκλυον, οὐκ ἤκουσα: χαιρέτω πόλις.
> \ 73 3 7,» ε Ν ΕῚ ,ὔ / -
ἀνὴρ ὅδ᾽ οὐκέθ᾽ αὐτὸς, ἐκνεύει πάλιν. 930
a ~ ,
χαίρων ἴθ᾽. οὐ yap σῶν pe δεῖ μαντευμάτων.
3 , ε , ΕἸ 9 \ ‘\ Co]
ἀπόλωλεν ἁλήθει,, ἐπεὶ σὺ δυστυχεῖς ;
ὦ πρός σε γονάτων καὶ γερασμίου τριχὸς,
τί προσπίτνεις με; δυσφύλακτ' Ταϊτεῖ κακά.
σίγα: πόλει δὲ τούσδε μὴ λέξῃς λόγους. 936
of
ἀδικεῖν κελεύεις μ᾽" οὐ σιωπήσαιμεν ἄν.

38
Ae
KE.
KP.
TE.

XO.

KP.

ΕΥ̓ΡΙΠΙΔΟΥ͂
i? , ’ AQ / A
τί δή pe Spaces; παῖδά pov κατακτενεῖς ;
” / a ? . Ν 3 9 /
ἄλλοις μελήσει ταῦτ᾽, ἐμοὶ δ᾽ εἰρήσεται.
> “~ 3. 5 Ν ENS τὴν Ν / Ug
ἐκ τοῦ δ᾽ ἐμοὶ TOO ἦλθε καὶ τέκνῳ κακὸν ;
ὀρθῶς μ᾽ ἐρωτᾷς κεἰς ἀγών ἔρχει λόγων. 930
“ ’ e
δεῖ τόνδε θαλάμαις, οὗ δράκων ὁ γηγενὴς
ἐγένετο Δίρκης ναμάτων ἐπίσκοπος,
σφαγέντα φόνιον αἷμα γῇ δοῦναι χοὰς
Κάδμου παλαιῶν “Apeos ἐκ μηνιμάτων,
ὃς γηγενεῖ δράκοντι τιμωρεῖ φόνον. 99
καὶ ταῦτα δρῶντες σύμμαχον κτήσεσθ' "Apn.
χθὼν δ᾽ ἀντὶ καρποῦ καρπὸν ἀντί θ᾽ αἵματος
Xx 2) en / / ¢ 3 > Ay
αἷμ᾽. ἣν λάβῃ βρότειον, eer εὐμενῆ
γῆν, ἥ ποθ᾽ ὑμῖν χρυσοπήληκα στάχυν
Σπαρτῶν ἀνῆκεν: ἐκ γένους δὲ δεῖ θανεν 91
τοῦδ᾽, ὃς δράκοντος γένυος ἐκπέφυκε παῖς.

ii

σὺ δ᾽ ἐνθάδ᾽ ἡμῖν λοιπὸς εἶ Σπαρτῶν γένους
ἀκέραιος ἔκ τε μητρὸς ἀρσένων τ᾽ ἄπο,

ε / a 7 x > ’
οἱ σοί τε παῖδες. Αἵμονος μὲν οὖν γάμοι

Ν 3 / > > / > »

σφαγὰς ἀπείργουσ᾽- ov yap ἐστιν ἤθεος:

9 \ \ 2. A « ᾽ 3 > » ,
kel μὴ yap εὐνῆς ἥψατ, add ἔχει λέχος"

- \ A ᾿ AQ? 5 , /
οὗτος δὲ πῶλος, THO ἀνειμένος πόλει,

ids)

a
θανὼν πατρῴαν γαῖαν ἐκσώσειεν ἀν.
\ 3..9 /, / > τῷ ,
πικρὸν δ᾽ ᾿Αδράστῳ νόστον ᾿Ἀργείοισί τε
/ 7ὔ an? > ? + . ΕΞ
θήσει, μέλαιναν κῆρ᾽ ἐπ᾿ ὄμμασιν βαλὼν, 950
a a“ ~ ’
κλεινάς τε Θήβας. τοῖνδ᾽ ἑλοῦ δυοῖν πότμοιν
Ἃ a a x
τὸν ἕτερον: ἢ yap παῖδα σῶσον ἢ πόλιν.
3 “, lol /
τὰ μὲν Tap ἡμῶν πάντ᾽ ἔχεις: ἡγοῦ, τέκνον,
los /
πρὸς οἶκον. ὅστις δ᾽ ἐμπύρῳ χρῆται τέχνῃ,
μάταιος" ἢν μὲν ἐχθρὰ σημήνας τύχῃ, 955
πικρὸς καθέστηχ᾽ οἷς ἂν οἰωνοσκοπῇ᾽"
’
ψευδῆ δ᾽ ὑπ᾽ οἴκτου τοῖσι χρωμένοις λέγων
39 an \ A a a 5 ,ὔ ’
ἀδικεῖ τὰ τῶν θεῶν. Φοῖβον ἀνθρώποις μόνον
“ “ a7
χρῆν θεσπιῳδεῖν, ὃς δέδοικεν οὐδένα.
/ ’, a a“ »” , 5
Κρέον, τί σιγᾷς γῆρυν ἄφθογγον σχάσας ; 960
3 Ν Ν > e > /
καμοὶ γὰρ οὐδὲν ἧσσον ἔκπληξις πάρα.
’ὔ > »” »” an 9 3 . εν ’
τί δ᾽ av τις εἴποι; δῆλον οἵ y ἐμοὶ Aoyol.

ΚΡ. ὅ
ΜΕ.
KP.
ME.
KP.
KP,
KP. é
EP;
ΚΡ,
ΜΕ.

ΦΟΙΝΙΣΣΑΙ͂. 39
ἐγὼ γὰρ οὔποτ᾽ ἐς τόδ᾽ εἶμι συμφοράς,
ὥστε σφαγέντα παῖδα προσθεῖναι πόλει.
πᾶσιν γὰρ ἀνθρώποισι φιλότεκνος βίος, 985
οὐδ᾽ ἂν τὸν αὑτοῦ παῖδά τις δοίη κτανεῖν.
μή μ᾽ εὐλογείτω τἀμά τις κτείνειν τέκνα.

ΕἾ 2a» ε , \ Φ ,
αὐτὸς δ᾽, ἐν wpaiw yap ἕσταμεν βίου,
θνήσκειν ἕτοιμος, πατρίδος ἐκλυτήριον.
3 > κα ,ὕ κ A A ,
GAN εἶα, τέκνον, πρὶν μαθεῖν πᾶσαν πόλιν, 970
ἀκόλαστ᾽ ἐάσας μάντεων θεσπίσματα
’ὔ nw > 3 \ ,

φεῦγ᾽ ws τάχιστα τῆσὸ ἀπαλλαχθεὶς χθονός"
λέξει γὰρ ἀρχαῖς καὶ στρατηλάταις τάδε
πύλας ἐφ᾽ ἑπτὰ καὶ λοχαγέτας μολών'
κἂν μὲν φθάσωμεν, ἔστι σοι σωτηρία" 975
iv δ᾽ ὑστερήσῃς, οἰχόμεσθα, κατθανεῖ.

ΜΕΝΟΙΚΕΥΣ.
ποῖ δῆτα φεύγω; τίνα πόλιν ; τίνα ἕένων ;
ὅπου χθονὸς τῆσδ᾽ ἐκποδὼν μάλιστ' ἔσει.
οὐκοῦν σὲ φράζειν εἰκὸς, ἐκπονεῖν δ᾽ ἐμέ.
Δελφοὺς περάσας 980
ποῖ με χρὴ, πάτερ, μολεῖν ;
Αἰτωλίδ᾽ ἐς γῆν. ΜΕ. ἐκ δὲ τῆσδε ποῖ περῶ;
Θεσπρωτὸν οὗδας. ME. σεμνὰ Δωδώνης βάθρα;
’ὔ Ν Ο᾽»ν ’ ,
ἔγνως. ΜΕ, τί δὴ τόδ᾽ ἔρυμα μοι: γενήσεται:
πόμπιμος ὁ δαίμων. ME. χρημάτων δὲ τίς πόρος:
ἐγὼ πορεύσω χρυσόν. 935
ev λέγεις, πάτερ.
χώρει νυν" ὡς σὴν πρὸς κασιγνήτην μολὼν,
ἧς πρῶτα μαστὸν εἵλκυσ᾽, Ἰοκάστην λέγω,
μητρὸς στερηθεὶς ὀρφανός τ᾽ ἀποζυγεὶς,
προσηγορήσων εἶμι, καὶ σώσω βίον.
ἄπον 5. “ἐφ ΄ \ ‘ ‘ ,
GAN εἶα, χώρει: μὴ TO σὸν κωλυέτω, 990
a ε > 4 ΕῚ A /
γυναῖκες, ὡς εὖ πατρὸς ἐξεῖλον φόβον
κλέψας λόγοισιν, ὥσθ᾽ ἃ βούλομαι τυχεῖν"
ὅς μ ἐκκομίζει, πόλιν “ἀποστερῶν τύχης,
καὶ δειλίᾳ δίδωσι. καὶ συγγνωστὰ μὲν

40

EYPIMIAOT
, Cie Sy 2 τ , ” if
γέροντι, τοὐμὸν O οὐχὶ συγγνώμην ἔχει, 995
9 >
προδότην γενέσθαι πατρίδος, ἥ μ᾽ ἐγείνατο.
ε > A 98. κα» > ve , ΄ὕ
ὡς οὖν ἂν εἰδῆτ᾽, εἶμι καὶ σώσω πόλιν,
/ / lal 3 e a ,
ψυχὴν TE δώσω τῆσδ᾽ ὑπερθανεῖν χθονός.
s A Ν ε Ν , > /
αἰσχρὸν yap, ot μὲν θεσφάτων ἐλεύθεροι,
κοὐκ εἰς ἀνάγκην δαιμόνων ἀφιγμένοι, 1000
2 3 3 > A
στάντες Tap ἀσπίδ᾽ οὐκ ὀκνήσουσιν θανεῖν .
,ὔ ’,
πύργων πάροιθε μαχόμενοι πάτρας ὕπερ'
ἐγὼ δὲ πατέρα καὶ κασίγνητον προδοὺς
4 ao 59 A \ ra) 5, ‘
πόλιν τ᾽ ἐμαυτοῦ δειλὸς ὡς ἔξω χθονὸς
»” τὰ 2 3 «ἡ - ΝῚ
ἄπειμ᾽: ὅπου δ᾽ ἂν ζῶ, κακὸς φανήσομαι. 1005
Ἁ Ν a oF a>» ,
pa tov pet ἀστρων Ζὴν Apyn τε φοίνιον,
ὃς τοὺς ὑπερτείλαντας ἐκ γαίας ποτὲ
Ν ” A “-“
Σπαρτοὺς ἄνακτας τῆσδε γῆς ἱδρύσατο.
3 3 > Ν \ 2¢ 9 / ΝΜ
αλλ᾽ εἶμι, καὶ στὰς ἐξ ἐπάλξεων ἄκρων
σφάξας ἐμαυτὸν σηκὸν ἐς μελαμβαθῆ 1010
/ ε
δράκοντος, ἔνθ᾽ ὁ μάντις ἐξηγήσατο,
ἐλευθερώσω γαῖαν. εἴρηται λόγος.
/ Ν 4 a 3 ΕῚ ἅ ’
στείχω δὲ θανάτου δῶρον οὐκ αἰσχρὸν πόλει
4 ’ δὲ , δ᾽ 3 ΚΞ ’
δώσων, νόσου δὲ τήνδ᾽ ἀπαλλάξω χθόνα.
5. eas ν. “Φ ¢ , , ΡῈ
εἰ γὰρ λαβὼν ἕκαστος ὅ τι δύναιτό τις 1015
Ν ΄, a ᾽ Ν ,
χρηστὸν διέλθοι τοῦτο, κεἰς κοινὸν φέροι
a Ἃ
πατρίδι, κακῶν ἂν αἱ πόλεις ἐλασσόνων
Ν Ν 3 A
πειρώμεναι τὸ λοιπὸν εὐτυχοῖεν ἄν.

ΧΟ, ἔβας ἔβας, ὦ πτεροῦσσα, γᾶς λόχευμα στρ.

νερτέρου T ᾿Εχίδνας 1020
Καδμείων apraya,
πολύφθορος, πολύστονος,
μιξοπάρθενος,
δάϊον τέρας,
φοιτάσι πτεροῖς
χαλαῖσί τ᾽ ὠμοσίτοις" 1025
Atpxaiwy ἅ ποτ᾽ ἐκ
τόπων νέους πεδαίρουσ᾽
» 5 \ “-
ἄλυρον ἀμφὶ μοῦσαν
> , a3 A
ὁλομέναν τ Ἐρινυν

ΦΟΙΝΊΙΣΣΑΙ. 4]
ἔφερες ἔφερες ἄχεα πατρίδι 1030
φόνια: φόνιος ἐκ θεῶν
a 43. Φ04Φ( ε ,
ὃς Tad ἦν ὁ πράξας.
3. Ν ’
ἰάλεμο: δὲ ματέρων,
ἰάλεμοι δὲ παρθένων
ἐστέναζον οἴκοις" 1035
ἰήιον βοὰν * Boar,
ἰήιον μέλος ᾿μέλος
ἄλλος ἀλλ᾽ ἐπωτότυζε
διαδοχαῖς ἀνὰ πτόλιν.
βροντᾷ δὲ στεναγμὸς 1040
axa T ἦν ὅμοιος,
ε ’ὔ ’, 3 ,
ὁπότε πόλεος αφανίσειεν
ἃ πτεροῦσσα παρθένος τιν᾽ ἀνδρῶν.

χρόνῳ δ᾽ ἔβα Πυθίαις ἀποστολαῖσιν ἄντ.
Οἰδίπους ὁ τλάμων
Θηβαίαν τάνδε γᾶν 1045

7» 3 ,ὔὕ tx δ᾽ ” Ἂ
τότ ἀσμένοις, πάλιν δ᾽ ἀχὴ
ματρὶ γὰρ γάμους
δυσγάμους τάλας
καλλίνικος ὧν
3 ΄, ’
αἰνιγμάτων ξυνάπτει,
μιαίνει δὲ πτόλιν" 1050
δ αἱμάτων δ᾽ ἀμείβει
μυσαρὸν εἰς ἀγῶνα
A 3 aA
καταβαλὼν apace
/ ,ὔ > , 3 3 ’ Δ᾽
τέκεα μέλεος: ἀγάμεθ᾽ ἀγαμεῦ᾽,
a ἜΝΘ. Αι , μὰ Re
ὃς ἐπὶ θάνατον οἴχεται 1055
γᾶς ὑπὲρ πατρῴας,
Κρέοντι μὲν λιπὼν γόους,
> ’ a ~
τὰ δ᾽ ἑπτάπυργα κλῇθρα yes
, ΄’
καλλίνικα θήσων.
γενοίμεθ᾽ ὧδε ματέρες 1069
, > ” ,
γενοίμεθ᾽ εὔτεκνοι, φίλα
Παλλὰς, ἃ δράκοντος αἷμα
/
λιθόβολον κατειργάσω,

Io.

Aq.
IO.
AY.
10.
AY.

10.

AY.
10.

AT.

EYPINIAOY
Καδμείαν μέριμναν
ὁρμήσασ᾽ ἐπ᾽ ἔργον,
ὅθεν ἐπέσυτο τάνδε γαῖαν 100
ἁρπαγαῖσι δαιμόνων τις ἄτα.

ΑΤΤΈΛΟΣ.

94 ,ὔ 5) , , a
ὠὴ, τίς ἐν πύλαισι δωμάτων κυρεῖ;
> Ψ 3. iS , 99 , ,
dvotyer, ἐκπορεύετ᾽ ᾿Ιοκάστην δόμων.

3,4 /\? 5S A “ ἃς 5 . ν
wn μάλ᾽ αὖθις: διὰ μακροῦ μὲν, ἀλλ΄ ὅμως
ἔξελθ᾽, ἄκουσον, Οἰδίπου κλεινὴ δάμαρ, 1070
λήξασ᾽ ὀδυρμῶν πενθίμων τε δακρύων.
ὦ φίλτατ᾽, οὔ που ξυμφορὰν ἥκεις φέρων
39 , , Ὁ 3 3 ,
EreoxXéovs θανόντος, οὗ παρ᾽ ἀσπίδα

Ve ‘ee. 4 4 /
βέβηκας ἀεὶ πολεμίων εἴργων βέλη ;

, / fe eas Ν 3 -“ »
[τί μοί ποθ᾽ ἥκεις καινὸν ἀγγελῶν ἔπος 3] τοτῦ
τέθνηκεν ἢ ζῇ παῖς ἐμός ; σήμαινέ μοι.
ζῇ, μὴ τρέσῃς τόδ᾽, ὥς σ᾽ ἀπαλλάξω φόβου.
τί δ᾽, ἑπτάπυργοι πῶς ἔχουσι περιβολαί;
ἑστᾶσ᾽ ἄθραυστοι, KovK ἀνήρπασται πόλις.
ἦλθον δὲ πρὸς κίνδυνον ᾿Αργείου δορός ; 1080
ἀκμήν γ᾽ ἐπ᾽ αὐτήν: ἀλλ᾽ ὁ Καδμείων "Apys
κρείσσων κατέστη τοῦ Μυκηναίου δορός.
aA ΕἸ Ν A a > , ,
ἐν εἰπὲ πρὸς θεών, εἴ τι ἸΠολυνείκους πέρι

me ns ΣΝ , \ aN > , ,
οἷσθ᾽, ὡς μέλει μοι καὶ τόδ᾽, εἰ λεύσσει φάος.
ζῇ σοι Evvwpis ἐς τόδ᾽ ἡμέρας τέκνων. 1085
εὐδαιμονοίης: πῶς γὰρ ᾿Αργείων δόρυ
πυλῶν ἀπεστήσασθε πυργηρούμενοι ;
λέξον, γέροντα τυφλὸν ὡς κατὰ στέγας
ἐλθοῦσα τέρψω, τῆσδε γῆς σεσωσμένης.
ἐπεὶ ἹΚρέοντος παῖς ὁ γῆς ὑπερθανὼν 1090

, > 69 + \ / ὃ /,
πύργων ἐπ᾽ ἄκρων στὰς μελάνδετον ξίφος
λαιμῶν διῆκε τῇδε γῇ σωτήριον,

εν Ν ,
λόχους ἔνειμεν ἑπτὰ Kal λοχαγέτας
2 \
πύλας ἐφ᾽ ἑπτὰ, φύλακας ᾿Αργείου δορὸς,
σὸς παῖς, ἐφέδρους ὅθ᾽ ἱππότας μὲν ἱππόταις 109
’,

graf’, ὁπλίτας δ᾽ ἀσπιδηφόροις ἔπι,

ΦΟΙΝΙΣΣΑΊ:-
ὡς τῷ νοσοῦντι τειχέων εἴη δορὸς
ἀλκὴ Ov ὀλίγου. περγάμων δ᾽ ax ὀρθίων
λεύκασπιν εἰσορῶμεν ᾿Αργείων στρατὸν
Τευμησσὸν ἐκλιπόντα" καὶ τάφρου πέλας
δρόμῳ ξυνῆψεν Τάστυ Καδμείας χθονός.
παιὰν δὲ καὶ σάλπιγγες ἐκελάδουν ὁμοῦ
ἐκεῖθεν ἔκ τε τειχέων. ἡμῶν πάρα.
καὶ πρῶτα μὲν προσῆγε Νηΐσταις πύλαις
λόχον πυκναῖσιν ἀσπίσιν πεφρικότα
δ τῆς κυναγοῦ Παρθενοπαῖος ἔ ἔκγονος,
ἐπίσημ᾽ ἔχων οἰκεῖον ἐν μέσῳ σάκει
ἑκηβόλοις τόξοισιν ᾿Αταλάντην κάπρον
Χειρουμένην Αἰτωλόν. ἐς δὲ Προιτίδας
πύλας ἐχώρει σφαγὶ ἔχων ἐφ᾿ ἅρματι
ὁ μάντις Ἀμφιάραος οὐ σημεῖ ἔχων
ὑβρισμέν᾽, ἀλλὰ σωφρόνως ἀσημ᾽ ὅπλα.
᾿Ὡγύγια. δ᾽ ἐς πυλώμαθ' ἽἹππομέδων ἄναξ
ἔστειχ᾽ ἔχων σημεῖον ἐν μέσῳ σάκει
στικτοῖς πανόπτην ὄμμασιν δεδορκότα,
[τὰ μὲν σὺν “ἄστρων ἐπιτολαῖσιν ὃ ὄμματα
βλέποντα, τὰ δὲ κρύπτοντα δυνόντων μέτα,
ὡς ὕστερον. θανόντος εἰσορᾶν “παρῆν.]
ὋὉμολωύσιν δὲ τάξιν εἶχε πρὸς πύλαις
Τυδεὺς, λέοντος δέρος ἔχων ἐπ᾽ ἀσπίδι
χαΐτῃ πεφρικὸς, δεξιᾷ δὲ λαμπάδα

Τιτὰν Προμηθεὺς ἔφερεν ὥς πρήσων πόλιν.

ὁ σὸς δὲ Κρηναίαισι Πολυνείκης πύλαις
“Apy mpoonye: Tlorvades δ᾽ ἐπ᾽ ἀσπίδι
ἐπίσημα πῶλοι δρομάδες ἐσκίρτων φόβῳ,
εὖ πως ,στρόφιγξιν ἔνδοθεν κυκλούμεναι
πόρπαχ᾽ ὑπ᾽ αὐτὸν, ὥστε μαίνεσθαι δοκεῖν.
ὁ δ᾽ οὐκ ἔλασσον Ἄρεος ἐς μάχην φρονῶν

es
ie)

1100

1105

1110

1115

1120

Καπανεὺς προσῆγε λόχον ἐπ᾽ Ἠλέκτραις πύλαις"

σιδηρονώτοις δ᾽ ἀσπίδος τύποις ἐπῆν
γίγας ἐπ᾿ ὦμοις γηγενὴς ὅλην πόλιν
φέρων μοχλοῖσιν ἐξανασπάσας βάθρων,[

1180

44

ἘΥΡΙΠΊΔΟΥ
ε , ea e ’ vs
ὑπόνοιαν ἡμῖν οἷα πείσεται πολις.
ταῖς δ᾽ ἑβδόμαις "Adpacros ἐν πύλαισιν ἦν,
e A 9 rd > 4? . = A
ἑκατὸν ἐχίδναις ἀσπίδ᾽ ἐκπληρῶν γραφῇ, 1125
ὕδρας ἔχων λαιοῖσιν ἐν βραχίοσιν
9 A 3, 3 9 Ν fA ,
Ἀργεῖον αὐχημ" ἐκ δὲ τειχέων μέσων
, ΕΙΣ {3 , ’ὔ
δράκοντες ἔφερον τέκνα Καδμείων γνάθοις.
παρὴν δ᾽ ἑκάστου τῶνδ᾽ ἐμοὶ θεάματα
ξύνθημα παραφέροντι ποιμέσιν λόχων. 1140
καὶ πρῶτα μὲν τόξοισι καὶ μεσαγκύλοις
ἐμαρνάμεσθα σφενδόναις θ᾽ ἑκηβόλοις
πετρῶν τ᾽ ἀραγμοῖς" ὡς δ᾽ ἐνικῶμεν μάχῃ;
ἔκλαγξε Τυδεὺς χὠ σὸς ἐξαίφνης γόνος,
Ὦ τέκνα Δαναῶν, πρὶν κατεξάνθαι βολαῖς, 11:
, / > ” 4 ΕἸ “ ,
τί μέλλετ᾽ ἄρδην πάντες ἐμπίπτειν πύλαις,
γυμνῆτες, ἱππῆς, ἁρμάτων T ἐπιστάται;
ἠχῆς δ᾽ ὅπως ἤκουσαν, οὔτις ἀργὸς ἦν"
πολλοὶ δ᾽ ἔπιπτον κρᾶτας αἱματούμενοι,
c oa 2.48 ὮΝ δὸ ΕΝ Ν , =
ἡμῶν τ᾽ ἐς οὖδας εἶδες ἂν πρὸ τειχέων 1159
πυκνοὺς κυβιστητῆρας Τἐκπεπνευκότας,
ξηρὰν δ᾽ ἔδευον γαῖαν αἵματος ῥοαῖς.
ὁ δ᾽ ᾽Αρκὰς, οὐκ ᾿Αργεῖος, ᾿Αταλάντης γόνος,
A xX σ 9 \ β A
τυφὼς πύλαισιν ws Tis ἐμπεσὼν βοᾷ
A Ν ’ὔ’ ε 4, 4
πῦρ καὶ δικέλλας, ws κατασκάψων πόλιν' 1155
9 > » “- 9 3 A 9 ’ὔ A
αλλ΄ ἔσχε μαργῶντ αὑτὸν ἐναλίου θεοῦ
Περικλύμενος παῖς, λᾶαν ἐμβαλὼν κάρᾳ
ε “ a 5} 4 , ΕΣ
ἁμαξοπληθῆ, γεῖσ᾽ ἐπάλξεων azro:
Ν Ν -“ ᾽ὔ QA e a
ξανθὸν δὲ κρᾶτα διεπάλυνε καὶ ῥαφὰς
ἔρρηξεν ὀστέων, ἄρτι δ᾽ οἰνωπὸν γένυν 1169
KaOypatwoev? οὐδ᾽ ἀποίσεται βίον
τῇ καλλιτόξῳ μητρὶ Μαινάλου κόρῃ.
9 Ν 3 ’, > 9 A 9 a ,
ἐπεὶ δὲ τάσδ᾽ εἰσεῖδεν εὐτυχεῖς πύλας,
” 9 / a Ν ε ,ὔ > 9 ’
ἄλλας ἐπήει παῖς σὸς, εἱπόμην δ᾽ ἐγώ.
ca \ , \ Ν δ as
ὁρῶ δὲ Τυδέα καὶ παρασπιστὰς πυκνοὺς 1105
Αἰτωλίσιν λόγχαισιν εἰς ἄκρον στόμα
, 39 ͵ὔ σ 2 4 ,ὔ
πύργων ἀκοντίζοντας, WoT ἐπάλξεων
aA ,
λιπεῖν ἐρίπνας φυγάδας" ἀλλά νιν πάλιν,

XO.

10.

ΦΟΙΝΙΣΣΑΙ͂. 45
‘ e ἈΝ A Ν 3 /
κυναγὸς ὡσεὶ, παῖς TOS ἐξαθροίζεται,
πύργοις δ᾽ ἐπέστησ᾽ αὖθις. ἐς δ᾽ ἄλλας πύλας 1170
ἠπειγόμεσθα τοῦτο παύσαντες νοσοῦν.,
\ Ν a ει Ὄι. δ ε > ᾽ὔ
Καπανεὺς δὲ πῶς εἴποιμ᾽ ἂν ὡς ἐμαίνετο ;
μακραύχενος γὰρ κλίμακος προσαμβάσεις
ἔχων ἐχώρει, καὶ τοσόνδ᾽ ἐκόμπασε,
δ᾽ x \ \ A 3 , A re
μηδ᾽ ἂν τὸ σεμνὸν πῦρ νιν εἰργάθειν Διὸς 1175
\ Ἀ 3 > Ν ᾽ὔ ε “- ,ὔ
τὸ μὴ οὐ κατ᾽ ἄκρων Περγάμων ἑλεῖν πόλιν.
καὶ ταῦθ᾽ ἅμ᾽ ἠγόρευε καὶ πετρούμενος
>: ~ 3 πος 3 \ > 7» e vs /
ἀνεῖρφ᾽ ὑπ᾽ αὐτὴν ἀσπίδ᾽ εἱλίξας δέμας,
κλίμακος ἀμείβων ξέστ' ἐνηλάτων βάθρα.
ἤδη δ᾽ ὑπερβαίνοντα γεῖσα τειχέων 1150
΄ a , 3 ΄ Ν
βάλλει κεραυνῷ Zevs νιν ἐκτύπησε δὲ
Χ “ ὃ A / 2 δὲ ,
χθὼν, ὥστε δεῖσαι πάντας: ἐκ δὲ κλιμάκων
ἐσφενδονᾶτο χωρὶς ἀλλήλων μέλη,
Ν ἃς, »* e a2 ,
κόμαι μὲν εἰς “OAvprrov, αἷμα δ᾽ ἐς χθόνα,
χεῖρες δὲ καὶ KON ὡς κύκλωμ᾽ ᾿Ιξίονος 1185
εἱλίσσετ᾽" és γῆν δ᾽ ἔμπυρος πίπτει νεκρός.
ὡς δ᾽ εἶδ᾽ ΓΑδραστος Ζῆνα πολέμιον στρατῷ,
Μ ’ὔ ~ 3 / /
ἔξω τάφρου καθῖσεν Ἀργείων στρατον.
ε > > ea er \ \ ,
οἵ δ᾽ av Tap ἡμῶν δεξιὸν Atos τέρας
9.9. "ὔ 9 , ε ’ >”
ἰδόντες ἐξήλαυνον ἀρμάτων oxXOUS 1190
ὌΠ ΤῊ ee ΒΤ ΓΕ , ¢
ἱππῆς, ὁπλῖταί τ᾽ εἰς μέσ᾽ ᾿Αργείων ὅπλα
ξυνῆψαν ἔγχη, πάντα δ᾽ ἦν ὁμοῦ κακά'
Ν
ἔθνησκον, ἐξέπιπτον ἀντύγων ἀπο,
| ae eee. » , ee
τροχοί τ᾽ ἐπήδων agoves T ἐπ ἄξοσι,
νεκροὶ δὲ νεκροῖς ἐξεσωρεύονθ᾽ ὁμοῦ. 1195
πύργων μὲν οὖν γῆς ἔσχομεν κατασκαφὰς
ἐς τὴν παροῦσαν ἡμέραν" εἰ δ᾽ εὐτυχὴς
» X\ \ 7 a ~ /
ἔσται τὸ λοιπὸν ἥδη yn, θεοῖς μέλει"
[καὶ νῦν γὰρ αὐτὴν δαιμόνων ἔσωσέ τις.
4 ᾿ς “- ΕἸ ΕῚ > , > e Ν
καλὸν τὸ νικᾶν: εἰ δ᾽ ἀμείνον᾽ οἱ θεοὶ 1290
/
γνώμην ἔχουσιν, εὐτυχὴς εἴην ἐγώ.
καλῶς τὰ τῶν θεῶν καὶ τὰ τῆς τύχης ἔχει"
παῖδές τε γάρ μοι ζῶσι κἀκπέφευγε γῆ.
ng A -
Ἱζρέων δ᾽ ἔοικε τῶν ἐμῶν νυμφευμάτων

40

AT.
10.
AT.
10.
Ad",
10.
AY,
10.
AT.

EYPIUIAOT

n > sar , 5 aA. ᾿ a

τῶν τ᾽, Οἰδίπου δύστηνος ἀπολαῦδαι κακῶν
x al a

παϊδὸς στερηθεὶς τῇ πόλει μὲν εὐτυχῶς,

ἰδίᾳ δὲ λυπρῶς. ἀλλ᾽ ἄνελθέ μοι πάλιν,
3 / “-“

τί τἀπὶ τούτοις παῖδ ἐμὼ δρασείετον.

+ Ν / a? 34 Ν > a

ἔα ta λοιπά: δεῦρ᾽ ἀεὶ yap εὐτυχεῖς.

a ?
τοῦτ᾽ εἰς ὕποπτον εἶπας" οὐκ ἐατέον.

ag? “ x
μεῖζόν τι χρήζεις παῖδας ἢ σεσωσμένους ;

Ν 3 , / 3 5 rf , ’
καὶ τἀπίλοιπά y εἰ καλῶς πράσσω κλύειν.
μέθες μ᾽" ἔρημος παῖς ὑπασπιστοῦ σέθεν.

Ν id
κακόν τι κεύθεις καὶ στέγεις ὑπὸ σκότῳ.

3). οὐϑὴ ᾿ 5, 5369 a aA ,
κοὐκ av ye λέξαιμ᾽ ἐπ᾽ ἀγαθοῖσι σοῖς Kaka.
x ΄ , 3 , \ 32 7
ἣν μή γε φεύγων ἐκφύγῃς πρὸς αἰθέρα.
αἰαῖ: τί μ᾽ οὐκ εἴασας ἐξ εὐαγγέλου

3 “ 3 Ν lal ,
φήμης ἀπελθεῖν, ἀλλὰ μηνῦσαι κακά;

A a \ \ D ΄ 2
τὼ παῖδε τὼ TW μέλλετον, τολμήματα
αἴσχιστα, χωρὶς μονομαχεῖν παντὸς στρατοῦ"
[λέξαντες ᾿Αργείοισι Καδμείοισί τε
3 ‘\ - te > ” ,
ἐς κοινὸν οἷον μήποτ᾽ ὠφελον λόγον.

3 an
Ἑτεοκλέης δ᾽ ὑπῆρξ᾽ am ὀρθίου σταθεὶς
πύργου, κελεύσας σῖγα κηρῦξαι στρατῷ"
A /
ἔλεξε δ᾽, Ὦ γῆς Ἑλλάδος στρατηλάται
Δ a 3 la 7 λθ > ΕἸ 6 (ὃ
αναῶν ἀριστῆς, οἵπερ ἤλθετ᾽ ἐνθάδε,

΄, ΄, πο» ,
Kadpuov te λαὸς, μήτε Πολυνείκους χάριν
ψυχὰς ἀπεμπολᾶτε μήθ᾽ ἡμῶν ὕπερ.

5 \ \ UN ’ ’ὔ Ν

ἐγὼ γὰρ αὐτὸς τόνδε κίνδυνον μεθεὶς

3 an /

μόνος συνάψω συγγόνῳ τὠμῷ μάχην"

κἂν μὲν κτάνω τόνδ᾽, οἶκον οἰκήσω μόνος,
ἡσσώμενος δὲ τῷδε παραδώσω Tpovos.

ε nw 3 > ~ 3 Ε] ͵ 3 al 7
ὑμεῖς δ᾽ ἀγῶν᾽ ἀφέντες ᾿Αργεῖοι χθόνα

/ ΄, Ν Ν ΄ 3 θ (ὃ
νίσσεσθε βίοτον μὴ λιπόντες ἐνθάδε.

ta ¢ a /
Σπαρτῶν τε λαὸς ἅλις, ὅσος κεῖται νεκρός.
“ /
τοσαῦτ᾽ ἔλεξε: σὸς δὲ Πολυνείκης γόνος
3) Ye /
ἐκ τάξεων wpovoe κάπῃνει λόγους.
“ /
πάντες δ᾽ ἐπερρόθησαν ᾿Αργεῖοι τάδε
3 ε ’ὔ
Καδμου τε λαὸς, ὡς δίκαι ἡγούμενοι.
an > id
ἐπὶ τοῖσδε δ᾽ ἐσπείσαντο, Kav μεταιχμίοις

1205

1210

1230

1235

1240

10.

AN.

Io.

AN.
AN.
AN.
AN.

ΦΟΙΝΙΣΣΑΙ. 47
μὲ a > / ; ,
opkovs συνῆψαν ἐμμένειν στρατηλάτας.
ἤδη δ᾽ ἔκρυπτον σῶμα παγχάλκοις οπλοις
δισσοὶ γέροντος Οἰδίπου νεανίαι:

, ΕῚ rs “ Ν , ‘
φίλοι δ᾽ ἐκόσμουν τῆσδε μὲν πρόμον χθονὸς
Σπαρτῶν ἀριστῆς, τὸν δὲ Δαναϊδῶν ἄκροι. 1515
μι Ν \ a“ 4 32 > > /
ἔσταν δὲ λαμπρὼ, χρῶμά τ᾽ οὐκ ἠλλαξάτην,

»“" > " A > ’ er 7

μαργῶντ᾽ ἐπ᾽ ἀλλήλοισιν ἱέναι δόρυ.
παρεξιόντες δ᾽ ἄλλος ἄλλοθεν φίλων
λόγοις ἐθάρσυνόν τε καξηύδων τάδε:
Πολύνεικες, ἐν σοὶ Ζηνὸς ὀρθῶσαι βρέτας. 1250

, ” > > A ~ ’ὔ
τρόπαιον, “Apyet τ᾽ εὐκλεᾶ δοῦναι λόγον"
Ἔτεοκλέα δ᾽ αὖ, Νῦν πόλεως ὑπερμαχεῖς,
νῦν καλλίνικος γενόμενος σκήπτρων κρατεῖς.
τάδ᾽ ἠγόρευον παρακαλοῦντες ἐς μάχην.

’ A e\? + ΕἸ ᾽ὔ π᾿ ον \ =e
μάντεις δὲ μῆλ᾽ ἔσφαζον, ἐμπύρους τ᾽ ἀκμὰς 1255
ῥήξεις τ᾽ ἐνώμων, ὑγρότητ᾽ ἐναντίαν,

4 7» « Lal 7 »”
ἄκραν τε λαμπάδ᾽, ἣ δυοῖν ὅρους ἔχει,
νίκης τε σῆμα καὶ τὸ τῶν ἡσσωμένων.
ὅν 5 " > 9 κ᾿ ΕῚ \ τ ,
arr, εἴ τιν ἀλκὴν ἢ σοφοὺς ἔχεις λόγους,
by ’ὔ 3 9 an a? > , ,ὔ
ἢ φίλτρ᾽ ἐπῳδῶν, στεῖχ᾽, ἐρήτυσον τέκνα 1500
δεινῆς ἁμίλλης, ὡς ὁ κίνδυνος μέγας.

Ν = Ν , , ΄
[καὶ τἄθλα δεινὰ δάκρυά σοι γενήσεται,

A / AQ? .9 ε ᾿ /

δισσοῖν στερείσῃ τῇδ᾽ ἐν ἡμέρᾳ Téxvow.]
> / 3 a , / ,
ὦ τέκνον, ἔξελθ᾽ ᾿Αντιγόνη δόμων πάρος:
οὐκ ἐν “χορείαις οὐδὲ παρθενεύμασι 130
νῦν σοι προχωρεῖ δαιμόνων κατάστασις.
3 > » Seca Ss Ν , ’
ἀλλ᾽ ἄνδρ᾽ ἀρίστω καὶ κασιγνήτω σέθεν
ἐς θάνατον ἐκνεύοντε κωλῦσαί σε δεῖ

\ \ “ a Ν \ 3 / “
ξὺν μητρὶ τῇ σῇ μὴ πρὸς ἀλλήλοιν θανεῖν.
tiv, ὦ τεκοῦσα μῆτερ, ἔκπληξιν νέαν 1270
φίλοις αὐτεῖς τῶνδε δωμάτων πάρος ;

ὦ θύγατερ, ἔρρει σῶν κασιγνήτων Bios.
πῶς εἶπας; IO. αἰχμὴν ἐς μίαν καθέστατον.
“- 3
οἱ ᾽γὼ, τί λέξεις, μῆτερ; IO. οὐ φίλ᾽, ἀλλ᾽ ἕπου.
~ An a , =
ποῖ, παρθενῶνας ἐκλιποῦσ᾽; ΤΟ. ἀνὰ στρατόν. 1275
\ ,
αἰδούμεθ᾽ ὄχλον. 10. οὐκ ἐν αἰσχύνῃ τὰ σά.

48
ΑΝ.
ΑΝ,
ΑΝ.
10.

XO.

BO

ἘΥΡΙΠΙΔΟΥ͂
᾿
δράσω δὲ δὴ τί; 10. συγγόνων λύσεις ἔριν.
τί δρῶσα, μῆτερ; 10. προσπίτνουσ᾽ ἐμοῦ μέτα.
ἡγοῦ σὺ πρὸς μεταίχμι᾽, οὐ μελλητέον.
” a oy, , ε Ἃ Ν ,
ἔπειγ᾽ ἔπειγε, θύγατερ: ὡς, ἣν μὲν φθάσω 1230
A A , e A 9 is ’
παῖδας πρὸ λόγχης, οὑμὸς ἐν φάει βίος,
θανοῦσι δ᾽ αὐτοῖς συνθανοῦσα κείσομαι.
αἰαῖ αἰαῖ" στρ.
Ν , \ > »#
τρομερὰν φρίκᾳ τρομεραν φρέν ἔχω" 1285
διὰ σάρκα δ᾽ ἐμὰν
ἔλεος ἔλεος ἔμολε ματέρος δειλαίας.
δίδυμα τέκεα πότερος ἄρα πότερον αἷμάξει,
ἰώ μοι πόνων,
ἰὼ Ζεῦ, ἰὼ γᾶ, 1290
e A , ε “~ 4
ὁμογενῆ δέραν, omoyevy ψυχὰν
δι᾽ ἀσπίδων, δι αἱμάτων;
/ > 9 Ν ’,
τάλαιν ἐγω, τάλαινα,
πότερον ἄρα νέκυν ὀλόμενον ἀχήσω; 1295
φεῦ δᾶ φεῦ δᾶ, ἀντ.
, a , ᾿
δίδυμοι θῆρες, φόνιαι ψυχαὶ,
δορὶ παλλόμεναι
If , feed ce ee e ’
πέσεα πέσεα Sai αὐτίχ᾽ αἱμάξετον.
΄, 7 Ν , Ne ᾿ἀδὲ ΔῈ. 4
τάλανες, 6 τι ποτὲ μονομάχον eri'ppev’ ἠλθέτην,
A ,
Boa βαρβάρῳ : 1301
ἰακχαν στενακταν
, a / ,
μελομέναν νεκροῖς δάκρυσι θρηνήσω.
Ν ’ ,
σχεδὸν τύχα πέλας φόνου"
κρινεῖ φάος τὸ μέλλον. 1305
” ” e , of a Ψ ,
ἄποτμος ἀποτμος ὁ φόνος ἕνεκ Ἐρινύων.
ἀλλὰ γὰρ Κρέοντα λεύσσω τόνδε δεῦρο συννεφῆ
πρὸς δόμους στείχοντα, παύσω τοὺς παρεστῶτας
γόους.
τ ,
οἴμοι, τί δράσω; πότερ᾽ ἐμαυτὸν ἢ πόλιν 1810
στένω δακρύσας, ἣν πέριξ ἔχει νέφος
τοιοῦτον ὥστε δι᾿ ᾿Αχέροντος ἱέναι ;
3 , A Aa n ὟΝ 3 ε ᾿
ἐμός. τε γὰρ παῖς γῆς ὄλωλ᾽ ὑπερθανὼν
A 2 [2
τοὔνομα λαβὼν γενναῖον, ἀνιαρὸν δ᾽ ἐμοί"

Ρ
2

KY.

AT.
KP.
AY.

AT.
eP.

XO.
KP
XO
KP

AL.
KP.
AT.

®OINIZZATI.. 49
“ ’ ‘
ὃν ἄρτι κρημνῶν ἐκ δρακοντείων ἑλὼν 1315
Ἢ a ’ ’ > “
αὐτοσφαγῆ δύστηνος ἐκόμισ᾽ ἐν χεροῖν,
a Ν a ΄- 5 Ν > & Ν
βοᾷ δὲ δῶμα πᾶν: ἐγὼ δ᾽ ἥκω μετὰ
’ > \ Lal > , 7
γέρων ἀδελφὴν γραῖαν ᾿Ιοκάστην, ὅπως
, a (aga eH “Ἀν Ἂν δῷ. > 2)
λούσῃ προθῆταί τ᾽ οὐκέτ᾽ ὄντα παῖδ᾽ ἐμόν.
A i \ lel Ν Ν > ,
τοῖς yap θανοῦσι χρὴ τὸν ov τεθνηκότα 1.50
‘ ΄ ’ > “ ,ὔ
τιμὰς διδόντα χθόνιον εὐσεβεῖν θεόν.
’
βέβηκ᾽ ἀδελφὴ σὴ, Κρέων, ἔξω δόμων,
κόρη τε μητρὸς ᾿Αντιγόνη κοινῷ ποδί.
ποῖ κἀπὶ ποίαν συμφορὰν, σήμαινέ μοι.
ἤκουσε τέκνα μονομάχῳ μέλλειν δορὶ 1325
5 > mm ¢ A , “
εἰς ἀσπίδ᾽ ἥξειν βασιλικῶν δόμων ὕπερ.
πῶς φῇς; νέκυν τοι παιδὸς ἀγαπάζων ἐμοῦ
3 5 Ce eS “ \ 7» 9:0. 3)
οὐκ ἐς τόδ᾽ ἦλθον ὥστε καὶ Tad εἰδέναι.
3 3 ” Ν ‘\ 7 ,
ahr’ οἴχεται μὲν σὴ κασιγνήτη πάλαι"
δοκῶ δ᾽ ἀγῶνα τὸν περὶ ψυχῆς, Κρέον, 1230
μὰ a Ν Cal 297
non πεπρᾶχθαι παισὶ τοῖσιν Οἰδίπου.
οἴμοι, τὸ μὲν σημεῖον εἰσορῶ τόδε,
σκυθρωπὸν ὄμμα καὶ πρόσωπον ἀγγέλου
ad A A ἊΣ
στείχοντος, ὃς πᾶν ἀγγελεῖ τὸ δρώμενον.
> / 3 Ν ΨΥ. 4 A BD , , a
ὦ τάλας ἐγώ, τίν᾽ εἴπω μῦθον ἢ τίνας λόγους; 1355
3 ’ὔ > > > / , 4 ,
οἰχόμεσθ᾽- οὐκ εὐπροσώποις φροιμίοις ἀρχει λόγου.
> , A Fe A ’ὔ \ /, Ν
ὦ τάλας, δισσῶς αὐτῶ: μεγάλα γὰρ φέρω kaka.
δος , ” , ,
πρὸς πεπραγμένοισιν ἄλλοις πήμασιν. KP. Ac
γεις δὲ τί;
3 lal - ~
οὐκέτ᾽ εἰσὶ σῆς ἀδελφῆς παῖδες ἐν φάει, Κρέον.
αἰαῖ:
μεγάλα μοι θροεῖς πάθεα καὶ πόλει, 1810
> , > ΕῚ ’ὔ > “Ὁ. 3, ,
ὦ δώματ᾽ εἰσηκούσατ᾽ Οἰδίπου τάδε;
/ ε Δ) A > ’
παίδων ὁμοίαις συμφοραῖς ὁλωλότων.
“ ~ ’
ὥστ᾽ ἐκδακρῦσαί γ᾽, εἰ φρονοῦντ᾽ ἐτύγχανεν.
2 lal /
οἴμοι ξυμφορᾶς βαρυποτμωτάτας,
»” a , > 4 2 , a
οἴμοι κακῶν δύστηνος" ὦ τάλας ἐγώ. 1345
3 ,
εἰ Kal τὰ πρὸς τούτοισί γ᾽ εἰδείης κακά.
A A , :
καὶ πῶς γένοιτ᾽ ἂν τῶνδε δυσποτμώτερα ;
τέθνηκ᾽ ἀδελφὴ ση δυοῖν παίδοιν μέτα.

PHOE, 4

50

XO.

KP,

Ar,

EYPIUIAOT
ἀνάγετ᾽ ἀνάγετε κωκυτὸν, - 1350
Τἐπὶ κάρᾳ τε λευκοπήχεις κτύπους χεροῖν...
A > 3 , ’
ὦ τλῆμον, οἷον τέρμον᾽, Ιοκάστη, βίου
γάμων τε τῶν σῶν Shuyyos αἰνιγμοὺς ἔτλης.
πῶς καὶ πέπρακται διπτύχων παίδων φόνος
ἀρᾶς τ᾽ ἀγώνισμ᾽ Οἰδίπου, σήμαινέ μοι. 1255
τὰ μὲν πρὸ πύργων εὐτυχήματα χθονὸς
οἷσθ᾽. οὐ μακρὰν γὰρ τειχέων περιπτυχαὶ
ὥστ᾽ οὐχ ἅπαντά σ᾽ εἰδέναι τὰ δρώμενα.
> Ν Ν , a 3 9 ’ Sian ἂν
ἐπεὶ. δὲ χαλκέοις σῶμ᾽ ἐκοσμήσανθ᾽ ὅπλοις
[οἱ τοῦ γέροντος Οἰδίπου νεανίαι,] 1360
ἔστησαν ἐλθόντ᾽ ἐς μέσον μεταίχμιον
[δισσὼ στρατηγὼ καὶ διπλῶ στρατηλάτα]
ὡς εἰς ἀγῶνα μονομάχου τ᾽ ἀλκὴν δορός.
βλέψας δ᾽ ἐς ΓΑργος ἧκε Πολυνείκης ἀρὰς,
> , 3949 \ , WE Tole yma , δ᾿
Q πότνι᾽ Ἥρα, σὸς γάρ εἰμ᾽, ἐπεὶ γάμοις 1365
5᾿ ἘΣ 3 4 a Ν , ,
ἔζευξ᾽ ᾿Αδράστου παῖδα καὶ vatw χθόνα,
δός μοι κτανεῖν ἀδελφὸν, ἀντήρη δ᾽ ἐμὴν
καθαιματῶσαι δεξιὰν νικηφόρον.
[αἴσχιστον αἰτῶ στέφανον, ὁμογενῆ κτανεῖν.
πολλοῖς δ᾽ ἐπήει δάκρυα τῆς τύχης ὅσης 1370
κἄβλεψαν ἀλλήλοισι διαδόντες κόρας.]
᾿Ἐτεοκλέης δὲ Παλλάδος χρυσάσπιδος
βλέψας. πρὸς οἶκον ηὐξατ᾽, Ὦ Διὸς κόρη, ἡ
δὸς ἔγχος ἡμῖν καλλίνικον ἐκ χερὸς
ἐς στέρν᾽ ἀδελφοῦ τῆσδ᾽ ἀπ᾽ ὠλένης βαλεῖν, 1375
»-“ 3 aA > "Ὁ , > ,
κτανεῖν θ᾽, ὃς ἦλθε πατρίδα πορθήσων ἐμὴν.
9 ΟἿ 3 9 ’ \ aA ~
ἐπεὶ δ᾽ ἀφείθη πυρσὸς ws Τυρσηνικῆς
σάλπιγγος ἠχὴ, σῆμα φοινίου μάχης,
= , Ν 3 , 3
ἧξαν δρόμημα δεινὸν ἀλλήλοις ἐπι'
΄ὔ » γὦῷ , > ’ 4
κάπροι δ᾽ ὅπως θήγοντες αγρίαν γένυν 1330
lol > a ’ ld
ξυνῆψαν ἀφρῷ διάβροχοι γενειάδας"
ἧσσον δὲ λόγχαις: ἀλλ᾽ ὑφίζανον κύκλοις,
bf , 3 , ,
ὅπως σίδηρος ἐξολισθάνοι ματην.
> δ᾽ »” 8. sxe Ν ” ῳ 10
εἰ δ᾽ ὄμμ᾽ ὑπερσχὸν ἴτυος ἅτερος palot,
λόγχην ἐνώμα στόματι προφθῆναι θέλων. 138

_ ΦΟΙΝΙΣΣΑΙ͂. 51
ἀλλ᾽ εὖ προσῆγον ἀσπίδων κεγχρώμασιν
ὀφθαλμὸν, ἀργὸν ὥστε γίγνεσθαι δόρυ.
πλείων δὲ τοῖς ὁρῶσιν ἐστάλασσ᾽ ἱδρὼς
᾿ἢ τοῖσι δρῶσι διὰ φίλων ὀρρωδίαν.
᾿Ετεοκλέης δὲ ποδὲ μεταψαίρων πέτρον 1390
ἴχνους ὑπόδρομον, κῶλον ἐκτὸς ἀσπίδος
τίθησι: Πολυνείκης δ᾽ ἀπήντησεν δορὶ

. 4 ~ ΕῚ Ν
πληγὴν σιδήρῳ παραδοθεῖσαν εἰσιδὼν,
κνήμης τε διεπέρασεν ᾿Αργεῖον δόρυ"
στρατὸς δ᾽ ἀνηλάλαξε Δαναϊδῶν ἅπας. 1395
Kav τῷδε μόχθῳ γυμνὸν ὦμον εἰσιδὼν
ὁ πρόσθε τρωθεὶς στέρνα ἸΠολυνείκους ἐβίᾳ
διῆκε λόγχην, κἀπέδωκεν ἡδονὰς
Καδμου πολίταις, ἀπὸ δ᾽ ἔθραυσ᾽ ἄκρον δόρυ.
ΕἸ > ΨΥ 7 Ν ἐκ LA ΄
ἐς δ᾽ ἄπορον ἥκων δορὸς ἐπὶ σκέλος πάλιν 1400
A > 3 wn ? 7
χωρεῖ, λαβὼν δ᾽ ἀφῆκε μάρμαρον πέτρον,
i δ᾽ ¥ >. a 5 ” Ἵ
μέσον δ᾽ ἄκοντ᾽ ἔθραυσεν: ἐξ ἴσου δ᾽ ΓΑρης
ἣν κάμακος ἀμφοῖν χεῖρ᾽ ἀπεστερημένοιν.
ἔνθεν δὲ κώπας ἁρπάσαντε φασγάνων
» 5 Ν e , > > cA Ἢ
ἐς Tavtov ἧκον, συμβαλόντε δ᾽ ἀσπίδας 1405
\ \ > Vth eet, ,
πολὺν ταραγμὸν ἀμφιβάντ᾽ εἶχον μάχης.
καί πως νοήσας ᾿Ἑτεοκλῆς τὸ Θεσσαλὸν
εἰσήγαγεν σόφισμ᾽ ὁμιλίᾳ χθονός.
ἐξαλλαγεὶς γὰρ τοῦ παρεστῶτος πόνου
λαιὸν μὲν ἐς τοὔπισθεν ἀναφέρει πόδα 1410
πρόσω τὰ κοῖλα γαστρὸς εὐλαβούμενος"
προβὰς δὲ κῶλον δεξιὸν δ ὀμφαλοῦ
καθῆκεν ἔγχος, σφονδύλοις T ἐνήρμοσεν.
ε -“ Ν f Ν οὖ Ν /
ὁμοῦ δὲ κάμψας πλευρὰ καὶ νηδὺν τάλας
Ν e “ / ’ 7,
ξὺν αἱματηραῖς σταγοσι Πολυνείκης πιτνει. 1415
ὁ δ᾽, ὡς κρατῶν δη καὶ γενικηκὼς μάχῃ,
ξίφος δικὼν ἐς γαῖαν ἐσκύλευέ νιν
τὸν νοῦν πρὸς αὐτὸν οὐκ ἔχων, ἐκεῖσε δέ,
a f »” 3
ὃ καί νιν Erp ° ἔτι γὰρ ἐμπνέων βραχὺ,
σώζων σίδηρον ἐν λυγρῷ πεσήματι, 1420
μόλις μὲν, ἐξέτεινε δ᾽ cis ἧπαρ ξίφος
4—2

a
o

ΑἸ.

ΕΥ̓ΡΙΠΙΔΟΥ͂.
’ Ψ
᾿Ετεοκλέους ὁ πρόσθε Πολυνείκης πεσών.
“ Ἕ,
γαῖαν δ᾽ ὀδὰξ ἑλόντες ἀλλήλοιν πέλας
+ ’
πίπτουσιν ἄμφω, κοὐ διώρισαν κράτος.
~ ~~ ~ nn +
φεῦ φεῦ, κακῶν σῶν, Οἰδίπου, σ᾽ ὅσων στένω" 1425
Ν ‘ 3 > Δ 3, 9 A Me
τὰς σὰς δ᾽ ἀρὰς ἔοικεν ἐκπλῆσαι θεός.
x
ἄκουε δή νυν καὶ Ta πρὸς τούτοις κακά.
3 Ν a , 2) 35) , ,
ἐπεὶ τέκνω πεσόντ᾽ ἐλειπέτην βίον,
ἐν τῷδε μήτηρ ἡ τάλαινα προσπίτνει
\ ΄ \ , , Ἂς
[σὺν παρθένῳ τε και προθυμίᾳ ποδός.] 1450
τετρωμένους δ᾽ ἰδοῦσα καιρίους σφαγὰς
ΝΜ ἕ i) , 3 ε δ᾽ β ὃ ’
ᾧμωξεν, τέκν᾽, ὑστέρα βοηδρόμος
, ?
πάρειμι. προσπίτνουσα δ᾽ ἐν μέρει τέκνα
5 3 ς / Ν \ A ,
ἔκλαι͵, ἐθρήνει τὸν πολὺν μαστῶν πόνον
͵ὕ 9 - ’ > ε tA 9 ε nw τ
στένουσ᾽, ἀδελφή θ᾽ ἡ παρασπίζουσ᾽ ὁμοῦ, 1435
2 >
Q γηροβοσκὼ μητρὸς, ὦ γάμους ἐμοὺς
προδόντ᾽ ἀδελφὼ φιλτάτω: στέρνων δ᾽ azo
’ὔ 3 39 4 , 3 A +
φύσημ᾽ ἀνεὶς δύσθνητον “EteokAns ἄναξ
ἤκουσε μητρὸς, κἀπιθεὶς ὑγρὰν χέρα
φωνὴν μὲν οὐκ ἀφῆκεν, ὀμμάτων δ᾽ amo 1140
προσεῖπε δακρύοις, ὥστε σημῆναι φίλα.
e > > » 5 5 Ἁ ’ὔ’ LW EX) Ἀ
ὁ δ᾽ ἦν ἔτ᾽ ἔμπνους, πρὸς κασιγνήτην δ᾽ ἰδὼν
γραῖάν τε μητέρ εἶπε ἸΠολυνείκης τάδε"
3 , “ 9 ’, Ν Ἂν
Απωλόμεσθα, μῆτερ: οἰκτείρω δὲ σὲ
\ BNC? od 4 \ , , Ξ
και τήνὸ ἀδελφὴν και κασιγνῆτον νεκρὸν. 1110
φίλος γὰρ ἐχθρὸς ἐγένετ᾽, ἀλλ᾽ ὅμως φίλος.
θάψον δέ μ᾽, ὦ τεκοῦσα καὶ σὺ, σύγγονε,
“ ’
ἐν γῇ πατρῳᾳ, καὶ πόλιν θυμουμένην
σπαρηγορεῖτον, ὡς τοσόνδε γοῦν τύχω
Ν , 9 ’ 3 ’ ey
χθονὸς πατρῴας, Kel δόμους ἀπώλεσα. 1450
, Ν , 4, wn a Ἁ
ξυνάρμοσον δὲ βλέφαρά μου τῇ σῇ χερὶ;
μῆτερ: τίθησι δ᾽ αὐτὸς ὀμμάτων ἔπι:
Ν 7 > »” 4, ,ὔ ,
καὶ χαίρετ᾽" ἤδη yap με περιβάλλει σκότος,
ἄμφω δ᾽ ἅμ᾽ ἐξέπνευσαν ἄθλιον βίον.
΄ > «“ 5 rn , ‘ wer
μήτηρ δ᾽, ὅπως εἰσεῖδε τήνδε συμῴφορᾶν, 1405
ὑπερπαθήσασ᾽ ἥρπασ᾽ ἐκ νεκροῦ ξίφος
»” € ὃ , ὃ Ν , Ν > /
κάπραξε δεινά: διὰ μέσου yap αὐχένος

“x0:

AN.

@OINIZZAI.
ὠθεῖ σίδηρον, ἐν δὲ τοῖσι φιλτάτοις

θανοῦσα κεῖται περιβαλοῦσ᾽ ἀμφοῖν χέρας.

ἀνῇξε δ᾽ ὀρθὸς λαὸς εἰς ἔριν λόγων,

΄“ “~ ,
ἡμεῖς μὲν ws νικῶντα δεσπότην ἐμὸν,

ε ε > -“ > > » ,
οι δ᾽ ως €KELVOV" ἣν ὃ ερις στρατηλαταις,

οἱ μὲν πατάξαι πρόσθε ἸΠολυνείκην δορὶ,
ες ς» ε ΄ ᾽ a ΄ , 5
ot δ᾽, ὡς θανόντων οὐδαμοῦ νίκη πέλοι.

κἀν τῷδ᾽ ὑπεξῆλθ᾽ ᾿Αντιγόνη στρατοῦ δίχα,
ε > -“ 2; ἈὉ ns > δέ θί
οἱ δ᾽ εἰς ὅπλ᾽ ὖἦσσον: εὖ δέ πως προμηθίᾳ

καθῆστο Κάδμου λαὸς ἀσπίδων ἔπι:
w+ ? *
κάφθημεν οὔπω τεύχεσιν πεφραγμένον
~ 4 τ
᾿Αργεῖον εἰσπεσόντες ἐξαίφνης στρατόν.
3 Ν €. oF , > 3 [4 :
κοὐδεὶς ὑπέστη, πεδία δ᾽ ἐξεπίμπλασαν
3 Cal
φεύγοντες, ἔρρει δ᾽ αἷμα μυρίων νεκρῶν
λόγχαις πιτνόντων. ὡς δ᾽ ἐνικῶμεν μάχῃ,
οἱ μὲν Διὸς τρόπαιον ἵστασαν βρέτας,
ε > 3 / ~ > , A
ot δ᾽ ἀσπίδας συλῶντες ᾿Αργείων νεκρῶν
3
σκυλεύματ᾽ εἴσω τειχέων ἐπέμπομεν.
ΕἿΣ ἂν Ν , 3 ’ὔ ,
ἄλλοι δὲ τοὺς θανόντας ᾿Αντιγόνης μέτα
νεκροὺς φέρουσιν ἐνθάδ᾽ οἰκτίσαι φίλοις.
/ a
πόλει δ᾽ ἀγῶνες οἱ μὲν εὐτυχέστατοι
Aas s-/ e Ν /
Tmo ἐξέβησαν, ot δὲ δυστυχέστατοι.
οὐκ εἰς ἀκοὰς ἔτι δυστυχία
δώματος ἥκει: πάρα γὰρ λεύσσειν
πτώματα νεκρῶν τρισσῶν ἤδη
/ \ / “ ’
τάδε πρὸς μελάθροις κοινῷ θανάτῳ
σκοτίαν αἰῶνα λαχόντων.
3 / /
οὐ προκαλυπτομένα βοτρυχώδεος
ἁβρὰ παρηΐδος,
Ν ε A ,
οὐδ᾽ ὑπὸ παρθενίας τὸν ὑπὸ βλεφαροις
φοίνικ᾽, ἐρύθημα προσώπου,
3 / / / ’
αἰδομένα φέρομαι βάκχα νεκύων
“-“ > 3
κράδεμνα δικοῦσα κόμας amr ἐμᾶς,
vA , ΕΣ ~ -“"ἢθ 5
στολίδα κροκόεσσαν ἀνεῖσα Ττρυφᾶς,

1460

1470

1475

1480

1485

1490

= ,
ἀγεμόνευμα VEKPOLCL πολύστονον. αἰαῖ, iw μοι.
, ἊΜ ᾿
ὦ Πολύνεικες, ἔφυς ap ἐπώνυμος, ὦμοι, Θῆβαι,

ἘΥΡΙΠΙΔΟΥ͂
σὰ δ᾽ ἔρις οὐκ ἔρις, ἀλλὰ φόνῳ φόνος 1496
Οἰδιπόδα δόμον ὥλεσε κρανθεὶς
[αἵματι δεινῷ,] αἵματι λυγρῷ.
τίνα προσῳδὸν

a } ) 4 A 4... δ
ἢ τίνα μουσοπόλον στοναχαν ἐπὶ i Tsao
, ‘ / ne > , > ,
δάκρυσι δάκρυσιν, ὦ δόμος, ὦ δόμος,
>
. Τανακαλέσομαι,

τρισσὰ φέρουσα τάδε Ἰσώματα σύγγονα.
ματέρα καὶ τέκνα, χάρματ᾽ Ἐρινύος ;
ἃ δόμον Οἰδιπόδα πρόπαν ὦλεσε, 1505
Tas ἀγρίας ὅτε
δυσξύνετον ξυνετὸς μέλος ἔγνω
ἡμῶν ἀοιδοῦ σῶμα φονεύσας.
ἰώ μοι, πάτερ, ᾿λ΄,
τίς Ἑλλὰς ἢ βάρβαρος, ἢ τῶν προπάροιθ᾽ εὐ-
, γενετᾶν 1510
ἕτερος ἔτλα κακῶν τοσῶνδ᾽
αἵματος ἁμερίου
τοιάδ᾽ ἄχεα φανερά; : τάλαιν᾽,
tos ἐλελίζει. τίς ap ὄρνις
ἢ. δρυὸς ἢ ἐλάτας . 1515
ἀκρυκόμρις ἀμφὶ κλάδοις ἑζομένα μονομάτορος
* εἶσιν ἐμοῖς ἄχεσι ξυνῳδός ;
αἴλινον αἰάγμασιν ἃ oe προκλαίω povad ai-
ava διάξουσα τὸν ἀεὶ χρόνον ἐν λειβομένοισιν

δάκρυσιν. | 1522
τίν᾽ ἐπὶ πρῶτον ἀπὸ χαίτας σπαραγμοῖς ἀπαρ-
χὰς βάλω: 3

ματρὸς ἐμᾶς διδύμοισι Ἰγάλακτος παρὰ μαστοῖς,
ἢ πρὸς ἀδελφών
οὐλόμεν᾽ αἰκίσματα νεκρῶν ;
OTOTOTOL,

λεῖπε σοὺς δόμους, 1530
ἀλαὸν ὄμμα φέρων
πάτερ γεραιὲ, δεῖξον,

Οἰδιπόδα, σὸν αἰῶνα μέλεον, ὃς ἐπὶ

:OT.

AN.

OI.

AN.

Ol.
OI.

Ol.

AN

‘POINIZZAI. 55
, 2s , ΜΝ 2 a A o
δώμασιν ἀέριον σκότον ὄμμασι σοῖσι βαλὼν ἕλ-
— μακρόπνουν ζωάν. 1535
dv iAav ar δ re
κλύεις, ὦ κατ᾽ αὐλὰν ἀλαίνων γεραιὸν πὸ
δεμνίοισιν
pe
δυστάνοις ἰαύων ;
’ ᾽ > / ‘
τί δ᾽, ὦ παρθένε, βακτρεύμασι τυφλοῦ ποδὸς
[4
ἐξάγαγες ἐς - 1540
“A ὡς Xx , / 9 a Xa ΕἸ ’
φώς “we λεχήρη σκοτίων ἐκ θαλάμων οἰκτροτά-
τοισιν δακρύοισιν,
A Ἃ
πολιὸν αἰθέρος ἀφανὲς εἴδωλον, ἢ νέκυν ἔνερθεν, ἢ
ποτανὸν ὄνειρον ; 1545
\ 3 " / b fe) κι
δυστυχὲς ἀγγελίας ἔπος οἴσει,
Fa ΄, ἀν τὰ , ,
ὦ πάτερ, οὐκέτι σοι τέκνα λεύσσει
, 309 Μ ͵ὕ
φάος, οὐδ᾽ ἀλοχος, παραβάκτροις
a 7 \ / ΄ oN Ses
ἃ πόδα σὸν τυφλόπουν θεραπεύμασιν αἰὲν ἐμόχθει,
»
*Q πάτερ, ὦμοι. 1550
»” ΕἸ aA / , A ’
ὦμοι μοι ἐμῶν παθέων: πάρα γὰρ Τστενάχειν
τάδ᾽ αὐτεῖν.
Ν Ν ’ ’ὔ
τρισσαὶ ψυχαὶ ποίᾳ μοίρᾳ, ν᾿"
a + / > , Ὑ
πῶς ἔλιπον φάος, ὦ τέκνον, αὔδα.
> Ἤν oF 209 9 , : z
οὐκ ἐπ᾽ ὀνείδεσιν οὐδ᾽ ἐπιχάρμασιν, _ 555
5 \ > 7
ἀλλ᾽ ὀδύναισι λέγω: σὸς ἀλάστωρ
ξίφεσιν βρίθων - *
ἈΝ x Ν ’ ’ soy ~ Μ
καὶ πυρὶ καὶ σχετλίαισι μάχαις ἐπὶ παῖδας ἔβα
σοὺς,
> , »
ὦ πάτερ, ὦμοι.
A ,
αἰαῖ, ΑΝ, τί τάδε καταστένεις ; τοῦ
3 5 ’
τέκνα. ΑΝ. δι ὀδύνας ἔβας,
> Ν / 3 5 -“ ’
εἰ τὰ τέθριππ᾽ εἰς ἅρματα λεύσσων
, A
ἀελίου τάδε σώματα νεκρῶν
~ A fe
ὄμματος αὐγαῖς [σαῖς] érevuipas.
“ A ’
τῶν. μὲν ἐμῶν τεκέων φανερὸν κακόν" 1565
a δὲ τάλαιν᾽ ἄλοχος τίνι μοι, τέκνον, ὦλετο μοίρᾳ;
δάκρυα γοερὰ φανερὰ πᾶσι τιθεμένα
τέκεσι μαστὸν ἔφερεν ἔφερεν
/ >
_ ἱκέτις ἱκέτιν ὁρομένα..

ΧΟ,

KP.

OI.

, ETPILIIAOT
ηὗρε δ᾽ ἐν ἮἬλέκτραισι πύλαις τέκνα ες 1570
λωτοτρόφον κατὰ λείμακα λόγχαις
κοινὸν ἐνυάλιον
’ 7 / 9 ,
μάτηρ, ὥστε λέοντας ἐναύλους,
μαρναμένους ἐπὶ τραύμασιν, αἵματος
ἤδη ψυχρὰν λοιβὰν, φονίαν, 1575
av ἔλαχ᾽ “Avdas, wrace δ᾽ "Apns.
/ \ ἴων ~ ’ ’
χαλκόκροτον δὲ λαβοῦσα νεκρῶν πάρα φάσγανον
εἴσω
+
σαρκὸς ἔβαψεν, axes δὲ τέκνων ἔπεσ᾽ ἀμφὶ τέκ-
νοισιν.
, δ᾽ 9 + ὃ ,
παντα ὃ ἐν ἀματι τῷδε συναγαγεν,
8 , ε ΄ / 3) \ Lid
ὦ πάτερ, ἀμετέροισι δόμοισιν ἄχη θεὸς, ὅστις
τᾷδε τελευτᾷ. 1581
πολλῶν κακῶν κατῆρξεν Οἰδίπου δόμοις
γ»γ9 4«4 y” > > LY ᾽7ὕ
τόδ᾽ ἦμαρ' εἴη δ᾽ εὐτυχέστερος βίος.
4 Ν + , > € « /
οἴκτων μὲν ἤδη λήγεθ᾽, ὡς ὥρα τάφου
μνήμην τίθεσθαι: τῶνδε δ᾽, Οἰδίπου, λόγων 158
ἄκουσον: ἀρχὰς τῆσδε γῆς ἔδωκέ μοι
9 , ΄ n \ , \ 4
Ετεοκλέης παῖς σὸς γάμων φερνὰς διδοὺς
Αἵμονι, κόρης τε λέκτρον ᾿Αντιγόνης σέθεν.
ΝΜ 3 a “
οὔκουν σ᾽ ἐάσω τήνδε γῆν οἰκεῖν ἔτι"
σαφῶς γὰρ εἶπε Τειρεσίας οὐ μή ποτε 1590
σοῦ τήνδε γῆν οἰκοῦντος εὖ πράξειν πόλιν'
ἀλλ᾽ ἐκκομίζου. καὶ Tad οὐχ ὕβρει λέγω,
503. 9 N " Ν \ \ BIN 7
οὐδ᾽ ἐχθρὸς wy σοι, διὰ δὲ τοὺς ἀλάστορας
a /
τοὺς σοὺς δεδοικὼς μή τι γῇ πάθῃ κακόν.
> an? Sh ἈΠ a 7 ΠῚ 5: -
ὦ μοῖρ᾽, ἀπ᾿ ἀρχῆς ws μ᾽ ἔφυσας ἄθλιον 1698
Ν / > uv ” 3 / 53,
καὶ τλήμον᾽, εἴ τις ἄλλος ἀνθρώπων ἔφυ"
ὃν καὶ πρὶν ἐς φῶς μητρὸς ἐκ γονῆς μολεῖν,
ἄγονον ᾿Απόλλων Λαΐῳ p ἐθέσπισε
΄ 4 / > / ΕΣ /
φονέα γένεσθαι πατρὸς: ὦ τάλας ἐγώ.
> ν
ἐπεὶ δ᾽ ἐγενόμην, αὖθις ὁ σπείρας πατὴρ 1000
κτείνει με νομίσας πολέμιον δυσδαίμονα"
“- a a“ ,
χρῆν yap θανεῖν vw ἐξ ἐμοῦ: πέμπει δέ pe
4 “ Α »Ά /
μαστὸν ποθοῦντα θηρσὶν ἀθλιον βοράν"

KP.

ΦΟΙΝΙΣΣΑΙ͂. 57
νι , 4 ”
οὗ σωζόμεσθα. Ταρτάρου yap dderev
A /
ἐλθεῖν Κιθαιρὼν eis ἄβυσσα χάσματα, 1605
os μ᾽ ov διώλεσ᾽, ἀλλὰ δουλεῦσαί τέ μοι
5»
δαίμων ἔδωκε Πόλυβον ἀμφὶ δεσπότην,
κτανών T ἐμαυτοῦ πατέρ᾽ ὁ δυσδαίμων ἐγὼ
= Q > a , ,
ἐς μητρὸς ἦλθον τῆς ταλαιπώρου λέχος,
AQ / 3 ? \ »” a > ΄,
παῖδας T ἀδελφοὺς ἔτεκον οἷς ἀπώλεσα, 1510
. Ν A E Ἀ Ν ’,
apas παραλαβὼν Λαΐου καὶ παισὶ δούς.
οὐ γὰρ τοσοῦτον ἀσύνετος πέφυκ᾽ ἐγὼ
- 2 9 yo > » a. Spm ΄ ,
wor εἰς ἔμ᾽ oppar ἔς 7 ἐμῶν παίδων βίον
ἄνευ θεῶν του ταῦτ᾽ ἐμηχανησάμην.
εἶεν: τί δράσω δῆθ᾽ ὁ δυσδαίμων ἐγώ; 1818
΄ ε , ν᾿ ε , A
τίς ἡγεμών μοι ποδὸς ὁμαρτήσει τυφλοῦ ;
σῶν» e ~ i nw ,ὔὕ 3 A ’ ΕἸ 403 σ
70 ἡ θανοῦσα; ζῶσά y ἂν σάφ᾽ οἶδ᾽ ὅτι.
ἀλλ᾽ εὔτεκνος ξυνωρίς ; ἀλλ᾽ οὐκ ἔστι μοι.
> > » , a. e ? Cae! ΄
aAX ἔτι νεάζων αὐτὸς εὕροιμ᾽ ἄν βίον;
, , 2M en > ΄ὕ ΄,
πόθεν; τί μ᾽ ἄρδην ὧδ᾽ ἀποκτείνεις, Κρέον; 1650
ἀποκτενεῖς γὰρ, εἴ με γῆς ἔξω βαλεῖς.
3 Ν e\ / a iy , νὰ ~ ἐξ
οὐ: μὴν ἑλίξας γ᾽ ἀμφὶ σὸν χεῖρας γόνυ
κακὸς φανοῦμαι: τὸ γὰρ ἐμόν ποτ᾽ εὐγενὲς
οὐκ ἂν προδοίην οὐδέπερ πράσσων κακῶς.
σοί τ᾽ εὖ λέλεκται, γόνατα μὴ χρῴζειν ἐμὰ, 1625
oT ε αι, Ὑ . μὴ χρῴζειν ἐμὰ,
’ὔ ’ὔ’ ’ 3 ,
ἐγὼ τε ναίειν σ᾽ οὐκ ἐάσαιμ᾽ ἂν χθόνα.
νεκρῶν δὲ τῶνδε τὸν μὲν ἐς δόμους χρεὼν
ἤδη κομίζειν, τόνδε δ᾽, ὃς πέρσων πόλιν
πατρίδα σὺν ἄλλοις ἦλθε, Πολυνείκους νέκυν
9 , > » aw ¢ » ὔ
ἐκβάλετ᾽ ἄθαπτον τῆσδ᾽ ὅρων ἔξω χθονός. 1680
΄, Ν a , ,
κηρύξεται δὲ πᾶσι Καδμείοις τάδε,
aA A : A , > a ’ὔ ε A
Os av νεκρὸν τόνδ᾽ ἢ καταστέφων ἁλῷ
x A , ΓΝ ον > ,
ἢ γῇ καλύπτων, θάνατον ἀνταλλάξεται.
iad > Μ »” ΕἸ -“ 4 ’
[ἐᾶν δ᾽ ἄκλαυστον, ἄταφον, οἰωνοῖς βοράν.
σὺ δ᾽ ἐκλιποῦσα τριπτύχων νεκρῶν γόους 103
κόμιζε σαυτὴν, ᾿Αντιγόνη, δόμων ἔσω,
καὶ παρθενεύου τὴν ἰοῦσαν ἡμέραν

" ’ > 3 - , 9 4
μένουσ, ἐν ἢ σε λέκτρον Αἵμονος μένει.

AN.

> , 9 “ ΄ > 3 , A
ὦ πάτερ, ἐν οἵοις κείμεθ᾽ ἀθλίοις. κακοῖς.

ΚΡ.
ΑΝ
ΚΡ.
ΑΝ.
ΚΡ.
ΑΝ.
ΚΡ.
ΑΝ.
ΚΡ.
ΑΝ
ΚΡ
ΑΝ
ΚΡ.
ΑΝ.
ΚΡ.
ΑΝ.
ΚΡ.
ΑΝ.
ΚΡ
ΑΝ.
ΚΡ
ΑΝ.
ΚΡ.
ΑΝ
ΚΡ
ΑΝ.

.

ΚΡ. οὐ

ΑΝ
XP.
AN.

“EYPIINIAOY

° , A ’ὔ ,
ws σε στενάζω τῶν τεθνηκότων πλέον" 1640

Sy a κ᾿ , ᾿ a Ν᾿ τ 9 \
ov yap τὸ μέν σοι βαρὺ κακῶν, τὸ δ᾽ ov βαρὺ,
3 ΕῚ 9 [7 Ν ΕΙΣ ’
ἀλλ᾽ εἰς ἅπαντα δυστυχὴς ἔφυς, πάτερ.
ἀτὰρ σ᾽ ἐρωτῶ τὸν νεωστὶ κοίρανον,
τί τόνδ᾽ ὑβρίζεις πατέρ᾽ ἀποστέλλων χθονός ;
τί θεσμοποιεῖς ἐπὶ ταλαιπώρῳ VEKPO 5 1645
᾿Ετεοκλέους Bovdevpar’, οὐχ ἡμῶν, τάδε.
adpova γε, καὶ σὺ μῶρος, ὃς ἐπίθου τάδε.
πῶς ; τἀντεταλμέν᾽ οὐ δίκαιον ἐκπονεῖν ;
οὔκ, ἢν πονηρά γ᾽ ἢ κακῶς T εἰρημένα.

, > 3 , .“ Ν ,
τί δ ; οὐ δικαίως ὅδε κυσὶν δοθήσεται ; , 1650
οὐκ ἔννομον yap τὴν δίκην πράσσεσθέ νιν.

” / 5 Ν > > 3 Ν »”
εἴπερ ye πόλεως ἐχθρὸς ἦν, οὐκ ἐχθρὸς ὦν.
οὐκοῦν ἔδωκε τῇ τύχη Trov δαίμονα.
καὶ τῷ τάφῳ viv τὴν δίκην παρασχέτω.

7 , ἂς ,ὔ 9 “ a ae
τί πλημμελησας, TO μέρος εἰ μετῆλθε γῆς; 1655
ἄταφος ὅδ᾽ ἀνὴρ, ὥς μάθῃς, γενήσεται.
ἐγώ pee θάψω, κἂν amevvern πόλις.
σαυτὴν ap ἐγγὺς τῷδε συνθάψεις νεκρῷ.
ἀλλ᾽ εὐκλεές τοι δύο φίλω κεῖσθαι πέλας.
λάζυσθε τήνδε κεἰς δόμους κομίζετε. 1660

> eS 5 κ ae 3 , a
ov δῆτ᾽, ἐπεὶ τοῦδ᾽ οὐ μεθήσομαι νεκροῦ.

5 jG γᾶς, pee 534 ἀνὰ \ a
exp’ ὃ δαίμων, παρθέν᾽, οὐχ ἃ σοὶ δοκεῖ.

3 a , A ae: / ,
KaKelvo κέκριται, μὴ ᾿φυβρίζεσθαι νεκρούς.

ε 5, 3 Ν Aq? e Ν ’ὔ ’
ὡς οὔτις ἀμφὶ τῷδ᾽ ὑγρὰν θήσει κόνιν.
ναὶ πρός σε τῆσδε μητρὸς Ἰοκάστης, Κρέον. 1665
μάταια μοχθεῖς" οὐ γὰρ ἂν τύχοις τάδε. |
σὺ δ᾽ ἀλλὰ νεκρῷ λουτρὰ περιβαλεῖν p ἔα.
ἕν TOUT ἂν εἴη τῶν ἀπορρήτων πόλει.

39 > > A Δ 3 ” wn Ὁ
GAN ἀμφὶ τραύματ᾽ ἄγρια τελαμῶνας βαλεῖν.

᾽ + 3, ,ὧὦἐμῃον \ , / ,
οὐκ ἔσθ᾽ ὅπως σὺ τόνδε τιμήσεις νέκυν. 1670

,
ὦ φίλτατ᾽, ἀλλὰ στόμα γε σὸν προσπτύξομαι.
Ψ ‘ \ , ,
i *un εἰς γάμους σοὺς ξυμῴφοραν κτήσει γόοις ;
= a A A ,
ἢ yap γαμοῦμαι ζῶσα παιδὶ σῷ ποτέ;
A δ ,
πολλή σ᾽ ἀνάγκη" ποῖ γὰρ ἐκφεύξει λέχος ;
- af ee ,
νὺξ ap ἐκείνη Δαναΐδων μ᾽ ἕξει μίαν. 1675

ΚΡ
ΑΝ
ΚΡ.
ΑΝ
ΚΡ.
ΑΝ.
ΚΡ.
ΟΙ.
ΑΝ
OI.
AN.
Ol.

AN. ὁ
Ol.

AN.
Ol.
AN
Ol.
AN
OI.
AN
OI.
AN.
Ol.

AN.
OI.

AN.
OI.
AN
Ol.
AN
Ol.

AN

ΦΟΙΧΊΣΣΑΙ. Νὰ
εἶδες τὸ τόλμημ: οἷον ἐξωνείδισεν +
»” 4 9 4 , ’,
ἴστω σίδηρος ὅρκιόν τέ μοι ξίφος.
τί δ᾽ ἐκπροθυμεῖ τῶνδ᾽ ἀπηλλάχθαι γάμων;
ξυμφεύξομαι τῷδ᾽ ἀθλιωτάτῳ πατρί..
γενναιότης σοι, μωρία δ᾽ ἕνεστέ. τις. 1630
καὶ ξυνθανοῦμαί γ. ὡς μάθῃς περαιτέρω.
ἴθ, οὐ φονεύσεις παῖδ᾽ ἐμὸν, λίπε χθόνα.
ὦ θύγατερ, αἰνῶ μέν σε τῆς προθυμίας.
ἀλλ᾽ εἰ γαμοίμην, σὺ δὲ “μόνος ἐφεύγοιϑ, πάτερ:
μέν εὐτυχοῦσα, τἄμ’ ἐγὼ στέρξω κακά. 1055
καὶ τίς σε τυφλὸν ὄντα θεραπεύσει; πάτερ;
πεσὼν ὅπου μοι μοῖρα κείσομαι πέδῳ.

δ᾽ Οἰδίπους ποῦ καὶ τὰ κλείν᾽ αἰνίγματα ;
ὄλωλ᾽- ἕν ἦμάρ μ᾽ ὦλβισ᾽, ev δ᾽ ἀπώλεσεν.
οὐκ οὖν μετασχεῖν κἀμὲ δεῖ τῶν σῶν κακῶν ; 1690

9 Ν A A A ~ ,
αἰσχρὰ φυγὴ θυγατρὶ σὺν τυφλῷ πατρί.
ov, σωφρονούσῃ γ᾽, ἀλλὰ γενναία, πάτερ.
προσάγαγέ νύν με, μητρὸς ὡς ψαύσω σέθεν.
ἰδοὺ, γεραιᾶς φιλτάτης ψαῦσον χερί.
> A > / 3 3 ,

ὦ μῆτερ, ὦ Evvaop αθλιωτάτη. 1695
οἰκτρὰ πρόκειται πάντ᾽ ἔχουσ᾽ ὁμοῦ κακά.
3 ’ὔ Ἀ “A , a

EreoxAéovs δὲ πτῶμα Πολυνείκους te ποῦ ;
τὠδ᾽ ἐκτάδην σοι κεῖσθον ἀλλήλοιν πέλας.

, \ ae 5S , a
πρόσθες τυφλὴν χεῖρ᾽ ἐπὶ πρόσωπα δυστυχῆ.
ἰδοὺ, θανόντων σῶν τέκνων ἅπτου χερί, 1100
ὦ φίλα πεσήματ᾽ ἀθλι ἀθλίου πατρός.

ὦ φίλτατον δῆτ᾽ ὄνομα Πολυνείκους ἐμοί.

νῦν χρησμὸς, ὦ παῖ, Λοξίου περαίνεται.

ὁ ποῖος; ἀλλ᾽ ἢ πρὸς κακοῖς ἐρεῖς κακά ;

ἐν ταῖς ᾿Αθήναις κατθανεῖν μ᾽ adwpevov. 11Ὸ5

aA , , > / ’ὔ

ποῦ, τίς σε πύργος ᾿Ατθίδος προσδέξεται ;

ε Χ Υ : ‘ , τς. ’, -

ἱερὸς Κολωνὸς, δώμαθ᾽ ἱππίου θεοῦ.

ἀλλ᾽ εἶα, τυφλῷ τῷδ᾽ ὑπηρέτει πατρὶ,

ἐπεὶ προθυμεῖ τῆσδε κοινοῦσθαι φυγῆς.

ἴθ᾽ ἐς φυγὰν τάλαιναν: ὄρεγε χέρα φίλαν, 1710
πάτερ γεραιὲ, πομπίμαν

00

ΟΙ.

ΑΝ,

ΟΙ.

Al

ΘΙ.

ΕἘΥΡΙΠΙΔΟΥ͂
” yo «@ , 7
ἔχων ἔμ᾽, ὥστε ναυσίπομπον αὔραν.
ἰδοὺ, πορεύομαι, τέκνον,
, N > , 0 ihe
σύ μοι ποδαγὸς ἀθλία γενοῦ.
, ’ὔ 3 4 ’ ξ
γενόμεθα γενόμεθ᾽ ἀθλιοί
γε δῆτα Θηβαιᾶν μάλιστα παρθένων.
πόθι γεραιὸν ἴχνος τίθημι:
βάκτρα πρόσφερ᾽, ὦ τέκνον.
τᾷδε τᾷδε Babi μοι,
τᾷδε 8a τίθει, τᾷδε,
ὥστ᾽ ὄνειρον ἰσχύν.
po. δ᾿ / 4
iw iw, δυστυχεστατας φυγὰς
39 , 4, tA , 3 9 ’
ἐλαύνων τὸν γέροντα fh ἐκ πατραξ.
AD EST x (ye) \ ΄
ἰὼ ἰὼ, δεινὰ δείν᾽ ἐγὼ τλας.

POV Ρ > A XN
AN. τί rAas; τί TAGS; οὐχ ὁρᾷ Δίκα κακοὺς,

ΟΙ.

ΑΝ,

OL.

3 3 a 5
οὐδ᾽ ἀμείβεται βροτῶν ἀσυνεσίας.

1715

1720

1725

79? SEN “a a SN / Bi Ν
ὅδ᾽ εἰμὶ μοῦσαν ὃς ἐπὶ καλλίνικον οὐράνιον ἔβαν

/ / ” > 3 [4 ε
παρθένου κόρας αἴνιγμ᾽ ἀσύνετον εὑρών.
Σφιγγὸς ἀναφέρεις ὄνειδος:
ἄπαγε τὰ πάρος εὐτυχήματ᾽ αὐδῶν.
τάδε σ᾽ ἐπέμενε μέλεα πάθεα
φυγάδα πατρίδος ἄπο γενόμενον,
ὦ πάτερ, θανεῖν που.
ποθεινὰ δάκρυα παρὰ φίλαισι παρθένοις
λιποῦσ᾽ ἄπειμι πατρίδος ἀποπρὸ γαίας
ἀπαρθένευτ᾽ ἀλωμένα.
φεῦ τὸ χρήσιμον φρενῶν.
ἐς πατρός γε συμφορὰς
εὐκλεᾶ με θήσει
‘ a) a \ ὡς - , θ᾽ ε ,
τάλαιν᾽ ἐγὼ *cdv συγγόνου θ᾽ ὑβρισμάτων,
ὃς ἐκ δόμων ἄθαπτος οἴχεται νέκυς,
“ , ‘
μέλεος, ὃν, εἴ με καὶ θανεῖν, πάτερ, XpEwr;
7 a ,
σκότια γᾷ καλύψω.
Ν 7 / ,
πρὸς ἥλικας φάνηθι σας.
LA > / > i
ἅλις ὀδυρμάτων ἐμῶν.
σὺ δ᾽ ἀμφὶ Bopious λιτάς.

κόρον ἔχουσ᾽ ἐμῶν κακῶν..

1190

1790

1740

1745

1750

ΦΟΙΝΊΣΣΑΤΙ, 61
Β΄ Ἢ »
OI. ἴθ᾽ ἀλλὰ Βρόμιος ἵνα τε σηκὸς ἄβατος ὄρεσι μαι-
νάδων.
ΑΝ, Καδμείαν ᾧ
, ’ ΟΡ» Ὁ
νεβρίδα στολιδωσαμένα ποτ᾽ ἐγὼ
Σεμέλας ἱερὸν 1785
θίασον ὄρεσιν ἀνεχόρευσα,
, > , ΕῚ ‘ ὃ ὃ “ «
χάριν ἀχάριτον ἐς θεοὺς διδοῦσα 5
ΟΙ. ὦ πάτρας κλεινοὶ πολῖται, λεύσσετ᾽, Οἰδίπους ὅδε,
ἃ ‘ 4? S42 > + Ν / > Le
[ὃς τὰ κλείν᾽ αἰνίγματ᾽ ἔγνω καὶ μέγιστος ἦν ἀνὴρ,
ὃς μόνος Σφιγγὸς κατέσχον τῆς μιαιφόνου κράτη,
νῦν ἄτιμος αὐτὸς οἰκτρὸς ἐξελαύνομαι χθονός. 1781
ἀλλὰ yap τί ταῦτα θρηνῶ καὶ μάτην ὀδύρομαι ;
A A > An > , Ἀ ΝΜ - ,
τὰς yap ἐκ θεῶν ἀνάγκας θνητὸν ὄντα δεῖ φέρειν.
XO ἊΝ , . N/ \ ee.
XO. ὦ μέγα σεμνὴ Νίκη, τὸν ἐμὸν
βίοτον κατέχοις 1765
\ Ν ’ A
καὶ μὴ λήγοις στεφανοῦσα.

(NE |
ion ai are ioe

rt ret we woul, δὲ
pg ue ἐδ κϑηρυ φλγοι roar wy

AQ Ge onary 9 Sahin Blog) irae ene δ
ΜΑΣ Sh yi ve hoy OTN eI

Sh τον γι ERATOR ἃ

kK vail i ie) ta rh oe iv). eae
7 td 5
Ἢ be Ridin - ie eee ΟὟ ΤῊ
Ἧ . a ὟΣ, ( κυ eee 9 tAny Ὴ ἢ
ἢ J

. alee pipers λοι ee nana i
Ve ἕξ cr ἐνὶ sey let 4 me dee
ἌΧ ΣΝ "ἐν Gita ie ae
ἶ ὑεῖς readies halt ΡΥ irr? woe Geni ἱ ὩΣ
ΣῊΝ ΤᾺ
ἶ oe
, My ἢ ᾿ fal , "ἣν on ma leah 7
J rh af? ry oN *
ΌΝ δι ΣΡ Se are ‘7 ol " ae ue =
ttl νὰ ὧν res Hance > a) “7
ty Tam..24¢ =
- , gn) ees " MAL
ΠΥ ΤΩ a εν ἴω be hath ν Py} Po hae); ἣν δ᾿ (Mr ων ᾿ Wr a
{κι an Oe Kites mae Ta ΕΥ δ ΣᾺ Υ “
J
“ἰδ can rat, ΓΝ ™ War} d! Kell x hg
AG ee δος ny mS ae ἘΠῊΝ ἀπὸ ὠς ᾿
er sr ΠΡΈΕΕΡΕΘΟΝ (eS
ἐμ P i : ae ah i] my
uae ate Anglian veh tal wey
‘ey ts “A ἔν δ᾽ ΕΝ ΡΝ τ.
Bray ὩΣ vane ΤΗΣ

- Υ͵ Fé

Ἂ ae ey Pra) Ἢ ψ, 7s Ave a wea » ἡ # a

͵

NOTES.

1—85. In an unusually long but well-written prologue,
Jocasta, at once the wife and the mother of Oedipus, gives a
history of his birth and fortunes, with the cause of the
quarrel that has occurred and the deadly strife that is now
raging between their two sons, Polynices and Eteocles.
She begins by invoking the sun, and calling that an un-
lucky day on which Cadmus first came to Thebes in his
voyage from the Phoenician coast.

2. Chariots are called κολλητὰ (Il. iv. 366, xix. 395,
Hipp. 1225), as being compacted of pieces of wood; and
the gilt studs or bosses, appropriate to the car of the sun-
god, are here included in the epithet.

7. ‘Apuoviay] If the name Cadmus, from a root Ka¢ or
Kad, meant ‘ order’ (Donaldson, New Crat. § 473), and the
legend records the arrival of a foreign legislator, Kedem
(Cox, Aryan Mythol. ii. p. 265), it is obvious that Harmonia
Was an appropriate bride. See Bacch. 1332, Pind. Pyth.
ili, 91. But others say it is a Semitic word meaning
* Eastern,’

12, τοῦτο] sc. ὄνομα implied in καλοῦσι.

18. μὴ σπεῖρε] This command is mentioned in the
Aeschylean drama, Theb. 745, and it seems to have been
enlarged upon in the preceding play of that trilogy, the
Oedipus,

19. τεκνώσεις:] poetically used for γεννήσεις. See on
v. 868.

21. δούς] The ellipse of ἑαυτὸν is somewhat unusual,
as is βακχεῖον for a ‘ bacchic revel.’

26. διαπείρα5] A verb πείρω, allied to περᾶν, περαίνειν,
and πειραίνειν, meant ‘to stick through,’ as ἀμπείρας ῥάχιν,
Tthes. 514, σπλάγχνα, Il. ii. 426, Ar. Ach. 1007, φέρε τοὺς
ὀβελίσκους, ἵν᾿ ἀναπείρω τὰς κίχλας, ‘hand me those skewers
to truss the fieldfares with.’ Here the direct object is
κέντρα, and the construction is the same as inf, 1397, στέρνα
Πολυνείκους Big διῆκε λόγχην. In later authors διαπείρειν
meant simply ‘to transfix, Like πειραίνω, Soph. Trach,

64 PHOENISSAE.

581, it is little used in the tragic age. Cf. Il. xvi. 404, ὁ δ᾽
ἔγχεϊ νύξε---διὰ δ᾽ αὐτοῦ πεῖρεν ὀδόντων, ‘made it pass through
his teeth.’ But the distich is suspected here, as being
probably an interpolation. Compare Soph. Oed. R. 1030
seqq.

30. ἡ δέ She, their mistress, the queen of Corinth,
and wife of Polybus, took the foundling as a foster-child,
suckled it herself, and persuaded Polybus that it was his
child, lit. ‘that she had given birth to it.’

31. Hesych. vdetro* ὑπεβάλλετο.

33. ἢ γνοὺς ἢ μαθών] He either became conscious,
from some instinctive feeling, or from her behaviour, or
else he learned from some private information, that she
was not really the mother. Going to Delphi for this reason
to inquire, he meets on the same road, and with a similar
mission in view, Laius, the king of Thebes, and kills him
in a quarrel which arose on the trivial question, which
should give the road to the other. See Soph. Oed. R.
805.

38. σχιστῆς ὁδοῦ] ‘The road from Daulis, to the
south-west, leads along a rugged valley to Delphi, and falls
in with another from Ambryssus on the south, at a point
half-way between the two. This place was called the
Schiste Hodos, or the Divided Way; the Triodos, or the
Triple Road. The rocky and uneven character of the soil
over which these roads pass renders it a matter of surprise
that they should have been traversed even by the light and
small cars, which served as conveyance to the ancient
Greeks. While we have a proof that this was the case, in
the fact that this route was no other than the Sacred Way,
—we have also an indication of its nature, and of the con-
sequent difficulties by which a journey on it was attended,
in the story of Oedipus, who encountered his father Laius
in the Triple Way, as he himself was’ coming from Delphi.
His unfortunate assault upon him was occasioned by the
narrowness of the road.’’ Wordsworth’s Greece, Ὁ. 238.
Cf. Soph. Oed. R. 733, σχιστὴ δ᾽ ὁδὸς és ταὐτὸ Δελφῶν κἀπὸ
Δαυλίας ἄγει.

41. εἷρπε] Oedipus, indignant at being ordered to
make room for τύραννοι, a class of potentates he did not
like, in the pride of his heart refuses to budge; accordingly
he gets his foot hurt by the horses driving over him, and
retaliates by killing the occupant of the car. He then turns
back to Corinth, giving up his intention of consulting the
oracle, and presents the car as a trophy of his prowess to
Polybus.

42. ἐξεφοίνισσον͵]! The meaning probably is, that the
blood was drawn from the heels that had been pierced in
infancy, v. 26.

NOTES. 65

43. τὰ ἐκτός] He may mean either ‘not to dwell on
the angry words that passed between them,’ or ‘not to
trace the event to the inherent curse of the family resulting
from the disobedience of Laius,’ v. 21.

45. ἐπεζάρει)ῦη The verb is a form of ér:Bapéw, ingra-
vesco, said to be Arcadian, like {épe@pov for βάραθρον. The
accusative depends on the ἐπὶ, in the sense of hostile
aggression.—ov« ἦν, i.e. after Laius had been killed by
Oedipus.

48. ὅστις μάθοι] qui intellexisset -- τῷ μαθόντι. ---ξυνάψειν,
i.e. δώσειν ἐμὲ γυναῖκα. The Greek law is alluded to, that
the male nearest of kin had the dispesal of the hand and
fortune of the woman.

50. τυγχάνει μαθών] ‘Sueceeds in interpreting,’ or
understanding. For αἴνιγμα there is a variant μούσας, ‘ the
riddle in verse.’ Cf. inf. 807, ἀμουσοτάταισι σὺν ᾧδαῖς.

60. This line, needless to the context, and anticipating
the calamity which afterwards befel Oedipus, is regarded by
Porson as spurious.

63. σκιάζεται] Cf. sup. 32, Aesch. Theb. 529, στείχει δ᾽
ἴουλος ἄρτι διὰ παρηΐδων.

64. τύχη] ‘That his unhappy fate might be forgotten
(lit. ‘become unremembered,’ or ‘pass away from me-
mory’), requiring as it did many devices (for concealing
11). Properly, duvnucrevros should have been used, as
ἀμνήμων is ‘ forgetful.’

66. πρὸς τῆς τύχης] “ Maddened by his fortune.’ It is
likely that the true reading here is πρὸς δὲ τὰς τροφὰς, ‘being
badly off in respect of his food.’ For on this turned the
quarrel with his sons. Cf. Aesch. Theb. 783, τέκνοισιν δ᾽
ἀρὰς ἐφῆκεν ἐπίκοτος τροφᾶς, and ib. 812, δισσὼ στρατηγὼ
διέλαχον σφυρηλάτῳ Σκύθῃ σιδήρῳ κτημάτων παμπησίαν. 866
inf. on 870.

714. ἀλλάσσοντα] ‘giving him in exchange for exile a
year of sovereignty.’—ézi ξυγοῖς, ‘on the high seat,’ a me-
taphor from a trixeme in which the πρῳρεὺς sits on a raised
bench and gives direction to the helmsman how to steer se
as to keep close to the wind; or perhaps, from the more
elevated position of the helmsman himself. It is called
θρῆνυς in Il. xv. 729. Cf. Agam. 1596, κρατούντων τῶν ἐπὶ
ζυγῷ δορός. Ib. 176, δαιμόνων---σέλμα σεμνὸν ἡμένων. Lu-
cian, Dial. Mort. 10, ἔμβαινε, καὶ τὴν προεδρίαν παρὰ τὸν
κυβερνήτην ἔχε Ep ὑψηλοῦ.
᾿ς 79. ἐπ᾽ αὐτὰ τείχη] close up to the very walls of this
city.

86. οὐκ ἐᾶν] for which we might expect μὴ ἐᾶν, may be
regarded 88 -- κωλύειν, though οὐ sometimes follows χρὴ by
a kind of attraction; cf. Hipp. 507. The sense is, ‘ You
ought to object to the continued prosperity of any one man.’

PHOE, 5

66 PHOENISSAE.

88. Jocasta having left the stage, an aged attendant
appears, who calls Antigone to ascend a stair to an ele-
vated platform above the proscenium. Such acting from
above is common to many scenes of tragedy and comedy.
We have a similar one in JI. iii. 161 seqq., where Helen ex-
plains to Priam on the city wall (153) the names of the
Grecian warriors in the field below. See also Orest. 1569.

90. διῆρε:] Hesych. ὑπερῴον, ἢ κλῖμαξ. In Ar. Ran.
566, ἐπὶ τὴν κατήλιφ᾽, in Soph. Frag. 148, διηλιφές. All
these are somewhat obscure terms for an ‘upper room,’
such as were generally, perhaps, used for the lodging of
slaves, the plan of the Greek house being mostly on the
ground-story alone. The word seems here to express the
division of upper from lower.

91. ἱκεσίαισι). Construe with ἐπεὶ μεθῆκε, ‘now that
she has allowed you at your earnest request.’ The per-
mission is not to leave the house, but only to go into the
uppermost or attic story, the most remote from the host
she is to view.

93. μή] ‘to see whether,’ &. Cf. Orest. 208. The
subjunctive following implies ‘caution lest,’ as if he had
said εὐλαβούμενος. For ψόγος it is likely that we should
read λόγος, these words being often interchanged. It 15
hard to explain φαῦλος ψόγος, which some interpret ‘small
blame,’ understanding μείζων with col δ᾽ ws ἀνάσσῃ. Ra-
ther, perhaps, ‘blame which matters little to a slave,’
φαῦλος ws δούλῳ.

96. ᾿Αργείων πάρα] The reason he gives for his minute
knowledge of the enemy is, his recent mission to propose
terms of truce. Cf. 1140.

100. κλίμακα] The ascent to the upper room, ὑπερῷον,
was by a rude stair or ladder. See Od. 1. 328—30, x. 558.

103. Antigone, preparing to mount, asks for a helping
hand to be held out to her from the ladder. It is clear
that the ascent is visible to the spectators; and the height
attained must have represented the upper part of the
palace.

106. τυγχάνει] “15 just on the move.’—IIe\acyixoy, i.e.
᾿Αργεῖον.

109. ‘Exdra}] She appears to be invoked as both the
sender and the ayerter of sudden and terrifying sights,
either by night or in the day, Jon 1048.

111. φαύλως] in an inferior or common way. Cf.
Rhes. 598, Tpoia μολόντα 'Ρῆσον οὐ φαύλῳ τρόπῳ. The ecn-
trary is τὸν μέγαν τρόπον, ‘in the grand style,’ Aesch. 76.
272.

114. The true reading of this line appears to be, dpa
πύλαις κλήθρων χαλκόδετ᾽ ἔμβολ᾽ ἐν x.7.d., ‘Are the brass-bound
bars for fastening the gates fitted in the stone-work of the

NOTES. 67

walls raised by Amphion?’ The μοχλὸς or bar seems
meant, which, both in Homeric fortresses and medieval
castles, was inserted in holes in each door-jamb when
drawn across the gate. (Possibly the βάλανος, or peg, is
meant, which was inserted to keep the bar fast in its socket,
Thue. ii. 4). Cf. 1413, σφονδύλοις ἐνήρμοσεν.

128. γίγαντι] In Aesch. Theb. 483 we read ᾽᾿Ἴππομέ-
Sovros σχῆμα καὶ μέγας τύπος, ‘the burly form’ of the man.
The device on his shield being an arrangement of stars, he
is said to ‘present a starry front in the patterns on his
shield.’ A similar star-device is described in Theb. 383.
See inf. 1115.

134. ἐν crépvos] ‘He has within his breast the war-
like spirit of his countrymen of Aetolia.’

135. οὗτος] ‘Is this,’ she asks, ‘the man that married
a bride who was own sister to the wife of Polynices?’
Tydeus had married Deipyle, the sister of Argeia, wife of
Polynices. See inf. 423.

137. μιξοβάρβαρο]͵ The half-civilized and warlike
Aetolians, Αἰτωλοὶ μενεχάρμαι, Il. ix. 525, were doubtless
held in awe after the signal defeat of the general Demos-
thenes about ten years previously, Thue. iil. 94 seqq. As
is usual with barbarous tribes, bright colours and fantastic
patterns were adopted in their dress and accoutrements.

142. τότε] ‘on that occasion,’ viz. mentioned sup. 97,
from which the next verse has been here needlessly repeated.
See inf. 1140.

146. ὄμμασι] This may mean aspect, ‘to look at’; or
ὄμμασι γοργὸς εἰσιδεῖν may be construed, ‘terrible to look at
from his keen flashing eyes,’ as a contrast with the girlish
locks,—for Parthenopaeus was noted for his beauty, βλάσ-
τημα καλλίπρῳρον, Aesch. Theb. 528, where also his mother
is called ὀρεσκόος, the mountain-maid, viz. ranging the hills
of Arcady.

148. ὡς κιτ.λ.] She infers that he was a leader or
chief, from the number of followers attending him.

152. Artemis is invoked against the enemy both as the
protectress of virgins from captivity, and the associate of
Atalanta as she ‘hies over the hills’ in the chase. The old
man shares in the wish, but feels that justice is on the side
of the invaders. Cf. 258.

160. Adrastus, though he figures in Eur. Suppl. as the
leader of the second Argive expedition, is not usually in-
cluded in the number of the seven chiefs, but Eteocles is
substituted for him.

162. é&yxacuéva] The sense is, ‘I see indistinctly an
object that looks like his form and his (burly) chest.’ As
in Aesch. Ag. 1215, the word is contrasted with σαφῆ or
ἀληθῆ.

53

08 PHOENISSAE.

166. éuoyevéropa] She wishes she could fly through
the air and embrace her dear exiled brother.

169. The word δέμας inserted after φλεγέθων would
complete a dochmiac verse.

171. τίς κυρεῖ] Supply ὦν. The best copies have πόθεν
κυρεῖ. Perhaps there were variants εἰπὲ τίς, and τίς πόθεν,
k.T.A\.—Aevkor, either because he had white steeds, or be-
cause he bore no device on his shield, inf. 1112. Aesch.
Theb. 587.—BeBws, i.e. ἐμβεβὼς, cf. sup. 2. ἁ Λατοῦς is Dr
Badham’s correction of ἀελίου. ‘The invocation of the moon
is somewhat unusual; compare that of Heeate sup. 108,
and of Nemesis inf. 182.

178. μεταφέρων] Transferring or changing the goad
from one horse to the other. The σωφροσύνη of the man is
indicated by his gentle and judicious driving. To complete
the dochmiac, δρόμον perhaps followed ἰθύνει.

181. ἐκεῖνος) ‘Yonder he is, calculating the distance
of the ascent to the towers by counting the courses in the
walls both from top to bottom, and again from bottom
to top.’ Cf. Thue, 111. 20, κλίμακας ἐποιήσαντο ἴσας τῷ τείχει
τῶν πολεμίων, ξυνεμετρήσαντο δὲ ταῖς ἐπιβολαῖς τῶν πλίνθων---
πολλάκις ἀριθμοῦντες. See also inf, 1173.

184. σύ ro, «.7.d.] “Tis thou that dost silence the
haughty boast of those who think themselves more than
men.’ These words are prophetic of his fate; ef. inf.
1181.

186. Muxnynicw] ‘to the women of Mycenae,’ i.e. Argos,
to become their handmaids. The next lines are in some
way corrupt. Some verb is wanting to express ‘boasts
that he will give.’ Perhaps, Aepvaia κόρας τε δώσειν τριαίνᾳ
ΠΠοσιδωνίοις τ᾽ Au. 05.6. περιβαλὼν Bod, ‘Who loudly exclaims
he will give as captives by the spear the Theban girls to
the women of Mycenae, to the marsh-land of Lerna, and to
the waters of Amymone sacred to Poseidon, by throwing
round them a net of slavery.’ By τριαίνᾳ a local symbol is
meant, mentioned also in Aesch. Suppl. 214, connected
perhaps with the retirement of the sea from the marshy
flats. For the form Iloc:éwvios, which the metre seems to
require, see Od. vi. 266, καλὸν Ilootdqov duis. The legend
was, that the sea-god, enamoured of one of the daughters
of Danaus, sent up a spring in the πολυδίψιον "Apyos.

190. Hither τάνδε γ᾽ should here be read, or ὦ πότνι᾽
"Apteu, for the sake of the metre.

196. ὄχλος γάρ. Seeing the chorus of Phoenician
maidens enter the orchestra tv commence the parodos, as
if to have an interview with the king, the old man warns
Antigone to retire, lest her presence in public should give
scandal to censorious persons of her own sex. By the word
ὄχλος, ‘a troop of women,’ we may perhaps infer that (as in

NOTES. 69

the Seven against Thebes) the chorus enter σποράδην, with-
out order, and in alarm.

' 100. rapayuds] When the alarm or turmoil of war
entered the city, the maidens, as new comers from the
mother-country to engage in the service of Apollo at Delphi,
had resolved to appeal for protection to Polynices.

201. ἀλλήλας] ‘Of each other,’ the reading of Stobaeus,
and many MSS., seems better than ἀλλήλαις.

202. We learn from 280—7 the circumstances under
which the chorus now come forward. The descendants
of Agenor, the ruling family at Tyre, had sent as a tribute
to the Pythian shrine a number of young virgins, selected
for their beauty, and to be gazed at like golden statues
(220), in the religious services of the temple. During their
temporary residence in Thebes, and before they could reach
their destination, the war had broken out, and thus they
have incurred the dangers of the siege in common with the
rest of the citizens. These points form the general burden
of the song. The metre is glyconic, passing into trochaic,
The Hegemon or leader speaks on the part of the company.

204. νάσου] viz. Tyros. Cf. v. 6, ἐκλιπὼν Φυίνισσαν
ἐναλίαν χθόνα.

207. κατενάσθη] ‘Where he (Phoebus) has his home

under the snow-beaten cliffs of Parnassus.’ The old read-
ing, κατενάσθην, was corrected by Hermann. This would
properly mean ‘where I was made to dwell,’ a sentiment
unsuited to an event as yet only prospective. In Aesch.
Eum. 889, κατανασσαμένη is used transitively, ‘ having
made to dwell.’ Nauck retains κατενάσθην, assuming it to
signify ‘whither J was sent to make it my home.’ In 7].
xvi. 86, ἂψ ἀπονάσσειν is ‘to restore,’ ‘bring back home,’
and νάσσαι for κτίσαι occurs in the Odyssey.
208. ᾿Ιόνιον πόντον must here mean the sea off the
Tonian coast, and not, as in Aesch. Prom. 859, the Hadri-
atic.—éhdre, ‘rowed in a Phoenician galley,’ because the
west wind, blowing from Sicily, would have been adverse to
them coming from the Levant. By περίρρυτα πεδία Σικελίας
the sea round Sicily seems meant, called ‘barren,’ like the
Homeric ἁλὸς ἀτρυγέτοιο, in contrast with the fertile corn-
bearing plains of the island itself.

214. As strophe and antistrophe, with rare exceptions,
commence with a new sentence, it is likely we should here
read πόλεος ἐκ δὲ κριθεῖσ᾽ ἐμᾶς, omitting the δὲ after Καδμείων.

915. As καλλιστεῖα are ‘prizes of beauty,’ so καλλισ-
τεύματα are ‘beauty-offerings;’ cf. Med. 947, dap ἃ καλλισ-
τεύεται τῶν νῦν.

217. ᾿Αγηνοριδᾶνἢῇ To take this in apposition with
Καδμείων is simple, but rather tame. With the scholiast,
we may construe ἐπὶ Aatov πύργους ὁμογενεῖς 'Ay., the sense

τ PHOENISSAE.

being that she was sent to a city the founders of which
were kinsmen and ancestors. Cf. 292.

220. ἴσα] Cf. Orest. 882, τὸν δ᾽ Wor ἀδελῴὸν ἴσα φίλῳ
λυπούμενον. Perhaps there is an allusion to such mythical
figures as the golden automata in the palace of Aicinéus,
Od. vii. 100.

221. γενόμαν] She became, or had become, a servant
of the god by the selection that had already been made,
though the formal consecration was yet pending. ‘As yet
the water of Castaly awaits me, to wet the maiden luxuri-
ance of my hair for the service of Phoebus.’

226. λάμπουσα! ‘That dost light up.’ So in the
passive the peaks of Parnassus are καταλαμπόμεναι, Ion 87.
It was a popular notion that one, if not both, the peaks of
Parnassus (see an engraving of them in p. 249 of Words-
worth’s Greece) were lighted by some supernatural glim-
mer, the worship of the sun-god and the star-god, Apollo
and Dionysus, naturally suggesting their bodily presence
on the sacred inaccessible summits. As in Jon 1126 they
are called δισσαὶ Διονύσον πέτραι, so here they are called
ἄκραι βακχεῖαι duxdpvpa. The MS. reading δικόρυφον was
corrected by Kirchhoff.

230. στάξει] Ripe grapes are represented as bursting
and dropping with juice. So Aesch. Suppl. 978, καρπώματα
στάζοντα κηρύσσει Κύπρις. As οἴνη is the vine, Hesych. 7
ἄμπελος, 80 οἰνάνθη is the vine-shoot, palmes, or perhaps the
flower, gemma, Hesych. ἡ ἔκφυσις τῆς ἀμπέλου.

232. δράκοντος) In the side of Parnassus a cave was
shown where the great serpent, the Python, killed by
Apollo, was said to have dwelt, and the σκοπιὰ, or rocky
point from which he stood on the watch to shoot it. Some
regard it as a solar myth, like the slaying of the Hydra by
the sun-god Hercules. The event is represented in one of
Turner’s great pictures. See Cox, Aryan Mythol. ii. p. 24.

235—6. This passage seems corrupt. It is not clear
who the ‘immortal goddess’ can be; at least, it seems
strange that the chorus should wish to serve Artemis at
the altars (cells or chapels) of Phoebus. Still, there may
have been a joint worship of the brother and sister even
in the same Delphic temple. Otherwise, we might read
εἱλίσσουσ᾽ ἀθανάτους θεοῦ χοροὺς, κιτιλ. Such a phrase as
γενέσθαι εἱλίσσων χορὸς, to become a dancer in a reel, is
certainly somewhat strange.

241. φλέγει, like λάμπει (226), is transitive. The
notion is, inflaming the city with a desire for mutual
slaughter. The poets often vary these phrases, e.g. ἔκειρε
πολύκερων φόνον, Aj. 55.

243. The proverb κοινὰ τὰ τῶν φίλων is alluded to.

248. ’Iofs] Both Phoenicians and Thebans have a

NOTES. 71

common descent from Io. See the mythical pedigree in
~“Aesch. Suppl. 308 seqq.—dy, x.7.. ‘in whose troubles [
have a part,’ i.e. if Thebes suffers, Tyrians sympathise.

252. σχῆμα! Perhaps σῆμα (Schol. σημεῖον). ‘A
dense covering of shields that broods like a mist on the
city sets up the form of a gory fight, the issue of which the
war-god shall soon know to his cost,’ i.e. by a signal defeat,
‘if he brings (dares to bring) mischief on the sons of
Gedipus.’ This fermula, like τάχα γνώσει, is often used to
convey a threat. Lucian Dial. Mort. 16, εἰ μὴ παύσει σκώπ-
των ἐς ἐμὲ, εἴσῃ αὐτίκα οἵου θεοῦ εἴδωλόν εἰμι.

258. ἀδικον] Cf. 154. The chorus wish for evil on
the invaders, but they fear the result, because heaven may
assist those who are strong, and have justice on their side,
viz. the party of Eteocles.

261. Polynices, who has been invited by his mother
{v. 81) to a conference for settling the dispute by compro-
mise, advances on the stage with a drawn sword. He is
eautious however, an@ full of suspicion lest some plot should
have been laid for his destruction. Seeing an altar at hand,
he decides that he will take asylum in case of an attack.

262. δὲ εὐπετείας, εὐπετῶς, so as te present an obstacle
te my ingress. ‘For this very reason,’ he adds, ‘it is that
I fear lest, when once they have got me in their toils, they
will not let me out again without a wound.’ For ὃ καὶ, cf.
Hee. 18.---ἐκφρῶσ᾽, an anomalous aorist; Photius: οὐκ ἐκ-
ppaicw οὐκ ἐξαφῶσι. Σοφοκλῆς. On the forms of this word
and its compounds see Cobet, Var. Lect.p.576. A variant
οὐ μεθῶσ᾽ was introduced, according to the schol., by those
whe objected to an unfamiliar Attic form.

265. διοιστέον, διαφέρειν δεῖ. So διαφέρειν κηρύγματα, to
carry messages hither and thither, Suppl. 382.

276. τολμῶσι] ‘To persons making a beld venture,’
‘to venturers.’ Some noise is heard, and he starts, but
recovers his self-possession.

273. ἥτις, quae méthi persuaserit. It is not clear
whether he means this was the cause of his trust or his
distrust, or whether the emphasis is on ἔπεισε or ὑπόσπονδον.
He is wary, and thinks even his mother may be acting
treacherously, if she favours the other’s claims.

282. ἀκροθίνιον! ΤΠ6 term used may imply that the
maidens had been taken captive in some war: or it may be
that a thank-offering for a victory is meant. Cf. 215.

283. πέμπειν] ‘to forward me on my way to Delphi,’
or perhaps, ‘to escort me thither.’ This is a nominativus
pendens,=érel δ᾽ ἤμελλε. The poet intended to add ἐκωλύθη.

294. τὸν οἴκοθεν νόμον] The poet seems to have thought
the prostrate attitude, which the Greeks considered servile,
was common to all eastern races,

72 PHOENISSAE.

301. Jocasta, in a long and rather difficult monody,

-which seems uttered under much emotion, appeals to her
son to reflect on the family troubles, and remove them by
his efforts for a reconciliation.—Body, ‘a call,’ ‘a sum-
mons’; usually, a ery for aid. Here v. 297 is referred to;
Greek as the words are, they are poetically supposed to
represent the language of a common race. Compare Aesch.
Suppl. 121, καρβᾶν αὐδὰν δ᾽ εὖ γᾷ κοννεῖς.
ι 800. For μαστὸν ὠλέναις he should have said μαστῷ
«ὠλένας. But verbs of this kind generally admit of the
double construction, τὲ τινὲ or τινά rin. ‘Embrace with
your arms your mother’s waist, reach hither your cheek,
and the dark locks of your clustering hair.’

309. The antistrophic verse (316) suggests that we
should here read χαίτας πλόκον, συσκιάζων δέραν τὰν ἐμάν.
Cf. v. 63.

511. φανεὶς ἀελπτα] Compare πέφευγα φροῦδα, Orest.
1369—73, σκότια κρύπτεται, inf. 336.

914, πολυέλικτον, Which adheres as an epithet to ἡδονὰν,
a kind of cognate accusative, should rather have been πο-
λυέλικτος περιχορεύουσα. With χερσὶ καὶ λόγοισε WE May
mentally supply ἀσπαζομένη. The general idea seems to
be πῶς πάντα δρώσα, καὶ xepal Kal λόγοις Kal χορείαις, τέρψιν
λάβω χαρμονᾶῶν ;---ΒῸΥ ἁπανταχοῦ the MSS. have ἅπαντα.

810. λώβᾳ] ‘through the wrong done to you by your
brother.’

322. ὅθεν κιτ.λ.}] ‘For which reasons it is that I eut
off my grey hair which with tears I let fall in mourning for
thee, my son, not elad in robes of white, but taking in
place of them these gloomy and sable tatters to put round
me.’ Thus the Fury says in Aesch. Hum. 332, παλλεύκων
πέπλων δ᾽ ἄμοιρος ἄκληρος ἐτύχθην.

329. The pair of brothers, par nobile fratrum, are com-
pared to a mule-ear, from which the animals of equal size
and colour have been unyoked. Aesch. Cho. 663, ὥσπερ
δεῦρ᾽ ἀπεΐύγην πόδας. Oedipus, retaining ever a tearful
affection for his sons, and mindful of their different for-
tunes, attempted suicide both by the sword and the noose,
and with loud eries of wailing, on being prevented, hides
himself in darkness.—dugiddxpuros, like ἀμφινεικὴς, ἀμφί-
λεκτος, refers to the grief felt for two, and on different
grounds, one as an exile, the other as a usurper.

339. ξένοισι»ν)] The pride of caste makes Jocasta view
with suspicion and dislike the foreign alliance which
Polynices had contracted with the daughter of Adrastus,
and which she ealls ἄλαστα, ‘ever to be regretted,’ and
ἐπακτὸς ἄτη, a calamity brought on the family from without.

347. Perhaps Ἰσμηνοῦ ἐκηδεύθης, ‘You were betrothed
(wedded) without the nuptial rites of the genial bath from

NOTES. 73

Ismenus,’ the loeal river which, as κουροτρόφος, supplied
the water for the ceremony. Cf. 222.

349. coda, the reading of the best MS., others giving
ἔσοδον, is an instance of schema Pindaricum, i.e. a verb
in the singular preceding a maseuline or feminine noun in
the plural. So Aesch. Pers. 49, στεῦται δ᾽ ἱεροῦ Tuwdcv
πελάται κιτιλ. The idiom is not very uncommon in tra-
gedy; see Ion 1146.

350. ὄλοιτο τάδ᾽] ‘ Perish these miserable family fends,
whether arising from a fight or a disagreement, from a
father’s curse or from the heaven-sent spirit of dissension
that revels in the house of Oedipus.” The metaphor is
from a band of youths making their nightly visits to houses.
Aesch, Ag. 1160, κῶμος ἐν δόμοις μένει δύσπεμπτος ἔξω συγ-
γόνων ᾿Ερινύων.

357. Polynices, in a sensible and manly speech, ex-
euses himself for appearing in arms before his mother, and
also for the ill omen of a tearful greeting. The sight of
his mother in mourning moves him, and draws forth an
expression of remorse on account of his aged father and his
two sisters,

ib. φρονῶν κοὐ φρονῶν] A favourite antithesis with
Euripides with such words as θέλων, θανὼν, ἑκὼν, Ke. He
has at once good intentions in coming, viz. with the hope
of some amicable settlement, and is at the same time un-
wise in trusting himself within the ramparts of an enemy
and a rival,

360. ἐκεῖσε] turned in some other direction, θάτέρᾳ
γοῦν ἔχων, Soph. Traeh. 272, inf. 1418.

364. κυκλῶν] ‘turning to and fro,’ moving the face on
the axis of the neck, Soph. Ant. 226, κυκλῶν ἐμαυτὸν εἰς
ἀναστροφήν. μ

365. ἢ μ' εἰσήγαγεῖ See v. 273. Aristophanes, in the
Greek ὑπόθεσις, wrongly says ὑπόσπονδος Iodvveixns οὐδενὸς
ἕνεκα παραγίνεται. The plot turns mainly on the failure of
the attempted reconciliation of which the entrance of
Polynices is a necessary part. Moreover, he had been
specially invited by his mother, sup. 81.

367. χρόνιος ἰδών] ‘Because it is so long since I have
seen my home,’ &c.

370. δὶ ὄσσων] Tears are said ῥεῖν δ᾽ ὀμμάτων as if
they burst forth through the eyes, not merely fall from
them. See Aesch. Cho. 178.

372. This verse is thought to have been interpolated
from a similar one in Alc. 427. In itself however it is
unobjectionable, ἄλγος being in apposition to the sentence.

376. τί yap x.7.d.] (‘Besides, I am troubled about
other members of my family); for what is my aged father
doing in his blindness?’ Cf. 327. :

74 PHOENISSAE.

381. φῦναι] There is a change of subject, ‘and that
you were born.’ We might read φῦσαι. So Soph. Trach.
31, κἀφύσαμεν δὴ παῖδας.

383. The proper syntax would have been, ὅπως δὲ
ἔρωμαι ἃ χρήζω, οὐκ οἶδα" δέδοικα yap μὴ δάκω κιτιλ. This is
confounded with δέδοικα ὅπως ἔρωμαι, as Hipp. 518, δέδοιχ᾽
ὕπως μοι μὴ λίαν φανῇς σοφή. The question, which Jocasta
hesitates to put, is one that bears closely on Greek preju-
dices respecting caste and exclusive citizenship.

389. ἔργῳ κιτ.λ.}] ‘Bad as it is to speak of, it is even
worse to endure,’

390. τίς ὁ τρόπο] ‘What bearing has it on life?’
‘What is the way or manner in which its hardship is felt?’

393. This verse seems to vontinue the subject of free-
dom of speech; a person who has lost that privilege, and is
not a free citizen, must bear with the follies of rulers, i.e.
he can not protest against them. By inserting re after
κρατούντων, this would make a second evil, answering to ἕν
μὲν μέγιστον. It has been thought that these lines have a
political allusion to the return of Alcibiades from exile,
B.C. 407, in which case the ἀμαθίαι κρατούντων will refer to
the governments of the oligarchical party. The οἱ μὴ
σοφοὶ in the next verse are probably the opposite party of
Cleophon, called in Orest. 770 κακουργοὶ προστάται.

395. és τὸ Képdes] ‘Yet, with a view to gain, one should
bear slavery to which one is naturally averse.’ Compare
εἰς TO κάλλος, Or. 1287. Jocasta proceeds to inquire if a
hope (vain as she thinks it) of his return did not support
him in his exile.

398. διεσάφησ] The aorist seems here not gnomic, but
historic, and to apply to the hopes of Polynices in parti-
cular, though his reply continues the general sentiment.
‘It (hope) brings a certain charm to misfortunes.’ The
transitive form of the verb should rather be διασαφίζειν,
according to analogy. But σαφηνεῖν is a probable reading
in Aesch. Cho. 189, and Plato uses διασαφεῖν.

401. οὐκ εἶχον dv] ‘May be, I had it not.’ The exiled
king, with a view to tragic pathos, is represented as having
been almost destitute.

403. εὖ πρᾶσσε] Supply, καὶ ἕξεις φίλους. ‘Donec 6115
felix, multos numerabis amicos.’ Theognis 209, οὐδείς τοι
φεύγοντι φίλος καὶ πιστὸς ἑταῖρος.

408. πῶ] ‘How was it that you came to Argos?’
The question is answered by an account of his marriage
with the daughter of Adrastus in consequence of an oracle,
See Suppl. 135—40, κάπρῳ με δοῦναι καὶ λέοντι παῖδ᾽ ἐμώ.

415. παραστάδα:] The portico or vestibule, properly,
the pilasters flanking the entrance of a house or temple,
See Andr, 1121,

NOTES. 75

417. ἣν ταῦταῇρ ‘That was it,’ i.e. it was as an exile,
The meaning is shown by ἄλλος φυγάς. Cobet, Var. Lect.
p- 571, reads xdr ἐπῆλθεν. But this seems quite unneces-
sary.

421. στρωμνῆς és ἀλκήν] ‘To a fight about a bed.’
Suppl. 145—6, ἢ τοῖσδ᾽ ἔδωκας θηρσὶν ws κόρας σέθεν; AA.
μάχην γε δισσοῖν κνωδάλοιν ἀπεικάσας.

423. δύο δυοῖν] See on v. 136.

424, dp εὐτυχεῖ] She asks if the result of the marri-
age, viz. the present invasion of his country, is a happy
one. He evades or misunderstands the question, and
replies that so far he has no reason to be dissatisfied with it.

428, ovyyauos] ‘A sharer in the same marriage,’ 1.6.
marrying a sister. Perhaps ἐμοὶ should be read for éuos.—
κατάξειν, cf. Aesch. Theb. 644, κατάξω δ᾽ ἄνδρα τόνδε καὶ
πόλιν ἕξει πατρῴαν.

439. τὰ χρήματα] ‘It is their wealth that is held in
greatest esteem by men.’ ‘The next line, in which ἀνθρώ-
mots is repeated, is perhaps a later addition.

446. Eteocles, although a usurper of his brother’s
rights, professes a respect for his mother’s request, and
a willingness to hear the terms of a fair arbitration. He
begins by saying that it was to oblige her, not his brother,
that he came to the conference. Hence coi is not enclitic,
but emphatic.

448,9. This passage seems corrupt. Neither the
meaning of ξυνωρίδες λόχων nor the syntax of πόλιν is in-
telligible. There would seem to have been something lost,
and ξυνωρίδας δ᾽ ὄχων, ‘two-horsed cars,’ may have ended
one verse.

452. τὸ ταχύ] precipitate action. This remark is di-
rected at his hasty entrance, his scared look, and his rapid
pronunciation.

454, σχάσον] ‘check,’ ‘restrain,’ that threatening look
and that panting caused by rage. Cf. inf. 960. Hesych,
σχάσον" ἄφελκε, κατάπαυσον.

456. εἰσορᾷς] The repetition of this word indicates
some corruption. Perhaps εἰς δίκας ἥκοντα, or ἀρτίως. The
meaning is, ‘ You will not be turned into stone by looking
your brother in the face.’

457. σύ 7 αὖ] Jocasta strives to mediate between the
two. Polynices, on his brother’s entrance, had turned his
back to him. The stage-effect is a fine and effective one.

461. ὅταν κιτ.λ.}] ‘When one relation who has quar-
relled with another looks him in the face, he ought only to
consider the purpose for which he has come, and he should
not bear in mind any of the by-gone wrongs.’ He should
view the proposition before him without prejudice, and
decide on its merits alone.

76 PHOENISSAE.

. 469. Ina pair of rhetorical speeches of equal. length
cach of the: brothers sets forth his plea. In her address
(which has precisely twice the number of verses) .Jocasta
sums up the claims, and points out the misery that will be
inflicted by a continuance of the dispute. The whole pas-
sage, to 585, is extremely fine. It has a considerable re-
semblance to the pair of speeches made by Tyndareus and
Orestes (Or. 491 seqq.) addressed to Menelaus, each of fifty
verses.

470. δεῖ seems here used for δεῖται, ‘justice does not
need cunning interpretations, for it has in itself a fitness
that requires no sophistry. No! it is the unjust claim
which, being weak in itself, stands in need of clever treat-
ment.’ So μέλειν and μέλεσθαι are occasionally inter-
changed. The proper use of δεῖν is πολλοῦ δέω, or δεῖ jot
τοῦδε, the personal expressing deficiency, the impersonal
need. Yet in Jl. xviii. 100 we have ἐμεῖο δὲ δῆσεν (ἐδέησεν)
ἀρῆς ἀλκτῆρα γενέσθαι.

47... éxgvyetv] He thought, or pretended to think,
that the curse of Oedipus, viz. that the sons should divide
his inheritance by the sword, might be avoided by his
voluntarily retiring, and proposing an alternate year to
Eteocles.

476. This verse seems to be interpolated. By omitting
it, the speech of each brother extends exactly to twenty-seven
lines. The syntax is, ‘desiring to avoid the ban by allow-
ing my brother to rule, on condition of my again resuming
the sovereignty in turn.’

495. καὶ σοφοῖς κιτ.λ] ‘What both learned and un-
learned call just, as it seems to me.’

500. ἀμῴφίλεκτος] argued on two sides, or by two par-
ties; so ἀμφινεικὴς, contended for by two. See Aesch. Ay.
854, 1563.

502. τὸ δ᾽ ἔργον] Men talk about fairness and equality,
but seldom carry it out in practice, i.e. all men are πλεο-
νέκται at heart.

504.. It is not easy to explain the double genitive,
dorpwv—irlov. Perhaps, ἡλίου τ᾽ és ἀντολὰς, the word ἐπι-
τολὰς (inf. 1116) being implied with ἄστρων.

508. παρεῖναι] (aor. of παρίημι) ‘to give up to,’ ‘make
over to another.’ Aesch. Ag. 916, κράτος μέντοι πάρες γ᾽
ἑκὼν ἐμοί. So inf, 514, 523,

512. ἃ χρήζει)] The more usual syntax is ὧν, but ef.
Aesch. Cho. 698, τυγχάνειν τὰ πρόσφορα.---ταῖς γὰρ ἂν, a
very rare use of the ὧν interposed between article and noun,
a metrical license, perhaps, though we have even in Thue.
vi. 64, τοὺς yap ἂν ψιλοὺς τοὺς σφῶν---τοὺς ἱππέας βλάπτειν
ἂν μεγάλα.

516. ἐξαιρεῖ] conficit. ‘A conference can settle any-

NOTES. 77

thing that might require even the sword of the enemy to
effect.’ After οὐχ ὅπλοισι Supply ἀλλὰ λόγῳ.

518. ἄλλως] ‘on any other terms.’—éxeivo, Viz. τὸ τυ-
pavveve. Porson reads ἐκείνου, which is much more usual
with the middle. See Alcest. 1111.

526. μὴ ἐπὶ κιτ.λ.1 ‘when the deeds one speaks about
are not good,’ or ‘except when they are good,’ ἐὰν μὴ καλὰ
ἢ τὰ ἔργα. Here καλοῖς, of course, is a predicate.

527. πικρόν] It is displeasing to justice (in the abstract)
to make a clever defence of a bad cause.

529. ἡ ἐμπειρία] There are some evils in old age, but
there is this good: its experience enables it to speak words
of wisdom which the young cannot attain to. One of these
wise sayings is, that ambition is the cause of injustice, ruin,
and misery, while the law of fairness and equality is alike
the rule of nature and the basis of all political prosperity.
In this very interesting speech. we have an exposition of the
poet’s political principles, as in Jon 585 seqq., the moderate
views of a republican who is no violent democrat.

534. ἐξῆλθε κἀξῆλθε] These words express the visits
made by the demon Ambition to houses and states. The
‘coing out’ is a correlative to the coming in; for she is off
to bring evil on some other votary.

538. νόμιμον] The normal or legal condition of every
state is, that every one should have his fair share in pro-
portion to his position. A citizen who believes he has too
little becomes hostile to him who seems to have too much.
The ‘strikes’ of our own time illustrate the truth of the
remark. Aristotle's exposition of τὸ ἔσον in Ethics y. shews
its vast social importance.

541. μέρη σταθμῶν] Both measures and the parts or
subdivisions of weights (so many ounces to a pound, ἄς.)
were determined by the law of equality, e.g. that one pound
should be equal to twelve (or more) ounces. Day and
night, adds the poet, divide the year equally between them-
selves; they do not quarrel about their rights being ex-
ceeded. But they were made for man, and for his service:
shall man not take an example from nature?

549. εὐδαίμονα] This isa fine expression. Sovereignty
is an injustice, but is supposed to make the holder of it
happy for all that. This subject is discussed at length in
the Gorgias of Plato.

551. περιβλέπεσθαῇ ‘To be gazed upon by all around
as a man of high dignity.’

553. ὄνομα μόνον] The term ‘more’ is relative; it has
no absolute meaning; A had ‘more’ than B, but C had
more still, and so on to the end of the alphabet.

556. The well-known verse of Lucretius, iii. 971, ‘ Vi-
taque mancipio nulli datur, omnibus usu,’ illustrates this

78 PHOENISSAE.,

fine sentiment, that all our worldly wealth is at best a loan
from the gods.—avra, haec ipsa.

559. δύο λόγω] Two terms or conditions to choose
from. The choice of the latter, she says, will bring about
a result directly contrary to the former.

567. ov] viz. γενήσει, or dfs τοῖς πολίταις. But this
distich is suspected to be spurious. ‘

569. ἀνήψατο] Adrastus conferred (lit. fastened) on
you an unwise favour, viz. in giving you his daughter in
marriage, by which he incurred the obligation of joining
you in invading Thebes. ‘The metaphor is from a ship’s
cable: see Med. 770.

574. πῶς] By what form, or words of dedication, will
you inscribe the arms in the temple of Hera on the bank of
the Inachus? Compare Troad. 1188, τί καί ποτε γράψειεν
ἀν σε μουσοποιὸς ἐν τάφῳ;

577. ὑπὸ] as if ἐπαινεῖσθαι had been used,

582. σπεύδει] You are doing all you can to bring
about two calamities,—the losing your influence at Argos,
and the failing in getting Thebes.—év μέσῳ τῶνδε, 1. 6. mid-
way between the two, or between that and this. See on
Hec. 437. Thus the phrase means, ‘while yet short of
this:’ ‘to lose one (the favour of Adrastus), and to fail in
attaining the other (possession of Thebes).’

584. ἀμαθίαι δυοῖν] She alludes to 569, 70.

588. Cobet, Var. Lect. p. 588, observing that the old
Attic form was ἀναλόω, not dvadioxw, would here read dva-
λοῦται in the present tense.

595. ἀποίσεται] See inf. 1161.

596. Porson, after Musgrave, reads βεβηκώς, but Schol.
ἐγγὺς καὶ ἔμπροσθεν ἵστασαι.

600. κομπός] ‘a boaster.’ In this sense, the accent is
on the last. Hesych, κομποῖς, ὑπερηφάνοις.

602. οὐκ x.7..] ‘There is nothing to demand back,’
which implies a right that I deny. He means, οὐδὲν ἔχομεν
ὃ δεῖ ἀποδοῦναι. Eteocles, throughout the dialogue follow-
ing, is overbearing, and meets the claims of justice by
taunts and recriminations. The poet is fond of represent-
ing in an odious light the character of a rvpavvos,—the man
in power, to whom might is right.

607. ἐξελῶν] To eject others, viz. myself, from their
rights.

608. Muxivas] He taunts him with having transferred
his allegiance to Argos and its ruler. Cf. 613, where Λέρνης
ὕδωρ is contrasted with Δίρκης.

614. σὲ δ᾽ αἰνῶ] ‘Yet all praise to you, mother,’ who
desired to reconcile us. Cf. Bacch. 10.

618. χαρτά] ‘ Why certainly, your treatment of me is
something to rejoice at’ (ironically). Soph, Εἰ, 1457, xai-

NOTES. 79

pots ay, εἴ σοι χαρτὰ τυγχάνοι τάδε. Trach. 227, χαίρειν δὲ τὸν
κήρυκα προυννέπω, χρόνῳ πολλῷ φανέντα, χαρτὸν εἴ τι καὶ φέρεις.

624. ἐρρέτω] See a similar sentiment in Aesch. Theb. 687.

625. ἀργήσει) The position of the article shows that
αἱματηρὸν is a predicate, and the meaning seems to be οὐκ
ἀργὸν ἔσται αἵματος, ‘shall not be without deeds of blood.’
Soph. Phil. 556, ἔργα δρώμεν᾽, οὐκέτ᾽ ἐξαργούμενα. Inf. 753,
aN εἶμ᾽, ὅπως ἂν μὴ καταργῶμεν χέρα. ---ὡς, referring not to
ἐρρέτω, but to αὐτὸ σημανεῖ.

628. Good MSS. give μολὼν for γεγὼς, ‘as if I had
come here a slave, and not a just claimant to the throne.’

636. For the play on the name Πολυνείκης see also inf,
1494, Aesch. Theb. 574, 826, and for θείᾳ προνοίᾳ, Agam.
667, where the name of Helen is said to have been given
προνοίαισι Τοῦ πεπρωμένου.

638. The following ode, chiefly in trochaic verse, bears
rather on the legends of the foundation of Thebes than on
the causes or the merits of the war. The Epode (676) con-
tains a prayer to the local gods to bring aid to the country
in its present distress.

640. dédduaros] The MSS. give ἀδάμαστον. Some epi-
thet seems required with πέσημα, and perhaps the sense
intended may be the same, the epithet really referring to
the animal rather than to the act.

641. dice] The heifer, untamed to the yoke, ‘flung a
fall,’ or suddenly fell as of its own accord, giving effect to
an oracle on the very spot where it had told Cadmus to
colonize the wheat-bearing plains of the Aonians, where the
spring of water, the source of a fair stream, from the gushing
Dirce wanders over the verdure-clad deep-soiled corn-fields.
The name Cadmus is said to signify ‘Eastern,’ and the
legend of the Cow seems, like the story of Io, to be con-
nected with that widely-prevalent symbol of both Aryan
and Semitic peoples, of whom Thebes was (as it were) the
half-way home, or point of junction, in Greek tradition,

644. ᾿Αόνων for δύμων, Valckenaer, and ἔχρη for ἔχρησε,
Kirchheff,

648. ἔνθα] In Bacch. 519 it is said that Dirce received .
in its fountain the infant Dionysus when snatched from the
burning body of his mother. Like Thetis receiving the god in
her lap, Il. vi. 136, the legend may perhaps be symbolical
of tempering strong wine with the admixture of water: for
there were no dram-drinkers in those happy days.

654. νωτίζειν, elsewhere ‘to turn the back in flight,’
and ‘to cross the back of the sea,’ Aesch. Ag. 277, here and
in Herc. Fur. 362 means ‘to clothe the back.’ The god,
when born, was concealed in ivy that he might not perish
with his mother. Donaldson, New Cratylus, § 318, thinks
this passage contains an allusion to the name Διθύραμβος,

80 PHOENISSAE.

from a root θυρ or Opt, found in θρῖον, θύρσος, θρίαμβος.----
χόρευμα, in apposition to the sentence, ‘an ornament (cos-
tume, or perhaps, a subject of song) in the Bacchic dance
for Theban maidens and married women, votaries of the god.’

657. ἔνθα] Repeated from 648; ‘there too was the
gory dragon, sacred to Ares, the savage guardian of the
spring, watching with restless glarings of its eyes both the
water of the fount and the verdant streamlets from it.’

662. ἐπὶ χέρνιβα] Cadmus on going to the spring to
fetch water for the sacrifice of the heifer, found it infested
by a snake, which he killed with a stone, and sowed the
teeth, from which a crop of armed heroes sprang up. The
almost identical legend of Jason in like manner combines
two ancient beliefs in serpent-worship and the autochtho-
nous origin of man.

665. dev, ‘hurling,’ might in itself mean that he
-flung away the head; but the recurrence of the participle
in the next line but one indicates some corruption. Yet
βολαῖς suits δικὼν better than it does any participle of the
same measure. (Qu. ἡλίου λιπὼν βολαῖς, dias δ᾽ κιτ.λ. Cf. inf.
074.)---ὀλεσίθηρος is the nominative, according to the Schol.

672. The warriors were no sooner produced out of the
soil than a remorseless slaughter of each other once more
united them with mother earth.—vy, viz. τοὺς @ivras.—The
subject to ἔδευσε is perhaps not Cadmus, but φόνος, which
‘saturated (bedewed) the earth with their blood, where they
lay unburied and exposed to the scorching blasts of the
clear bright sky.’

676. καὶ σὲ-- ἐκάλεσα] Compare the invocation of
Epaphus to come bringing aid over the sea to his descen-
dants, Aesch. Suppl. 41 seqq.

682. σοί νιν x.7.r.] “Twas for thee (to thy honour)
that thy descendants founded a city, which the goddesses
with the two awful names (lit. distinct in names) got pos-
session of, Persephassa and the kindly Demeter, or Earth
the queen and nurse of 811. The Hellenic cult of the two
goddesses, introduced after the Phoenician, is expressed by
ἐκτήσαντο. The reading of v. 686 should perhaps be πάντων
δ᾽ ἄνασσα VG τροφὸς, Harth being one of the many syno-
nyms of the female productive power. Cf. Prom. V. 218,
Θέμις καὶ Tata, πολλῶν ὀνομάτων μορφὴ pia.

087. πέμπε, sc. ὦ "Eade.

692. οἰκεῖα καὶ κοινά]. Business both private and
public requires the presence of Creon, the uncle of Eteocles,
before he enters into the dangers of the now inevitable
conflict. A messenger is on the point of going to summon
him, when he is seen to approach.—ovpBarely, cf. Pers.
530, πιστοῖσι πιστὰ ξυμφέρειν βουλεύματα.

099. ἐπῆλθον) This word seems wrongly repeated,

NOTES. 81

Perhaps ἐπέστην, ‘I visited the gates and their sentinels all
round, and stopped at each, trying to find you.’

700. The σὲ, though elided, is emphatic; ‘why, I was
wishing to see you, Creon; for I found the proposed terms
for agreement were far from satisfactory,’ lit, ‘wanting in
much.’ Cf. Heracl. 170, καὶ τοῦτο πολλῷ τοῦ παρόντος ἐνδεές.
Perhaps πολλῶν. ---ὡς συνῆψα, postquam congressus sum. It
will be observed that Creon gives his influence to the pre-
sent possessor of the throne, his nephew. Creon succeeded
te the sovereignty after the death of the two brothers,
τγένους κατ᾽ ἀγχιστεῖα τῶν ὀλωλότων, Soph. Ant. 174, see inf.
1587.—In the dialogue following the rashness and boastful-
ness of Eteocles is well contrasted with the fears and the
sober advice of Creon.

703. μεῖζον ἢ Θήβας: Here φρονεῖν is used as the Latin
affectare, ‘to aim at something higher than Thebes,’ viz. to
enlarge the empire of Argos by ‘annexing’ upper Hellas;
or perhaps, to become lord of Argos as well as of Thebes.

706. ἐμποδὼν, sc. ταῖς σπονδαῖς. One reason, he says,
and a principal one, against the hope of reconciliation
between the chiefs is the determination of the invading
forces to try their strength.

710, 11. This distich seems wrongly inserted. The
single verse may have ended with προσβαλεῖν λόχους, but
Ἑαδμείων πόλει was copied by mistake from vy. 712, as Kirch-
hoff supposes. For ἑλίξειν see Or. 358.4

712. ἐξοιστέον] ‘Then the Thebans must lead out their
heavy armed forces’ to meet them, and no longer remain
cooped up in the fortress.

713. ἃ χρή σ᾽ ὁρᾶν] viz. the danger of making a sally
against so formidable a foe.—ved{wr, ef. Soph. Oed. Col. 374.

714. ὡς paxovuévous] ‘Since they (the Argives) intend
to fight forthwith.’ The accusative absolute; see Orest. 731.
It might however agree with ὁπλίτας implied in ὅπλα.

717. 7d*Apyos] The article is used with the names of
cities, as τὰς ᾿Αθήνας, ταῖς Θήβαις, &c., where special emi-
nence is implied. So here; ‘That Argos is a great city, and
has a high character from the people of Hellas;’ it is not
therefore to be rashly attacked by the Theban garrison.

720. ὡς οὐ x.7.d.] ‘(Talk no more), for I shall not
keep the army shut within the walls.’ ‘I tell you I will
not,’ &c. Eteocles, like Hector, is too confident, and his
boasting prepares the audience for his defeat.

721. πᾶν] Heath rendered this verse, ‘Any kind of
victory is good counsel.’ But it clearly means, ‘Victory is
entirely (nothing but) good counsel,’ i.e. the only way to
secure victory is to adopt prudent measures. Eteocles then
asks if he is to have recourse to any other measures, viz.
besides a trial of strength, such as a night-attack. See

PHOE, 6

82 PHOENISSAE.

Aesch. Thed. 29, λέγει μεγίστην προσβολὴν ᾿Αχαιΐδά νυκτηγο-
ρεῖσθαι, κἀπιβουλεύειν πόλει.

72ὅ. εἴπερ---Ὑ}] See inf. 1652, Τρ. T. 477, 1200.
‘Yes, provided that, if you fail, you can get safely back here
again.’

727. ἐνδυστυχῆσαι] ‘to suffer a disaster in.’ This ex-
pressive compound occurs in Bacch. 508. So ἐγκαθηβᾶν,
Hippol. 1096.

729. &kxmdnéts] ‘A scare,’ ‘a temporary panic.’ What
we want, he adds, is victory, or final defeat.

730. ἀναχωρεῖν] Having once passed the ford to reach
the walls, Eteocles hopes the enemy will be hemmed in be-
tween them and the deep stream.

731. ἅπαν κάκιον] ‘Everything is worse than’ means
‘nothing is so good as,’ &c. The verse seems to mean, ‘the
best thing you can possibly do is to keep yourself well
guarded within the city.’

732. τί δ᾽ εἰ κιτ.λ] ‘Well, suppose we make a sortie of
cavalry (or chariots) against the Argive army?’ Like κα-
θιππάζεσθαι in Aesch. Eum. 749, the accusative depends on
the notion of riding over and treading down. Hermann
reads στρατοῦ, with a few MSS.

736. σοφωτέρα] viz. than the plans hitherto suggested
by me.

739. ἀνάσσειν] ‘Are taking command of (seven) com-
panies, to make an attack on seven gates.’ Eteocles affects
to despise so small a number as seven men, which he calls
σθένος βραχύ. ,

740. οὐ μενῶ] ‘I shall not remain inactive till action
becomes impossible,’ ‘till all resources fail me.’

742. μονοστόλου dopés] To fight single-handed with the
seven Argive chiefs.

744. If προσαμβάσεις be read, we can only translate, ‘to
prevent (keep off) the scaling of the walls.’ Τῇ πρὸς ἀμβάσεις,
which is given in the best MS., we may supply ἐλθόντας, ‘to
repel the enemy by going to those parts of the rampart which
can be scaled.’

745. ξυστρατηγούο])͵ The Athenian institution of ten
strategi is indirectly praised.

747. οὐδὲν, sc. ἐστί. Neither courage without wisdom
avails, nor wisdom without courage. ‘Discretion is the
best part of valour,’ according to our maxim.

751. ὄνομα ἑκάστου] This verse evidently reflects on
the long descriptions, given just before the fight, of the
warriors in the Seven against Thebes. Inf. 1090 the heroes
areenumerated; but that is after therepulse of the Argive host.

753—6. Probably these verses are interpolated. Such
phrases as καταργεῖν χέρα, ‘to be inactive,’ ἀντήρη λαβεῖν, ‘to
meet in the fight,’ are open to suspicion. See sup. 625.

NOTES. 83

Moreover, the expressed wish of Eteocies to meet his brother
seems here out of place, since the whole speech is one of
business and state policy. These verses may have been
imitated from Aesch. Theb. 669, where Eteocles says εἶμι
Kai feat a αὐτός.

59. μέλεσθαι] In Soph. Εἰ. 1436, τἀνθάδ᾽ ἂν μέλοιτ᾽
ἐμοὶ, the middle is used in place of the impersonal active.
Here we might read γάμων---σὲ χρὴ μέλεσθαι.---τὴν δόσιν δὲ
k.7.X., ‘and the espousal formerly made I hereby ratify and
confirm on my going forth to the fight.’ Ci. inf. 1588. —
éxéyyvov, ratified, confirmed by solemn engagement. So
κατεγγυᾶν, ‘to promise on security,’ spondere, Orest. 1675.

763—5. These verses we couid weil spare. They are
weak in themseives and out of place in the connexion of
thought. ἢν τύχῃ, ‘it may happen that,’ ἄς. See Or. 780.

769. αὐτεπώνυμον] ‘Bearing the very same name,’ viz.
Μενοικεὺς, and not the patronymic Μενοικίδης. Klotz. The
sense is, ‘I will send hither Menoeceus bringing Teiresias
along with him.’ Porson read ἄξοντα after Valckenaer, ‘I
will send Teiresias to bring Menoeceus here.’ See inf. 865,
905.

772. ἐμεμψάμην] Compare Aesch. Ag. 179, μάντιν
otrwa ψέγων. So Hector blames Polydamas for believing
in omens, il. xii. 237.

776. The edict of Creon for refusing burial to Polynices
is given in Aesch. Theb. 1016, Soph. Ant. 26, nearly in the
same words. The poet here anticipates its utterance by
Creon himself, ini. 1630.

778. Kirchhoff thinks this verse was made up from 568.
Those next following have a close resemblance to Τ᾽ μοῦ. 672,
φέρ᾽ ws τάχος κνημῖδας αἰχμῆς καὶ πέτρων προβλήματα.

784 seqq. The difficult ode following is an address to
Ares, comparing the horrors of war with the sportive joys of
the Bacchic revelries, the peculiar cult of Thebes.—The
metre, chiefly dactylic, exhibits a common peculiarity of
choral hexameters, the being composed as nearly as possible
of pure dactyls.

784. τί κατέχει] ‘Why art thou possessed by a love of
blood and death, out of tune with the festive joys of Bro-
mius?’ Aesch. Cho. 458, παράμουσος ἄτας αἱματόεσσα πλαγά.

786. οὐκ ἐπί] Perhaps οὐκ ἔτι, ‘no longer art thou
singing a strain to the breathings of the flute for the cir-
cling dances of fair young maidens with thy hair dangling
loose,—a strain in which are the bright joys that incite to
the dance; but with armed troops inspiring the army cf
Argives to the destruction of Thebes (lit. ‘fanning the army
into a flame for the blood of Thebes’), thou art performing
as a prelude to thy war-dance a most discordant comus-
song.’ Mr J. F. Davies (Preface to the Agamemnon, Pp. Vil.)

6—2

84. PHOENISSAE.

translates, ‘‘thou dost not (like Bacchus) to win the prize
of the elegant chorus (i.e. in dramatic contests) let loose
the curl of youthful loveliness, and modulate to the breath-
ings of the flute a strain in which are the charms that move
the dance.” But the loose flowing hair was a character-
istic of a bacchant: see Bacch. 150, 865. The words are
obscure, and the Schol. explains αἵματι Θήβας by τῷ γένει
τῶν Θηβαίων. (The singular noun Θήβη has reference to the
mythical Nymph who gave name to the city.) For ἐπιπνεῖν
see inf. 795, Aesch. Theb. 333, μαινόμενος δ᾽ érurvel— Apns.—
The comus was commonly accompanied by the flute; hence
itis here called dvavdos. By προχορεύειν a prooemium or in-
troductory strain in a dithyramb or hyporcheme is implied.

789. ᾿Αργείων] Perhaps ’Apyetwv, and οὐρέϊον in v. 806.

792, 3. The metre of the antistrophe (808) shows that
something is wrong here. Porson, from Musgrave, adopts
οὐ πόδα θυρσομανῇ, Which gives a simple meaning. Perhaps
we should read οὐδ᾽ ὑπὸ θυρσομανεῖς νεβρίδων μετὰ, δινεῖς δ᾽
ἅρμασι, x.7.., ‘Nor do you in his service (ὑπὸ) frantically
wave the thyrsus with the fawn-skin dresses, but you wheel
round with cars and bridle-bits your four-footed solid-hoofed
steed.’ Such a compound as ὑποθυρσομανεῖν is improbable;
but ὑπὸ, if the true reading, may imply that Ares acts as a
follower or ὑπηρέτης of the Bacchants. Mr Davies trans-
lates, “ΠΟΥ to the music of the maddened thyrsus-bearer
dost thou career with fawn-skins;” but the use of ὑπὸ with
a dative is very questionable.—This view of the passage
enables us to retain the MSS. reading Ἰσμηνοῦ 7’ in v. 793,
where δὲ is read on conjecture. ‘And now that thou hast
set thy foot on the streams of Ismenus thou dost furiously
rush on in thy ridings, setting Argives against the race of
Sparti (indigenous Thebans), and dressing in brass thy
shield-bearing company under arms in opposition to them
in front of the stone-built ramparts.’ This gives a fair
sense; but the reading is not certain, as 797 does not quite
suit the antistrophe. Hesychius however recognises θείασος,
and θείασον evordov would restore the metre by a very slight
change.

802. Cithaeron is called ‘the eye of Artemis’ as being
her delight, and the object of her fond gaze.—pi ὠφελες
θρέψαι, a common syntax equivalent to εἴϑε μὴ ἔθρεψας.
Compare Med. 1413, οὖς μήποτ᾽ ἐγὼ φύσας ὄφελον πρὸς σοῦ
φθιμένους ἐπιδέσθαι, with ib. 1, εἴθ᾽ ὠφελ᾽ ᾿Αργοῦς μὴ διαπτά-
σθαι σκάφος.-- ἔκβολον, ‘an outcast,’ used as an adjective also
in Bacch. 91, Ion 555.

805. ἐπίσαμον, insignem, bearing a mark by which he
was identified, a golden brooch. Probably this refers to
some detail of the story now lost. Nearly all the narratives

NOTES. 85

about foundlings turn on their producing some token re-
tained from their infancy or childhood.

806. πτερὸν Σφιγγὸς] the winged Sphinx, which is here
described as a flying monster with discordant songs, the
famed aenigma being one of these δαί. The legend came
from Semitic or Assyrian sources. Probably it is the ‘Nis-
roch’ or flying vulture so common on the Assyrian sculp-
tures. The account here given resembles that of the
‘strigae’ or ‘striges’ in Ovid, Fast. vi. 131.

810. av] The antecedent is not γένναν, but Σφίγγα.
Thus ἃ (808) and dv belong to the same noun.

812. ἔρις adda] ‘A further quarrel,’ in reference to
"Ἔρις sup. 798. This new feud is said ‘to be in full vigour
both in the house of Oedipus and the city,’ i. 6. so as to affect
both the royal family and the state.

814. A verse has dropped out, so that we cannot be
sure of the sense intended. ‘As what is wrong never can
be in its nature right [this quarrel must end in evil]; nor
are children of unnatural parentage [an offspring creditable]
to the mother, but a stain on a father who comes to the bed
of a blood-relation.’ Both metre and sense would be re-
stored by reading τόκοι εὐκλεὲς in place of the corrupt
παῖδες, and σύναιμον ὃς és λέχος ἦλθεν in the last line. Com-
pare Orest. 819, τὸ καλὸν ov καλὸν, and Bacch. 393, τὸ
σοφὸν οὐ σοφία.

820. For θηροτρόφου perhaps θηροφόνου should be read.
The birth of the =raproi from the sown teeth of the dragon
is here alluded to, among other portents and glories which
made the history of Thebes renowned in song. These
Sparti are called ‘ the glory and yet the shame’ of the city,
since a descent from a monster was in itself opposed to
εὐγένεια.

822 seqq. The marriage of Cadmus and Harmonia,
attended, like that of Peleus and Thetis, by the gods,—the
building of the walls by the music of Amphion’s lute (see
Od. xi. 263—5), and the cow-faced Io, the ancestress of
the Theban kings, are recounted in order as among the
supernatural incidents in the history of the city.

825. πόρον ἀμφὶ μέσον] Thebes stood between one of
two branch-streams of Dirce, and a third, the Ismenus,
which flowed at a little distance from the city. Thus μέσον
means ‘the middle stream of the three.’ See Wordsworth’s
Greece, p. 274. ‘ The seven-gated citadel of Thebes stood
on a small circular hill, about one hundred and fifty feet
above the level of the surrounding plain. The base of the
hill on the eastern and western sides is bounded by two
small streams, which take their rise in the plain on the
south, and flow in parallel courses to the north: further to
the east, and running in a similar direction, is a third

80 PHOENISSAE.

stream: this is the Ismenus; that to the east is Dirce;
between them is Cropus.”

827. πρόπαρ] ‘some way in front of,’ or on the city-
side of, Ismenus. Dirce is said to water the land lying
between the walls and the furthermost stream.

831. meraueBoudva] ‘By receiving in succession my-
riads of blessings, some upon others, this city now takes its
stand on the highest pinnacle of military glory.’

834. The blind Teiresias, supported, or rather pre-
ceded, by his daughter, has been brought from the camp by
Creon’s son (sup. 770), and now advances with feeble foot
on to the stage. He is accompanied by Menoeceus, v. 841,
who however is a mute till v. 977. The question now put
to Menoeceus is answered by Creon himself. ;

836. λευρόν] smooth, level, flat. Cf. Aesch. Suppl.
502, λευρὸν κατ᾽ ἄλσος viv ἐπιστρέφου Tode. Hence μὴ σφα-
λῶμεν refers to the absence of obstacles in a blind man’s
path.

838. κλήρους] sortes, written notes or marks from ob-
servations of birds or other omens. So Hipp. 1057, ἡ δέλτος
ἥδε, κλῆρον ov δεδεγμένη.

843. κάμνει γόνυ] Euripides is fond of representing
feeble and tired old men. See Bacch. 364, El. 490.---πυκνὴν
ἤλυσιν, & poetic variant of μακρὰν ὁδόν.

846. ἐξώρμισαι] ‘you have moored,’ or brought to a
stand, your foot. The second person of the passive perfects
of verbs in -(¢w is but seldom found, though εἔργασαι occurs.
Possibly ἐξωρμίσω, the aorist, is the true reading, or we may
read ἐξορμίσαι with Dindorf, ‘it is not far for you to bring
your feet to a stop.’

847. πᾶσ᾽ ἀπήνη] The meaning seems to be, that every
one stepping from a mule-car requires a helping hand, and
therefore it is no discredit in an old man if he needs the
same external aid. Compare Iph. A. 617, καί μοι χερός τις
ἐνδότω στηρίγματα, θάκους ἀπήνης ὡς dv ἐκλίπω καλῶς, and
El. 998, ἔκβητ᾽ ἀπήνης, Tpwddes, χειρὸς δ᾽ ἐμῆς λάβεσθ᾽, ἵν᾿ ἔξω
τοῦδ᾽ ὄχον στήσω πόδα.

849. σπουδῇ] Hither ‘in haste,’ or ‘in serious earnest.’

850. οὔπω κιτ.λ] ‘We have not yet forgotten,’ i.e.
‘T will tell you forthwith, if you will wait to recover your
breath.’

851. alos, which in Alc. 500 means ‘a steep slope,’ is
explained by Hesychius, κάματος, ἢ ὑψηλὸς τόπος.---ἐκβαλὼν,
as if fatigue was something to be ‘got rid of,’ or cast forth,
like a malady that has seized the body. The Seer’s reply
is, that he is quite overcome by the effort of travelling from
Athens to Thebes only the day before.

854. κἀκεῖ He impresses Creon with the magnitude
and importance of his engagements; for a prophet accom-

NOTES. 87

panied a Greek army as regularly as our ‘Chaplain to the
Forces.’ _ See inf. 1255. The legend was that Eumolpus
the Thracian king had assisted the Eleusinians to revolt
against Erechtheus, but was killed by the Athenians. His
name is associated with the origin of the Mysteries; see
Soph. Oed. Col. 1052. The Schol. notices the obvious
anachronism.

858. οἰωνόν] An omen of success is derived from the
crown being given as a prize of victory.

862. πρὸς ἀλκὴν M.] to meet the Argives i in fight.

865. For the reason of the seer’s resentment against
Eteocles, see v. 772.

868. ἐτεκνώθη] ‘ was made a parent,’ lit. ‘was furnished
with children.’ Soin Agam. 729 wealth is said τεκνοῦσθαι,
μηδ᾽ ἄπαιδα θνήσκειν. In the active we have the correspond-
ing sense in Here. F. 6, of Κάδμου πόλιν τεκνοῦσι παίδων
παισί. See sup. 29.

869. By omitting this line this speech and that at 930
contain exactly thirty verses each.

870. The nominatives here have no definite verb ; we
may either supply ἦσαν, or regard the sense as broken. off,
as we should say, ‘then that destruction of the eye-sight
from his blood-stained face, —a device brought about by the
gods, and a warning to Hellas,—his sons wanted to throw
over it the veil of time, thinking forsooth that they could
escape from the gods; but they made a stupid mistake.’
The passage following is several times alluded to in Tra-
gedy, e.g. sup. 66, Aesch. Theb. 782. In the old epics about
Thebes the sons of Oedipus were said to have shut him up
and badly supplied him with food, for which reason he
uttered the curse which is now coming to pass. γέρα, the
prerogatives which he claimed as a father, e.g. a first help-
ing or first choice of viands supplied. In this sense Homer
often has γεραίρειν.

878. ἃ] ‘in respect of which conduct.’ Some participle
like μεμφόμενος, ὀνειδίζων, may be supplied from the context.

881. πολλοὶ δέ] He speaks obscurely as a seer: ‘and
many corpses fallen over others in the field, some from
Argive, some from Theban darts, shall cause a mourning
that will yet bring sorrow on the Theban land.’ By μίξαν-
res he means that an indiscriminate slaughter will result
from the weapons of both the contending parties. And
there is an allusion in πικροὺς “γόους to the sorrows yet in
store for Thebes from the war of the Epigoni. Cf. 949.

884. συγκατασκάπτει])͵η ‘You will be involved in the
general destruction caused by the war.’ This is an instance
of the ‘praesens propheticum,’ of which there are many
examples; e.g. Agam. 125, χρόνῳ μὲν αἱρεῖ (i.e. αἱρήσει)
Πριάμου πόλιν ἅδε κέλευθος.

88 PHOENISSAE.

885. zis] He means, but does not like to name,
Creon.

886. ἐκεῖνο x.7.\.] ‘For that was (would have been)
the first and best course to pursue, to prevent any child of
Oedipus being either a citizen or a king of this land, on the
ground that they were possessed by a ban, and would prove
the ruin of the eity.’ The accusative absolute with ὡς is.
common, especially with a future participle. The proper
syntax would be, rods Οἰδίπου: μήποτε ἀνάσσειν χθονός. For
δαιμονᾷν, a word formed like Anuar, ποδαγράν, &e., see
Aesch. Cho. 557, Theb. 1004. The meaning is, that both
Eteocles and Polynices should at first have been banished
from the city as accursed.

892. πικρόν τε] ‘And as it is painful for those who
hold the highest dignity to supply the state with a means of
_ safety,’ i.e. by the sacrifice of their own nearest relations.
The same excuses are made by Teiresias in Oed. Tyr. 320.

895. τί γὰρ πάθω] *For what is to become of me?’ viz.
if I offend the powers. The phrase is used rather vaguely ;
it is not however the ‘deliberative subjunctive,’ but the old
epic future representing ri πείσομαι ;—Teiresias. turns: to. go
away, but Creon lays his hand on him to stop him.

899. μέντοι] Here the sense is μέν τοι, ‘You wish it, no
doubt, and yet very soon you will wish it not (spoken).’
Perhaps, from σῶσαι in the next verse, ov βουλήσει σωτηρίαν
is the precise meaning.

901. ἔχει] Do you keep, or retain, your earnest desire
to know ?

905. ἐπήγαγεν] See v. 770. As a blind man, he asks
the question, not wishing Menoeceus to hear the coming
declaration. Creon supposes it is only some state secret.
that is to be revealed.

916. ἅπερ πέφυκε] ‘What is a law of nature, that you
must carry into effect.? Anaxagoras had speculated on
ἀνάγκη φύσεος, and Euripides probably borrowed it from
him; cf. Troad. 886.

919. For κλύειν, ἀκοῦσαι, see Aesch. Cho. 5, Prom.
456.

920. ἐκνεύει]7 See inf. 1268.

924. αἰτεῖ] ‘In asking me to be silent, you are asking
for evils (the capture of the city) which it is difficult (im~
possible) to guard against.’

931. @adduas] a dative of place, in the lair or den
where the snake, born of or sacred to Ares (sup. 659), was.
wont to lurk.

934. Κάδμου] ‘In consequence of an ancient resent-
ment of Ares against Cadmus.’ Cf. Plat. Phaedr. Ὁ. 244 ν,
νόσων καὶ πόνων τῶν μεγίστων, ἃ δὴ παλαιῶν ἐκ μηνιμάτων:
ποθὲν ἔν τισι τῶν γενῶν ἣν, μανία--- ἀπαλλαγὴν εὕρετο.

NOTES. 89

935. τιμωρεῖ takes for its object the dative, and φόνον
means ‘in respect of its death.’ Thus”Apns τιμωρὸς γίγνεται
Τῷ δράκοντι φόνον (ἀποτίνων). This is different from tipw-
ρεῖσθαί τινα φόνου, ‘to revenge oneself on another for mur-
der.’ See on Orest. 1117.

938. εὐμενῆ! The earth was regarded:as hostile for the
loss of its warlike sons born from the dragon’s teeth. The
voluntary sacrifice of one of the Sparti was now demanded
for the purpose of propitiating it. This is the καρπὸς ἀντὶ
καρποῦ, the dragon as well as Menoeceus being γηγενής.

940. δεῖ x«.7.d.] ‘Only it must be that the person who
dies belongs to the stock which was the offspring of the
dragon’s teeth.’ There is some confusion between γένους
τοῦδε ὃ ἐκπέφυκε, and τὸν δράκοντος γένυος παῖδα.

945. cos] It is quite clear from this passage that the
word signifies one in the prime of life who is yet unmarried
and even unengaged. Hesychius gives ἄγαμος under ἠΐθεος,
and Photius defines it ὃ ὥραν γάμου ἔχων καὶ μηδέπω γεγαμη-
κώς.ς The betrothal of Haemon to Antigone excluded him
from the true meaning of the term.

947. ἀνειμένος, like dperos, was a term applied to con-
secrated animals which were exempted from labour and had
free range of the pastures.

949. πικρὸν νόστον]! He shall cause, by his death, that
the expedition of the Argives against Thebes shall be a fatal
one. See v. 883.

956. πικρὸς x.7.\.] ‘He makes himself disliked by
those for whom he may be taking his notes of birds.’ τοῖσι
χρωμένοις, ‘to those who are consulting him,’

59. Teiresias here leaves the stage, not again to

960. ocxdoas] See v. 454.

963. és τόδε συμφοράς] See Orest. 1451.

964. προσθεῖναι] ‘to devote.” See Bacch. 675, Hee.
368, Iph. Aul. 540, πρὶν Αἰδῃ παῖδ᾽ ἐμὸν προσθῷ λαβών.

967. If the common reading, κτείνων, be retained, the
reference must be to Teiresias; ‘I want not the praise of
one (viz. for patriotism) who slays (i.e. demands the death
of) my children.’ The infinitive, which, though conjectural,
seems more probable, will mean, ‘let no one by his praises
induce me to slay them.’

971. dxd\acra}. He charges the μάντεις with having no
respect for the authority or feelings of a τύραννος, or of his
nearest of kin. .

975, 6. φθανεῖν and ὑστερεῖν refer to the immediate
action necessary before the chance of flight is precluded, by
the seer’s telling the council what he has stated.

983. τόδε] viz. the flight to Dodona. ‘What protec-
tion,’ he asks, ‘shall I find in that?” The MSS. give τέ

90 PHOENISSAE.

δῆτ᾽ ἔρυμα, for which Porson gives τί δῆτα piua. Cf. Aesch.
Suppl. 78, βωμὸς ἀράς φυγάσιν poua. The reply is, ‘the god
(Ζεὺς Awdwvatos) will give you a safe convoy to the asylum
of his temple.’ Menoeceus pretends to acquiesce in: the
arrangements for his flight, but when his uncle has retired
(v. 990) he avows his determination to offer himself a will-
ing victim for his country. It is remarkable, that in all
instances of self-devotion the willingness of the victim is
regarded as essential.

986. ὠς] ‘since.’ This excuse, that he will bid farewell
to Jocasta, his foster-mother, is devised to get Creon out of
the way. The speech following may be compared with that
of Polyxena in Hec. 346 and of Macaria in Heracl. 550.

991. Menoeceus now turns to address the chorus.
‘Ladies! how well I removed my father’s fears (for my
safety), by deceiving him by words, so that I have attained
what I desire. Yes! he wants to get me away, thereby
robbing the state of its present chance, and resigns me up
to a base charge of cowardice.’

999. Perhaps εἰ μὲν, &c., though the article seems
wanted. We may however supply οἱ πολῖται, the citizens
engaged in defending their walls. Possibly an interrogation
should be marked at ἄπειμι, v. 1005. In this case αἰσχρὸν
will refer to προδότην γενέσθαι, v. 996, ‘for that were a
shame.’ The meaning will then be, ‘Shall those who are
bidden by no oracle not fear to die, while I retire like a
coward and prove false to my country?’

1009. The full sense is, στὰς ἐπ᾽ ἐπάλξεων σφάξω ἐμαυ-
τὸν ἐξ αὐτών. See v. 1223.

1011. ἔνθα] Cf. v. 931. The interpreters of the will
of the gods were called ἐξηγηταί. Hence the verb here
means προεῖπε, ἐσήμηνε. The speech originally perhaps
ended with the formula εἴρηται λόγος, ‘I have said my say.’
The six verses following read like an addition, and v. 1014
is a mere repetition of 997. The phrase πειρᾶσθαι κακῶν,
‘to experience evils,’ seems hardly a tragic expression.

1016. éé@0} This also is a strange use, in the sense
of ἀναλώσειε, ‘ get through,’ or ‘ expend it.’

1019. The ode following bears on the general subject of
the history of Thebes, rather than directly on the plot of
the play. The havoc made by the Sphinx on the citizens of
Thebes, till Oedipus solved the riddle propounded by her,
and his fall from glory by his incestuous marriage, are
enlarged upon, and the self-sacrifice of Menoeceus is extolled
{v. 1054). This ode is remarkable for that repetition of
words (ἔφερες ἔφερες, &c., v. 1030) which is ridiculed by
Aristophanes in Ran. 13838 seqq. It is common in the
later plays of Euripides. See Orest. 1427.

ib, Bas] as inf. 1048, means ἔμολες, ‘thou camest,’

NOTES. 91

But for the context, it might mean ἀπῆλθες.--- Εχίδνας, see
Hes. Theog. 326, where the Sphinx is called the offspring of
Echidna and Orthus. The explanation of the strange story
may perhaps be some ancient tradition of a devastating
plague.

1027. πεδαίρουσα] an Aeolic form of μεταίρουσα, tollens,
ἁρπάζουσα. Aeschylus has πεδάοροι for μετέωροι in Cho.
581.—dugl μοῦσαν, inter canendum, an unusual phrase for
dua μούσῃ. We may supply οὖσα, as audi λιτανὰ ἔχειν, ‘to
be engaged in prayer,’ Aesch. Theb. 97. , ~ bes
omit the τε in the next verse, and (δῖ Ἐρινὺν 9
to ἔφερες, ‘an accursed pest didst thot bring.’

1031. ἐκ θεῶν] whoever it was in the number of ‘the Ae

gods who brought these woes to pass. τ Hy

7, \
‘ y, I ? |
1042. ὁπότε] quotiens aliquem rapuisset. The Bosal Jk ν ]

and loud cries (or perhaps, noises made to frighten her,
axa), are compared to the sound of thunder. AT MN)

1046. πάλιν δ᾽ ἄχη]! ‘Though afterwards a source οὗ
grief.’ Hither the nominative in apposition to Οἰδίπους (cf.
807), or the accusative in apposition to the sentence.

1043. ἀποστολαῖς] ‘by a command from the Pythian
oracle.’ See vy. 35 seqq.

1051. ἀμείβει] ‘he causes them (his sons) to pass
through a career of blood, by throwing them into an un-
hallowed (i.e. unnatural) contest by his curses.’

1054. dydueba] ‘we regard with admiration.’ This
word sometimes takes a genitive, as ἄγαμαι λήματος, Rhes.
245.

1060. γενοίμεθα x.7.d.] ‘May we (maidens), if we be-
come mothers, be equally happy in our children.’

1064. μέριμναν] The sense is, that Pallas incited Cad-
mus, in his care for the welfare of his people, to slay the
oftspring of the dragon’s teeth (the armed men) by throwing
stones amongst them ; and that in consequence (ὅθεν) there
came upon the land a terrible retribution sent by the gods
(δαιμόνων τις dra) by the carrying off of the citizens in the
claws of the Sphinx, See 663 and 934. The Schol, takes
Καδμεία μέριμνα as a mere periphrasis of Κάδμος.

1067. The interest of the plot is sustained by the
sudden arrival of a messenger inquiring for Jocasta. He
brings the tidings of an attack on the city by the Argives in
full force, but so far without success, owing to the timely
self-immolation of Menoeceus (v. 1091), as demanded by the
oracle.

1069. διὰ μακροῦ μέν] You are long in coming out, but
nevertheless come, for there is good news to hear.

1072. οὔ που] ‘Surely you do not come to announce.’
The MSS. have ἢ που, which would simply put the question.

Jocasta, though told to lay aside her grief, nevertheless has

92 PHOENISSAE.

doubts about the safety of one of her sons, because his
comrade and attendant appears alone and without him.

1075, 6. This distich would seem to have belonged to
some other recension of the play, in place of the three lines
preceding. The Schol. says ‘this verse’ (meaning 1075) ‘is
not found in some copies.’ Nauck accordingly incloses it
in brackets.

1079. ἀνήρπασται)] The property of a captured city is
‘caught up’ and carried off. See Aesch. Theb. 342—8.
---ἄθραυστοι, cf. Hec. 17.

1081. ἀκμὴν ἐπ᾽ αὐτήν] ‘To the very point of it,’ ‘to
the razor’s very edge,’ ἐπὶ ξυροῦ ἵσταται ἀκμῆς, Il. x. 173.
The meaning is, ‘ to the very verge and edge of the danger
of being sacked by the Argive spear.’

1084. καὶ τόδε] Jocasta seems more anxious about the
fate of Eteocles, who was the elder brother (according to the
argument to the Sept. cont. Theb.). Yet in her grand
address to them, supr. 528, she contrives to weigh their
respective claims with impartiality.—yéAe, here used per-
sonally, whereas μέλει μοι τοῦδε is the ordinary syntax.
Porson reads ws μέλον μοι καὶ τόδ΄. We have ἐγὼ... ὃς πᾶσι
μέλω in Od. ix. 20.

1085. ξυνωρὶς] i.e. the one as well as the other is alive.
‘Bless you for that!’ she replies; ‘but did you succeed in
getting away from the gates the Argive force by which you
were beleaguered in the citadel?’ See Orest. 762. The yap
means ‘(I hardly could have hoped it), for how,’ &e.

1091. μελάνδετον] ‘black-hilted,’ more usually applied
to the black rim of a shield. The slight and casual allusion
to such an event is only to be excused from the pressure of
events in the complex action of the play. Compare a simi-
larly brief account of Macaria’s death in Heracl. 822.

1092. διῆκε] Here and in Soph. Oed. Col. the verb
takes a genitive of the object through which somethin’
passes; see v. 26, inf. 1398.

1095. Hither τε must be inserted in this verse, with
Valckenaer, or τάξας must be read in the next, with Her-
mann. By ἐφέδρους ‘reserves’ of cavalry are meant, or
perhaps, ‘forces posted against’ others of the like kind.
The plan adopted was after the advice of Creon, sup. 741.

1097. τῷ νοσοῦντι τειχέων] ‘the weak (ill-defended)
parts of the rampart.’ See inf. 1171, and compare τὸ
κάμνον στρατοῦ in Suppl. 709. Hel, 1604, Μενέλεως... ὅπη
νοσοῖεν ξύμμαχοι κατασκοπών. Compare also Aesch, Theb.
759, μεταξὺ δ᾽ ἀλκὰ δι᾽ ὀλίγου τείνει, πύργος ἐν εὔρει.

1100. Τευμησσόν] This was a mountain about ten
miles from Thebes, sometimes written TeAuneds. Hesych.
Πευμησσός" ὄρος Βοιωτίας.

1101, This verse, which is well-nigh unintelligible, is

NOTES. 93

perhaps spurious. It was enough to say, ‘we saw the host
had left Teumessus and was near the trench,’ supplying
ὄντα or στείχοντα. The only plausible meaning is, ‘And
when near the trench they came on in quick march and
joined on (left no interval between) the city of the land of
Cadmus (with their own ranks).’ The besieged and be-
siegers, hitherto distant, now seemed one army from their
close contiguity.

1103. ἐκεῖθεν] ‘from the enemy’s side.’ Aesch. Theb.
40, ἥκω σαφῆ τακεῖθεν ἐκ στρατοῦ φέρων. And this use οἵ
ἐκεῖνοι is not uncommon; see Il. xviii. 188, ἔχουσι δὲ τεύχε᾽
ἐκεῖνοι.

1104. Νηΐσται:] This is believed to mean ‘the lowest’
gate, as ὕψισται was that on the highest ground. Hesych.
νήϊστα᾽ κατώτατα" ἔσχατα.

1107. οἰκεῖον] ‘A family badge, the huntress, his mo-
ther, shooting a wild boar. The rare noun ἐπίσημα occurs
in Theb. 656 and inf. 1125. The whole account of the
chiefs is varied and epitomised from Aeschylus. But Euri-
pides condenses into a messenger’s narrative descriptions
which in Aeschylus occupy nearly half the play. Several of
these warriors had been pointed out by name to Antigone,
sup. 125 seqq.

1112. ὑβρισμένα] ‘arrogantly designed,’ e.g. like the
shield of Capaneus, v. 1130—3. Of Amphiaraus Aeschylus
says that σῆμα οὐκ ἐπῆν κύκλῳ. His fate, being swallowed
up alive by the earth, was regarded as one of special honour,
and in contrast with the punishment of pride. Klotz com-
pares Xen. Cyr. ii. 4. 5, ἸΠερδικῇ στολῇ οὐδέν τι ὑβρισμένῃ.

1115. πανόπτην here stands for “Apyov, the many-eyed
keeper of the cow-headed Io. See Aesch. Suppl. 299, ποῖον
πανόπτην οἰοβουκόλον λέγεις; XO. “Apyov, τὸν ᾿Βρμῆς παῖδα
γῆς κατέκτανες. The legend may have referred to the Indian
peacock and its spangled tail. Some of the tail-feathers
when expanded resemble an open eye, others are somewhat
like a closed eye. Hence the notion arose, that Argus slept
with half of his eyes shut, the other half open. So Quintus
Smyrnaeus says, x. 191, “Apyov, ὃς ὀφθαλμοῖσιν ἀμοιβαδὸν
trveecxe. The three verses within brackets are perhaps
interpolated. It is clear that while βλέποντα agrees with
ὄμματα, κρύπτοντα agrees, or ought to agree, with πανόπτην.
Perhaps we may supply τὰ μὲν (ἔχοντα) βλέποντα, κ.τ.λ.
Τῇ, indeed, we regard Argus as a symbol of the starry sky,
the guardian or attendant on the Moon (Io), then we may
suppose a picture of a winged herdsman (βουκόλος MTEPOELS,
Aesch. Suppl. 551), so represented, that some of his eyes
were closed on the side of the sky representing morning
(δυνόντων μέτα), and others wide open on the dark or night
side of the picture.

94 PHOENISSAE.

1120. λέοντος dépos] This also was an οἰκεῖον σῆμα.
See v. 411. The words following seem to show that Tydeus
bore a torch in his right hand, like a Prometheus. But in
Aesch. Theb. 427, this very Prometheus is a badge on the
shield of Capaneus. If it is meant as a badge on Tydeus’
shield, then he bore two devices, unless we suppose the
shield covered with the skin; so that the literal and more
obyious sense seems the true one. Tydeus, according to
Aeschylus, was one of the violent party; cf. Theb. 375 seqq.

1124. Jlormades] The horses of Glaucus, bred at Pot-
niae, were said to have been seized with madness and to
have devoured their master. See Orest. 316. This was the
subject of a satyric play, the Glawcus Potnieus of Aeschylus.
They were so fastened to the shield as to turn round on
pivots, in imitation perhaps of the supernatural moving
devices described by Hesiod and Homer on the shields of
Hercules and Achilles. They were vevpooracra, made to
move by pulling a string under the πόρπαξ, or shield-handle.
By this their fury was represented, ὥστε μαίνεσθαι δοκεῖν, 1.6.
ἀληθῶς.

1129, ἐπὶ πύλαι] Tf the dative be the right reading,
the sense is, he brought up his company, viz. to operate
against the city, at the Electran gate. See Theb. 418, Ka-
πανεὺς δ᾽ ἐπ᾽ λέκτραισιν εἴληχεν πύλαις.

1138. ὑπόνοιαν] ‘a hint to us what our city is to have
done to it.’

1135. ἐκπληρῶν] See Orest. 54. Adrastus bore the
device of a hydra, from which proceeded snakes filling up all
the ground of the shield with painting. This is adapted
from Aesch. Theb. 490, ὀφέων δὲ πλεκτάναισι περίδρομον
κύτος προσηδάφισται κοιλογάστορος KUKAov. Nauck reads
ἐκπληροῦν, but his syntax is not clear.—zapjy, x.7.A. See
vy. 143, 1118.

1137. αὔχημα] The fierce and destructive hydra was a
fitting device for the arrogant pride of an Argive chief.

1141. μεσαγκύλοι!}] See Androm. 1133, Or. 1476.
Javelins were so called from haying a thong in the middle,
to insert the finger in hurling them.

1146. ἄρδην] ‘with destructive effect;’ a term properly
applied to hoisting and throwing a wrestler.

1151. éxaemvevxoras] ‘Many you might have seen
fiung headlong, after they had expired, from the walls.’
He uses a term expressing the leap of a tumbler, but adds a
participle to show they were dead, and therefore the head-
long fall was due to their being tossed over. See Suppl. 692,
ἐς κρᾶτα πρὸς γῆν ἐκκυβιστώντων Bia, Hel. 1609, ὥστ᾽ ἐκκολυμ-
βᾶν ναός. Porson, with Markland, reads ἐκνενευκότας, Mad-
vig, Adv. Crit. i. p. 273, thinks the true reading is ἐκπεπτω-
κότας. But ἐκπίπτειν does not well suit κυβιστᾶν and

NOTES. 95

κυβιστὴρ, Which are Homeric words, e.g. Il. xvi. 749, and
imply the turning head over heels. The plural xparas is
somewhat anomalous. We have ὑπὸ κρασὶν in Il. x. 152.

1153. ᾿Αρκὰς, οὐκ ’Apyetos} Parthenopaeus was brought
up from a boy at Argos, and so assisted his adopted country
in the war. See Aesch. Theb. 543, Eur. Suppl. 890, ’Apxas
μὲν ἦν, ἐλθὼν δ᾽ ἐπ᾽ ᾿Ινάχου ῥοὰς παιδεύεται κατ᾽ “Apyos.

1154. Boa] ‘calls for.’ So in Aesch. Cho. 394, βοᾷ
λοιγὸν ᾿Ερινύς, ‘the Fury summons Havoc to her aid.’

1156. papyévra} μάργον ὄντα, ‘in his mad career.’ Cf.
Herc. Ε΄. 1005, és νιν φόνου μαργῶντ᾽ ἐπέσχε.

1158. γεῖσα] ‘a coping-stone from the battlements.’
See Orest. 1570.

1159. διεπάλυνε] ‘He threw about the white specks of
brain, and broke the sutures of the skull... The sprinkling
or dusting of snow, flour, or meal, is expressed by παλύνειν,
as in Il. x. 7, ὅτε πέρ τε χιὼν ἐπάλυνεν ἀρούρας. Cf. Troad.
1176, ἔνθεν ἐκγελᾷ ὀστέων ῥαγέντων φόνος. Soph. Trach. 781,
κόμης δὲ λευκὸν μυελὸν ἐκραίνει, μέσου κρατὸς διασπαρέντος
αἵματός θ᾽ ὁμοῦ.

1100. οἰνωπόν] ‘ruddy,’ just covered with a reddish
down. So in Bacch. 438, οὐδ᾽ ἤλλαξεν οἰνωπὸν γένυν.

1163. εὐτυχεῖ] ‘So when he saw this gate was all
right (was free from mishap), your son went on to visit the
next, and I went with him.’—ém7e, like a good general who
is here and there and everywhere.—eirouny, οἷ. v. 1073.

1165: πυκνούς] in close array, serried like hoplites,
though acting as ψιλοί.

1166. στόμα] The towers were open at the top, not
roofed, στεγανοὶ, so that the aperture is compared to a
mouth.

1168. épiavas] ‘the heights.’ A somewhat rare noun,
which occurs also in El. 210, οὐρείας ἀν᾽ épirvas. It has the
same root as ἐρείπειν, with the notion of ruina, fall from a
height.

1169. ἐξαθροίξεται] recolligit, ‘rallies them from their
flight.’—-For the simile in κυναγὸς see Herc. Ε΄. 860, Iph. T.
281.- ἐπέστησε, ‘he made them once more man the ram-
parts,’ πύργων ἐπέβησε.--- νοσοῦν, see v. 1097.

1174. ἔχων] He carried on his shoulder a long scaling-
ladder. Such instruments of war are shown in both Egyp-
tian and Assyrian sculptures. The account of this man’s
deeds is resumed from y. 1129. See also 181.

1175. μηδ᾽ ἂν κιτ.λ.}] See Aesch. Theb. 422. (eip-
γαθεῖν Nauck.)

1176. κατ᾽ ἄκρων] To destroy a city κατ᾽ ἄκρας implies
pulling it down from the top. The Roman term funditus,
πρεμνόθεν Aesch. Theb. 71, regards the κατασκαφὴ, or razing
to the lowest foundations.—7r6 μὴ, for wore μὴ, isa common

96 PHOENISSAE.

usage. The οὐ is added because the preceding clause means,
ὅτι οὐδ᾽ ἂν τὸ σεμνὸν πῦρ εἰργάθοι.

1177. καὶ ταῦϑ᾽ x.7.’.] Bacch. 1082, καὶ ταῦθ dp’
ἠγόρευε Kal πρὸς οὐρανὸν καὶ γαῖαν éornpive φώς σεμνοῦ πυρός.

1178. εἱλίξας] ‘crouching,’ lit. coiling or rolling into a
small space, as Homer uses ἀλεὶς and ἐάλη.---ἀνεῖρπε, ad~
scendebat.

1179. By κλίμακος ἐνήλατα the steps or rounds of the
ladder are meant, βάθρα being a mere periphrasis.

1185. ὡς κύκλωμα] The notion is, that the body was
whirled round, or seemed to rotate in the fall from the
violence of the stroke.

1189. of παρ᾽ ἡμῶν] A short way of saying οἱ παρ᾽
ἡμῖν ἐξήλαυνον dxous παρ᾽ ἡμών. Ch Agam. 521, κῆρυξ
᾿Αχαιῶν χαῖρε τῶν ἀπὸ στρατοῦ.

1101. ὅπλα is here used for ὁπλίτας.

1193—5. The confusion here described is borrowed
from the catastrophes so familiar in the Greek stadium,
and so graphically described in Soph, £1. 723 seqq. Perhaps
however 1195 is interpolated,

1196. ἔσχομεν] ‘we stopped,’ ‘prevented,’ Schol. διεκω-
λύσαμεν.

1199, καὶ νῦν ydp|] ‘For {Ππδ 10 is safe even now, is due
to the care of some god.’ This verse is wanting in many
MSS. It will be observed that the result of the fight is not
represented as final. Inf. 1229 Eteocles expresses his
resolve to avoid further risk by meeting his brother in a
μονομαχία.

1200, 1. The meaning of this distich is obscure. The
omission of ἂν with the optative may be defended by a good
many passages, e.g. Aesch. Ag. 535, 1347, and Herc. F.
1417, Hel. 991 (where ἐλεινὸς εἴην has precisely the same
syntax). And ἐγὼ will have its proper emphasis in this
sense: ‘if (as you say) the gods are better disposed to us
than before, so much the better for me,’ viz. as offering a
release from a compulsory residence in Thebes, whereas
(sup. 236) the chorus were anxious to proceed to Delphi.
There is a similar verse in Agam. 903, εἰ πάντα δ᾽ ὡς πράσ-
com av, εὐθαρσὴς ἔγώ, ‘I have no fear for the future.’
There is a variant ἔχοιεν for ἔχουσιν. In this case, v. 1202
is an answer, ‘the gods are favourable, and Fortune too.’
Otherwise, the remark of Jocasta merely refers to the nar-
rative of the messenger. The distich may have been inter-
polated to explain τὰ τῆς τύχης.

1205. ἀπολαῦσαι] ‘To have suffered the consequences of
my marriage with Oedipus and the evils resulting therefrom,
in being deprived of his son,’ viz. Menoeceus, sup. 1090.

1207. ἄνελθε] ‘Revert to the narrative of the fight, and
say what my sons are desirous to do now.’

NOTES. 97
1209. δεῦρ᾽ dei] ‘Up to this point (but not further),’

Jon 56, ὁ παῖς--καταζῇ δεῦρ᾽ ἀεὶ σεμνὸν βίον.

1210. οὐκ ἐατέον] ‘We must not stop there,’ i.e, the
limitation implies evil beyond it.

1213, ὑπασπιστοῦ] Cf. 1074, 1164. ‘I must go,’ he
replies, as an excuse for not saying more; ‘your son is with-
out an attendant.’

1215, 16. The combinations dy ye and μή ye are rare.
The latter is here a metrical convenience for ἦν γε μὴ,
which occurs Orest. 1593, In the former case, οὐκ ἂν is in
accordance with the common practice of the tragics; the γε
is but an accident to the context; ‘yes, I am withholding
evil that is yet behind; and I am not going to tell it so
close after the good luck you have had.’ Compare Orest.
784, καί τις dv γέ μ᾽ oixricere. The Greeks had a great
dislike to mix bad news with good; see the note on Aesch.
Ag. 620.

1217. ἐξ] Le. μετὰ, ‘after good tidings.’-—d)\a, supply
ἀναγκάζεις pe.
© 1228, ὑπῆρξε] Schol. ἤρξατο τοῦ λόγου. ---ἀπὸ, see sup.
1009, Orest. 110, Soph. Ant. 411, καθήμεθ᾽ ἄκρων ἐκ πάγων
ὑπήνεμοι, Where the notion of watching from a lofty sta-
tion is implied in καθήμεθα.

1224, κελεύσας] sc. τὸν κήρυκα. With this verb it is
usual to omit the accusative of the object.

1226. This feeble verse is probably a spurious addition.

1229. eels] ‘remitting to you,’ i.e. not exacting from
you,. this risk of losing your lives in battle. In the next
verse μόνῳ is probable. Certainly the two next verses
could not also have ended with μόνος. We might read in
1232 τῷδε παραδώσω λαβεῖν. Nauck has πόλιν. But the
distich 1231, 2 could well be spared. The form xrdvw is
doubtful.

1234. The μὴ shows that νίσσεσθε is here the impera-
tive, and χθόνα must mean ἐς πάτραν. But there is a var.
lect. ’Apyeiav.

1235. Perhaps, ὅσοι κεῖνται νεκροὶ, since the tragics do
not use νεκρὸς as an adjective. This, with other indications
of a later hand, makes it probable that the greater part of
this speech is interpolated.

1237. ἐπήνει) he accepted, approved of, assented to the
terms. With the next verse compare Hec. 553, λαοὶ δ᾽
ἐπερρόθησαν, i.e. ‘shouted applause.’ But τάδε is somewhat
strangely added as the object.

_ 1240. ἐπὶ τοῖσδε] ‘on these conditions the two armies
concluded a truce, and in the open space between them they
took solemn oaths for the leaders to abide by.’ There is
another reading and a good one, στρατηλάται. Cf. Alcest. 375,
ἐπὶ τοῖσδε παῖδας χειρὸς ἐξ ἐμῆς δέχους If we read ἐμμενεῖν,

PHOE. 3

ge PHOENISSAE.

the sense will be, ‘that they would stand by it’ (the agree-
ment). The author may have had in view the ratifying of
the oath in 11. 111. 270 seqq.

1244. ἐκόσμουν] This refers to such badges, decora-
tions, or even wishes and directions, as their friends added
on each side.

1246. ἔσταν for ἐστήτην or ἔστησαν is unlike tragic
usage in ἃ senarius.

1249. <A better reading, preferred by Porson, though
with somewhat less authority, is λόγοισι θαρσύνοντες ἐξηύδων
τάδε.

1260. βρέτας τρόπαιον occurs inf. 1478, It seems to
imply a figure of a war-god of colossal size, and bearing
emblems of victory. Sophocles has Ζεὺς τρόπαιος in Antig.
143, Trach. 303.

1255. ἀκμαὶ and ῥήξεις were technical terms in divina-
tion by fire. The pointed tips or forked division of the
flames as they consumed the sacrifice, were especially no-
ticed. The ὑγρότης, or clammy stain from imperfectly
burnt meat, μυδῶσα κηκὶς, Soph. Ant. 1008, was regarded as
an unfavourable omen, because it implied that the gods did
not like the proffered feast. The word νωμᾶν, ‘to observe,’
is so used in Aesch. Theb. 25.

1257. δυοῖν ὅρου] Two results were determined by
observing the summit of the flame, viz. victory and defeat.
It has been objected that these are rather Roman than
Greek indications, and that a suspicion of lateness at-
taches to the narrative from the absence of illustration of
these omens from the earlier Greek writers. Such a phrase
as φίλτρ᾽ ἐπῳδῶν in 1260 might be criticized as unusual.
And the concluding distich seems obviously spurious; pos-
sibly however κᾷτ᾽ d@\a δεινὰ might be read interrogatively.
(‘You won’t?) Shall you then get tears as the terrible result
of the conflict?’ Compare Bacch. 1146, τὸν ξυνεργάτην
ἄγρας τὸν καλλίνικον, 7} δάκρνα vexnpoper.

1264. Antigone is desired by her mother. to leave her
maiden employments, the dance and the embroidery, and to
use her joint efforts with her mother to avert the threatened
duel.

1266. κατάστασι] The sense is, ‘The position of
affairs brought about by the gods is not one that is. further-
ed or advanced by dancing,’ &c. But the expression is
again unusual, and there is much in the dialogue following
that does not resemble the style of Euripides.

1268. ἐκνεύοντε] The word is somewhat strangely used
for ‘going wrong,’ ‘deviating from the course of justice to
cause mutual death.’ So sup. 920, ἐκνεύει πάλιν. The meta-
phor is from one escaping from danger by swimming. In
Iph. T. 1330, ἐξένευσε is from νεύειν ‘to nod.’

NOTES. 99

1280. φθάσω] There seems an ellipse of μεταδιώκουσα
Or κωλύουσα.

1282. After this verse nearly all the good MSS. add the
line that occurs sup, 976.—Jocasta and Antigone here leave
the stage together.

1288, πότερον] Perhaps πρότερον, ‘which will kill the
other first?’ So Soph. Trach. 947, πότερα πρότερον ἐπι-
στένω. The following accusatives are somewhat irregularly
used. The Greeks say aiudocew τινα dépay, but not ψυχήν.
From aiudze we must imply ἀφαιρήσεται for the latter noun.
Not less bold is πέσεα αἱμάσσειν in 1300.

1297. δίδυμοι θῆρε5] The two brothers are compared to
lions or wild boars. See Orest. 1272.

1299, δορὶ παλλόμεναι] ‘excited by the fray.’ He should
have used καρδίαι rather than ψυχαί.

1304. τύχα] ‘The fortune that awaits them, we may
almost say, is now not far from mutual murder.’

1305. φάος] Schol. ἡ παρεστῶσα ἡμέρα διδάξει τὸ πέρας,
καὶ τὸ μέλλον, ἤγουν τὸ ἀποβησόμενον.

1306. dzrorpos] i.e. δύσποτμος, ‘disastrous will be this .
slaughter, if their father’s curse can make it so.’

1307. συννεφῆ] ‘with clouded brow.’ So in El, 1078,
συννεφοῦσαν ὄμματα.

1310. Creon enters, apparently bringing the mangled
remains of his son (1316), who had deyoted himself to death,
sup. 1010, 1091. He bewails his own bereavement and the
danger that still surrounds the state. Of the fight between
the brothers he has as yet heard nothing. Some ‘peculiari-
ties in the language may still be noticed, e.g. ἱέναι used
intransitively (1312), and γέρων interposed between pera and
its case (1318). We have also λούσω προθῶμαί τ᾽ in Hee.
614. For ἱέναι see the note on Aesch. Pers. 472, ing’ ἀκόσμῳ
ξὺν φυγῇ. We may regard γέρων γραῖαν as almost one word,
as in the formula τὸν αὐτὸς αὑτοῦ, &c. Yet ἥκω μετὰ γέρων
γραῖαν cannot be said to resemble the style of Euripides.

1313. ἐμός τε γάρ) He was going to add, καὶ viv κινδυ-
νεύει πόλις.

1820, 1. This couplet is weak in sentiment. It is
quoted however by Stobaeus, Fl. exxv. 9. For εὐσεβεῖν θεὸν
see Aesch. Ag. 329 and Troad. 85.

1323. It seems that we must construe κοινῷ ποδὲ μη-
τρὸς, an unusual phrase for ἅμα μητρί. The natural order,
κύρη μητρὸς, filia matris, appears indefensible.

1324. ἐπῇ ‘to meet what event?’ This idiom usu-
ally takes an accusative of the person, but a dative of the
thing for which the action takes place. |

1820, εἰς ἀσπίδα, for εἰς μάχην, is again peculiar.

1327. dyard fur] 1.6. κομίζων, in recovering the re-
mains of my son,’ Cf, Suppl. 764, φαίης ἂν, εἰ παρῆσθ᾽ ὅτ᾽

7 ΞΕ

100 PHOENISSAE.

ἠγάπα νεκρούς. Hel. 937, πρόσω of ἀπόντα δακρύοις ἂν ἠγά-
πων. In many passages it nearly means ‘to hug,’ with the
notion of ardent affection,

_ . 1830. For ἀγὼν περὶ Ψυχῆς, a trial (or contest) of life

and death, see Orest. 847, 878.

- 1332. For τὸ μὲν we might have expected κακὸν or

κακοῦ, Or perhaps (in explanation of οἴμοι) τὸ γὰρ σημεῖον
K.T.A.
« 1333, ἀγγέλου] This appears to be a different messen-
ger from the other, though οἶσθα in 1357 might mean παρ᾽
ἐμοῦ. The tragics, especially of the later age, were fond of
introducing a double narrative; examples are, Iphigenia in
Tauris, Bacchae, Oedipus Coloneus. In the dramatis personae
ἕτερος ἄγγελος is enumerated.

1337, dicods] The usual tragic expression is μάλ᾽
αὖθις.

1343. dor ἂν δακρῦσαι Nauck, with Hartung, The
best MSS, give ὥστε δακρῦσαι, Aldus wor ἐκδακρῦσαι. See
Orest. 1122. The house, says the chorus, would visibly and
. openly shed tears, if it had been possessed of sense.

1346, εἰ καὶ κιτ.λ.1] ‘(You might say that indeed) if
you knew the misfortunes that have happened beside these,’
Or we miay suppose aposiopesis at the end of the verse.

1350, 1. Something has dropped out, e.g. μέγαν or
βαρὺν after κωκυτὸν, and ἐπιβαλοῦ after κτύπους, the metre
being dochmiac.

1353. aivvypovs] See v.50—2. A short expression for
‘what an end of the marriage you made with Oedipus
through his solving the riddle.’

1355. ἀρᾶς x.7.d.] ‘the contest resulting from the curse
of Oedipus.’ The question introduced by πῶς καὶ, as dis-
tinct from καὶ πῶς, asks for real information, as Porson well
observes. So in Hec. 515, πῶς καί vw ἐξεπράξατε means,
‘how did you kill her?’ while καὶ πῶς would have meant,
‘surely you did not kill her!’

1358. or οὐχ] ‘There are examples of this use, where
wore μὴ is the regular idiom, in Hel, 108 and Soph. ΕἸ.
780. Here however the Scholiast seems to have read ὡς μὴ
οὐχ, his explanation being wore μὴ οὐχὶ πάντας εἰδέναι τὰ
δρώμενα. ‘The sense is, ‘for the engagement’ (viz. that
related 1090 seqq.) ‘took place so near the walls, that all
the details are known to you,’ viz. as within sight. By ra
δρώμενα the imperfect seems represented, ‘all that was being
done.’ See ν, 1334,

1360—62, These verses are probably interpolated, See
v, 1243,

1365. σὸς γάρ εἰμ] He regards himself as an exile,
and as haying resigned the tutelage of his national gods,
—xOova, 80, τὴν σήν,

NOTES. 101

1369—71. Probably interpolated: ὅση, for ws δεινὴ,
would have been more appropriate with δυστυχίας. Like
ξυμφορὰ, τύχη must here bear an ambiguous sense.

1375. The tragics do not say βάλλειν λίθον ἐς ΟΥ̓ ἐπί
twa, but βάλλειν τινα λίθοις. (See however Orest. 1349,
Φασγανον δὲ πρὸς δέρῃ βάλλοντες.) Here we should expect
ἀφεῖναι rather than βαλεῖν.

1376. This verse occurred sup. 756.

1377. πυρσὸς ds] The signal of a torch thrown from a
tower (Ar. Ran, 132) was familiar to an Athenian audience
in starting the runners in the Lampadephoria.—caArvyyos,
see Aesch. Eum. 537, Soph. 47. 17.

1379. With ἐπὶ in the sense of hostile attack the accu-

“sative is more usual. According to Cobet, Var. Lect.
p. 604, δράμημα, not dpdunua, is the correct form, The
former is read in Aesch. Pers. 249.
Hit ΒΩΣ ἧσσον» ‘they made a rush.’ Cf. Il. vii. 88,
φασγάνῳ dicowv, and xviii. 506, τοῖσιν ἔπειτ᾽ ἤϊσσον, Viz.
σκήπτροισι.---κύκλοις, they crouched behind their circular
shields, that the darts might glance off without taking
effect.

1385. στόματι] Words of aiming at take a genitive, as
τοξεύετ᾽ ἀνδρὸς τοῦδε, Soph. Oed. R., θύρσους ἵεσαν TMevbéws,
Bacch. 1100, It is difficult here to explain the syntax of
the dative.

1386. κεγχρώματαῇ!ρ Small circular openings in the
‘margin of the shield were so called from κέγχρος, ‘millet. 3
‘They were ‘spy-holes,’ in fact, to give a view of the os ’s
movements under protection from his javelin.

1390. μεταψαίρων] Lit. ‘in scraping away,’ ‘in remoy-
ing from under him.’ The rare verb Waipew occurs in Prom.
γ΄. 402.

1393. παραδοθεῖσαν] Polynices, seeing a side-blow was
offered at the foot projecting beyond the cover of the shield,
took advantage of it, and aimed at it with a javelin (Lit.
‘met his adversary there with his dart,’ Lat. occupavit).
Compare Il. iv. 468, πλευρὰ, τά of κύψαντι map ἀσπίδος ἐξε-
“φαάνθη, οὔτησε ξυστῷ χαλκήρεί,. See also Hes, Scut. 334.

1394. δόρυ] This may be taken either as the subject or
the object. We have περᾶν πόδα, like ropevew, in Hec. 53.
And the genitive is perhaps in favour of the transitive sense.

1398. διῆκε] tramisit. See v. 1092. As however the
best MS. omits Bia, perhaps διὰ is the true reading, and
ἀφῆκε or μεθῆκε λόγχην. But στέρνα ought, from the con-
text, to mean ὥμον, not to say, that a man with a dart
through his chest could not fight with a sword. It may be
‘doubted whether the long lance or the javelin is meant.
The hoplite sometimes carried a spear, sometimes two darts,
«δύο δοῦρε,

102 PHOENISSAE.

1400. ἐπὶ σκέλος χωρεῖ] ‘he retires a step backward.’
«A man does this when, facing his foe, he draws back first
one foot or leg, then the other up to that foot or leg (ἐπὶ
‘oda, σκέλος), and so on. Whereas in hurried flight, quick
march, etc., leg passes leg in quick succession.” Mr Green
on Ar. Av. 383.

1403. Cf. Aesch. Ag. 65, διακναιομένης τ᾽ ἐν προτελείοις
κάμακος. ᾿

1407. τὸ Θεσσαλόν] ‘that well-known Thessalian feint,’
a pretended retreat. The Thessalians had a reputation for
cleverness, not only in magic arts but in war and domestic
hardiness, Cf. Elect. 815, ἐκ τῶν καλών κομποῦσι τοῖσι
Θεσσαλοῖς εἶναι τάδ᾽, ὅστις ταῦρον ἀρταμεῖ καλῶς, ἵππους τ᾽
ὀχμάζει. In what sense Eteocles could be called ‘conver-
sant with Thessaly’ does not appear.

1409, ἐξαλλαγείς] ‘ disengaging.’

1412. προβάς] ‘advancing his right leg.” The accusa-
tive is here a form of the cognate, like ἐλθεῖν ὁδὺν, πόδα, &e.
Cf. Orest. 1470, Μυκηνίδ᾽ ἀρβύλην προβάς.---ἐνήρμοσεν, ‘he
locked it in the joints of the vertebrae.’

1418. ἐκεῖσε] ‘in the other direction,’ viz. to his adver-
sary. See on 360. If πρὸς αὐτὸν be read, with the Schol.,
it will mean ‘not observing what Polynices was doing.’

1430. Valckenaer regards this verse as spurious, suffi-
cient mention being made in 1435 of the presence of
Antigone.

1437. smpodovre] These are the words of Antigone, in
regard to her marriage with Creon’s son Haemon being left
unaccomplished.

1438. For δύσθνητον it is likely we should read δυσθνῆ-
σκον, a participial adjective like the Homeric παμφαίνων,
παμφανόων, which has no finite verb. See Eur. Εἰ, 843 and
Rhes. 191.

1439. ὑγράν] Not ‘pliant,’ but ‘damp,’ ‘clammy,’ i.e.
dying hand.

1442. ὁ 6é] ‘But he, Polynices, was yet conscious’
(had yet breath left in him), while his brother was dying.
Porson reads ὃς δ᾽ ἦν ἔτ᾽ ἔμπνους, πρὸς κασιγνήτην ἰδών.
There is a further antithesis between φωνὴν οὐκ ἀφῆκε and
εἶπε rade. There seems an effort for pathos in this speech
which is rather overwrought. See especially vv. 1452 and
1459.

1445. It would seem that νεκρὸν is here intended for an
adjective, contrary to tragic usage. If we read κασιγνήτου,
we lose in logic what we gain in grammar. Perhaps we
may supply νεκρὸν ὄντα, or Keiuevov.—idos γὰρ k.T.d., ‘for a
friend became an enemy, and yet was still a friend,’ i.e.
a near and dear relative.

1401, ὡς νικῶντα] Supply ἔχοντες or προσποιούμενοι.

NOTES. 103

The repetition in ἔριν---ἣν ἔρις is careless. For οἱ μὲν---οἱ δὲ
in apposition to ἔρις, see Aesch. Prom. 208—10, στάσις--οἱ
μὲν θέλοντες, of δὲ «.7.X. Here again a participle like \éyov-
tes must be supplied. But there is much in all this that is
not like the style of Euripides.

1466. εὖ δέ πω] See sup. 1126, Iph. A. 66. The
general sense is, that when Antigone had retired, the Argive
army rushed to arms; but the Thebans were prepared for
them, and so fell on the enemy before they were ready to
meet the attack. The syntax is, ἔφθημεν εἰσπεσόντες (ἐπι-
πεσόντες) στρατὸν οὔπω πεφραγμένον τεύχεσιν. ---ἐπ’ ἀσπίδων
means ‘leaning or sitting on their shields,’ i.e. keeping
close to them, ἐπ᾽ ἀσπίδων παρατεταγμένοι, Thue. vii. 79.

1470. ὑπέστη] ‘stood his ground.’

1473. Bpéras] See v. 1250.

1477. ᾿Αντιγόνης μέτα vexpots] The very same scene
occurs in Aesch. Theb. 855 seqq.

1480. εἰς ἀκοάς] This is shortly put for ἥκει δυστυχία,
καὶ οὐκέτι ἐν ἀκοῇ éori.—For πτώματα, ‘corpses,’ see inf,
1697, Orest. 1196.

1485. The monody (threnos) of Antigone, like most
examples of this composition, has much of wild wailing and
emotional apostrophe (1495, 1501, 1509, &c.), which com-
bine with some textual corruptions to render it obscure.
The division into strophae and antistrophae has been at-
tempied by Hermann and Nauck, but with doubtful
success.

1486. ἁβρά] Supply προκαλύμματα (ἁβρότιμα πρ., Aesch.
Ag. 673). The verb bears its proper meaning of holding up
something as a covering. See Jph. T. 312, Hom. 11. v. 315,
πρόσθε δέ οἱ πέπλοιο φαεινοῦ πτύγμ᾽ ἑκάλυψεν, xvii. 132, Αἴας
δ᾽ ἀμφὶ Μενοιτιάδῃ σάκος εὐρὺ καλύψας. Translate, ‘Without
throwing in coyness a veil over the clustering curls on my
cheek, nor through maiden modesty ashamed to display the
scarlet which mantles beneath my eyes, the blush on my face,
I hurry along, a frantic mourner for the dead, casting all
covering from my hair, and letting loose the saffron-dyed
hem of my embroidered dress, an escort to the departed,
with many a groan.’

1489. βάκχα νεκύων] Aesch. Theb. 831, érevia τύμβῳ
μέλος ὡς θυιάς.

1491. xpoxdecoar] Hither from κρόκη, ‘ woof,’ or κρόκος,
crocus (saffron). See Aesch. Ag. 230, Pers. 661. Porson
reads στολίδος κροκόεσσαν avetoa τρυῴφάν. The Schol. seems
to have read χλιδᾶς.

1495. ἐπώνυμος] ‘it seems you were rightly named,’
viz. from πολὺ νεῖκος. See sup. 636, Aesch. Eum. 90, κάρτα
δ᾽ ὧν ἐπώνυμος πομπαῖος ἴσθι. In σὰ ἔρις there seems an
allusion to σὸν νεῖκος. There appears. to have been a var.

104 PHOENISSAE.

lect. κρανθεῖσ᾽, but either the feud or the ‘double slaughter”
may be said κρανθῆναι αἵματι, ‘to have been accomplished
with a lamentable shedding of blood.’

1499—1503. There are serious corruptions in this pas-
sage; yet the general meaning is pretty clear. Antigone
asks what composer of mournful strains she shall summon
to sing a fitting dirge as she accompanies the three corpses.
As, μουσοπόλοι in Alcest. 445 is used for ποιηταὶ, we should
perhaps read στεναχᾶς, and τίν᾽ ἀοιδὸν for τίνα προσῳδόν. Or
we might transpose τίνα προσῳδὸν στοναχαῖς μουσοπόλον
δάκρυσι κιτ.λ. Schol. τίνα θρῆνον ἄξιον καὶ τίνα στεναγμὸν
σύμφωνον. τῆς προκειμένης συμφορᾶς καὶ τῶν τριῶν τούτων
νεκρῶν avaxaréow; Cf. Ion 359, οἴμοι, προσῳδὸς ἡ τύχη τὠμῷ
πάθει.

1503. Perhaps, τρισσὰ φέρουσα τὰ σύγγονα σώματα.

1508. φονεύσας} ‘thereby causing the death of the
Sphinx the songstress.’ It was said that she threw herself
from the wall in vexation at the riddle being solved.

1510. sis‘E\\ds} Perhaps τίς ᾿Ελληνίς, This form oc-.
curs Hel. 257, El. 1076. But Ἑλλὰς στολὴ also is used,
Soph. Phil. 223, and elsewhere ἱλλὰς πόλις.

1512. αἵματος duepiov] The order of the words is in
favour of construing ‘such open grief for so many misfor-
tunes befalling the race of men.’ .

1514. From Hel. 1107, where the nightingale is simi-
larly invoked, ἔλθ᾽ ὦ διὰ ξουθᾶν “γενύων ἐλελιζομένα, θρήνοις.
ἐμοῖς ξυνεργὸς, and Ar. Av. 218, ἐλελιζομένα διεροῖς μέλεσιν.
γένυος ξουθῆς, it seems that we should here read πώς. ἐλελι ζο-
μένα τίς dp ὄρνις, ‘what bird warbling what notes of woe?’
As the text stands in the MSS., a verb is wanting, which is
supplied on the conjecture of the editor, εἶσιν. Porson
follows Musgrave in reading ὀδυρμοῖς ἐμοῖς ἀχήσει ξυνῳδὸς,
and the Schol., with the MSS., recognises ὀδυρμοῖς, which,
however seems to be a gloss on ἄχεσε.

1518. ἃ] the nominative, ‘I who,’ ἄς. The use of the
future participle διάξουσα, without a verb of motion, is here
very peculiar. (See the note on Aesch. Ag. 66.) The metre
however, which is choriambic, requires a word of the same
measure.

1527. Perhaps γαλακτοφόροις or Ὑγαλακτογόνοις. For
μαστοὶ γάλακτος, ‘breasts of milk,’ seems no better Greek
than κάρα βοστρύχων, ‘a head of hair,’ Or. 225, or τράπεζα
βορᾶς, ‘a table of food,’ in Oed. R. 1463. Translate, ‘On
whom first shall I throw offerings from my hair by rending
it? (Shall I place them) by the milk-giving breasts of my,
mother, or on the fatal ghastly wounds of my two brothers?’

1533. ὃς ἐπὶ κιτ.λ.] ‘Who in your chamber, after cast~
ing the mist of darkness on your own eyes, are dragging on
a long-protracted life.’

NOTES. 105

1536. ἐν δεμνίοισιν δυστάνοις is the editor’s correction
for δεμνίοις δύστανος or δύστανον. The metre is here bac-
chiac. — ἀλαίνων, x.7.X., ‘whose aged steps wander to
and fro in the house, where you sleep on a miserable
couch.’—7éda is used like βῆναι πόδα, ὁδὸν, &c. Compare
Aesch. Ag, 82, ὄναρ ἡμερόφαντον ἀλαίνει, with inf. 1544, 5.

1540. The poet has introduced a ‘sensational’ scene in
introducing on the stage the blind and feeble Oedipus,
conducted by his daughter. The support of her hand is
called βάκτρευμα, a word recognised by Hesychius, and ex-
plained ἐρείσμασιν. Cf. 1548,---δακρύοισιν, ‘by your tears
accompanied with most piteous wailing.’—\ex7py, ‘bed-
ridden.’

1551. Perhaps crovaxais, ‘with groans,’ or, if the verse
was anapaestic, rapa yap στενάχειν καὶ τάδ᾽ avreiv.

1555. οὐκ ἐπὶ κιτ.λ.] ‘Not to reproach you nor to
exult over you, but in grief do I say it,—your evil genius,
weighted with swords, and fire, and miserable fights, ad-
vanced against your sons.’ Similarly in Agam. 1478, Cly-
temnestra says that the murder was perpetrated, not by
herself, but by the ἀλάστωρ of Atreus assuming her form.
Some epithet to ξίφεσιν has perhaps dropped out like ¢o-
VLOLOLV.

1561. Perhaps τἂν (τοι dv) should be inserted before
ἔβας. ‘You would indeed have been grieved, if, able to gaze
at the chariot of the sun (i.e. not blinded), you had surveyed
these corpses of the slain with the light of your eye.’

1567. τίθεσθαι δάκρυα may here be regarded as a sy-
nonym of δακρύειν. Cf. 1585. ‘With tears and groans seen
and heard by all, she went forth to bring to her sons the
persuasive eloquence of a mother’s breast,’ i.e. to appeal to
them as a suppliant by the breast that nourished them.
This was a specially solemn act; see Aesch. Cho. 882. The
combination ἱκέτις μαστὸς is peculiar; but ixéray seems
against the metre (resolved trochaic).

1570 seqq. ηὗρε 6&—Apys] ‘And she found at the Elec-
tran gate her sons in a lotus-growing meadow, fighting, like
lions in their lair, with spears with all the fury of kinsmen
(lit. ‘fighting a common, or kindred, fray’), over wounds
they had already inflicted (v. 1419), and pouring a now
cold blood-offering of their gore, which the war-god handed
and the god of death received as his portion.’ Soin Agam.
1358, the third death-blow dealt to Agamemnon is called a
votive-offering to Hades. Here, as from dying persons, it is
not warm life-blood, but a cold and chilled or congealed
libation. Compare πάχνᾳ κουροβόρῳ, Agam. 1490, There
is some doubt as to ἐπὶ τραύμασιν, which may be construed
with λοιβὰν, ‘a libation over their wounds,’ So ἐπισπένδειν͵
"yexp@, Ag. 1366.

100 PHOENISSAE.

1580. ὅστις] i.e. ὅστις ἐστὶν ὁ τελευτῶν τὸ πρᾶγμα ταύτῃ.
Aesch. Cho. 298, Διόθεν τῇδε τελευτᾶν, ἣ τὸ δίκαιον μεταβαίνει.

1587. γάμων depvds] ‘In assigning a marriage-portion
to Haemon, and the hand of your daughter Antigone.’
Eteocles had named as his heir, after Creon, Creon’s son
Haemon, who was already affianced to his (Eteocles’) sister
Antigone. On the death of Eteocles, Creon succeeds to the —
sovereignty of Thebes in place of his yet unmarried son,
who would have become entitled to it by his marriage;
Creon being his natural heir, ag the nearest relative; see
sup. 700.

1590. οὐ μή wore—ed πράξειν, 1.6. ὅτι οὐ μὴ εὖ πράξει
(πράξοι), ‘that there was not a chance of this state being
prosperous so long as you continued to live init.’ The
idiom with the infinitive is unusual, but it follows logically
from the direct use of οὐ μὴ with a future, e.g. Soph. Oed.
Col. 177, οὔ τοι μήποτέ σ᾽ ἐκ τῶνδ᾽ ἑδράνων, ὦ γέρον, ἄκοντά
τις ἄξει.

1593. By οἱ ἀλάστορες οἱ σοὶ, ‘those demons of evil that
attend on your curses,’ Creon expresses the same notion of
a haunting ban that Oedipus himself had imprecated upon
him on being urged to leave the city, Oed. Col. 756, 787,
ἀλλά σοι τάδ᾽ ἔστ᾽ ἐκεῖ χώρας ἀλάστωρ οὑμὸς ἐνναίων ἀεί.

1598. ἄγονον] ‘yet unborn.’ The tautology after μητρὸς
ἐκ γονῆς is thought to be satirized in Ar. Ran. 1184, where
Oedipus is called ἀθλιώτατος, ὅντινά ye, πρὶν φῦναι μὲν, Απόλ-
λων ἔφη ἀποκτενεῖν τὸν πατέρα, πρὶν καὶ “γεγονέναι.

1599. γένεσθαι] ‘that I should become.’ There are
undoubted instances of the aorist infinitive in a future
sense, after verbs of hoping, predicting, praying, expecting,
ἄς. Madvig (Adv. Crit. i. p. 177—181) doubts this, and he
would explain Agam. 657, Μενέλεων.---προσδόκα μολεῖν, ‘eX-
pect that he has already set out from Troy.’

1601. νομίσας x.7.d.] ‘regarding me (unhappy wretch
that I was!) as his enemy,’ viz. because he was destined to
meet his death by my hand. For δυσδαίμονα there is a var.
lect. πεφυκέναι, which the Schol. seems to have found.—
κτείνει, i.e. ἔκτεινε, ‘was for putting me to death,’ cf. sup. 22.

1604. οὗ «.7.\.] ‘From which fate however we are
(were) saved (as I would I had not been!); for I could wish
that Cithaeron had sunk down to the lowest abyss, for not
then causing my death! no! instead of that, ill-luck made
me a slave in the house of Polybus as a master; and then,
after murdering my own father, I came tomarry my mother.’
The passage may have been interpolated; the phrase dov-
λεύειν ἀμφί τινα (for παρά τινι) is unusual, and the fact is
nowhere mentioned by Sophocles, that Oedipus ever was
the slave of Polybus.

1611. dpds—éovs] ‘Having received an ancestral curse:

NOTES. 107

from Laius, and handed it down in turn (i.e. as if a family
possession) to my sons.’ Asin the family of Atreus, so in
that of Oedipus, there was a prior ban that was believed to
have brooded in the family, and to have developed itself in
the later woes. Thus, according to the Schol., Pelops was
said to have cursed Laius, because Laius had carried off his
son Chrysippus. To this double curse Aeschylus alludes in
Theb. 829, ὦ μέλαινα καὶ τελεία γένεος Οἰδίπου τ᾽ dpa.

1612. οὐ γὰρ κιτ.λ.} ‘For I am not by nature so devoid
of sense as to have carried out, as I did, these deeds of vio-
lence against my own eye-sight and (by cursing them)
against the life of my own sons, had it not been for some
god.’ As a rule, the Attics say either οὕτως ἀσύνετον ἦν,
ὥστε ταῦτα ἔδρασα (when a deed actually done is described);
or οὐχ οὕτως ἀσύνετος ἦν, Wore ταῦτα δρᾶσαι. The usage
with the indicative always assumes that something has been
done. Here the poet might have said οὕτω συνετός εἰμι,
ὥστε ταῦτα οὐκ ἔδρασα dvev θεοῦ, &c. And this is doubtless
the meaning of Oedipus, who alludes to his reputation for
cleverness in solving the riddle.

1615. ὁ δυσδαίμων ἔγώω] is awkwardly repeated from 1608,

1618. ἀλλὰ κ-τ.λ.}] ‘Well then, with those whom men
call my two fine sons. Alas! I have lost them. Or am I
likely, as being myself yet young, to find a livelihood?
Impossible! Why, Creon, do you thus utterly deprive me
of life?’

1622. ἑλίξας] ‘twining,’ see Orest. 1433, Iph. T. 1270,
χέρα παιδνὸν ἕλιξεν ex Διὸς θρόνων.

1623. ποτε] He means, τὸ πρὶν γενναῖον, ‘my former
good courage,’

1625, 6. σοί re—éyd re] ‘Well, as you have expressed
your resolution not to clasp (lay a hand on) my knee, on
my part I am not likely to allow you to stay in the land,’
For χρῴζειν, lit. ‘to touch the surface’ of any object, applied
to supplication, see Med. 497, Hel. 831.

1629. Construe πατρίδα ἦλθε, i.e. ἐπῆλθε, πέρσων πόλιν.
We might indeed take πόλιν πατρίδα here for πατρῴαν. The
verse seems an imitation of Aesch. Theb. 1016, τούτου δ᾽
ἀδελφὸν τόνδε Πολυνείκους νέκυν ἔξω βαλεῖν ἄθαπτον, just as
1634 is taken from Soph. Ant. 29. The word ἐκβάλετε is
addressed to the attendants.

1637. τὴν ἰοῦσαν] The best copies have τὴν εἰσιοῦσαν.
There is no meaning in the simple participle; perhaps τὴν
παροῦσαν was written, and μένουσα (τὴν ἐπιοῦσαν) ἐν 7 Was
the syntax intended. Yet μένουσα---ἐν ἣ μένει can hardly
be right. Moreover, at v. 1673 Antigone asks whether she
is expected to marry Haemon. There are reasons for be-
lieving the present ῥῆσις, or part of it, to be spurious. W.
Dindorf rejects 1637, 8.

108 PHOENISSAE,

1645. θεσμοποιεῖ] ‘Why do you enact new laws (or
state-regulations) over a poor corpse?’ ‘This verse is per-
haps an addition. By θεσμοὶ (Aesch. Hum. 651) something
more than νόμοι, constitutional laws, are meant. Institu-
tions promulgated by absolute authority are here perhaps
invidiously so called.—The long dialogue following has
many resemblances to the altercation between Antigone and
the herald in Aesch. Theb. 1008 seqq., which in itself is
thought to be an addition to the original play subsequent to
and founded upon the Antigone.

1647. ὃς éxi@ov] Hermann proposes ὃς πείθει.

1650. κυσίν] Cf. Theb. 1017, ἁρπαγὴν κυσίν.

1651. οὐκ ἔννομον] ‘(No), for the vengeance you are
taking on him is not a lawful one,’ viz. to leave any dead
body unburied.

1652. οὐκ ἐχθρός] i.e. οὐ ξένος wy.

1653. The phrase (itself probably a late one) δαίμονα
δώσω, ‘I will give you your death,’ occurs in Iliad viii. 166.
Here the intended meaning is, ‘Well then, he paid to for-
tune (i.e. the luck of war) the penalty of death.’ But it is
difficult to believe such a verse was composed by Euripides.
The next is not much better, ‘and now let him pay satis-
faction in his (unhonoured) tomb also,’ as well as by his
death. From the contrast in καὶ τῷ τάφῳ it would seem
that τῇ τύχῃ was intended to mean ‘in his ill luck,’

1657. ἐγώ che θάψω] occurs in Thed. 1031, and ἀπεν-
νέπω δ᾽ ἐγὼ 10. 1056.

1002, οὐχ ἃ σοὶ δοκεῖ] We may supply πρακτέα ἐστί:
In the next line, κέκριται ὑπὸ δαίμονος seems meant.

1666. For the accusative with τυχεῖν cf. Aesch. Cho.
701, κἀκεῖ κυρούντων δώμασιν Τὰ πρόσφορα.

1669. τελαμῶνας] ‘bandages.’ Troad. 1232, τελαμῶσιν
ἕλκη τὰ μὲν ἐγώ σ᾽ ἰάσομαι.

1670. σύ] ‘Whatever others may do, you shall not pay
honour to this corpse.’ ;

1672. οὐ μὴ appears necessary to the sense; but the
MSS. give οὐκ εἰς, κιτλ. Creon says, ‘Do not get ill-luck
for your marriage by the evil omen of groans for the dead.’ ;

1675. Δαναΐδων μίαν] She threatens to kill her husband,
and swears by a sword that she points to, that she means to
do it. By this threat Creon is so far influenced that he
orders her to go, v. 1682, without insisting further on 50
disastrous an alliance.

1678. ἐκπροθυμεῖ] seems an improbable compound.
Perhaps, ποῖ καὶ προθυμεῖ, x.7.d., the question being re-
peated from v. 1674.

1682. With the stern order to leave the country, Creon
leaves the stage. The dialogue is (weakly and needlessly,
it may be thought) prolonged by Oedipus, who approves of

NOTES, 109

his daughter’s contumacy. She replies, that was the only
course consistent with her duty to her father; for if she
consented to the marriage, he would have to endure exile
alone. Cf. v. 1589.

» 1686. καὶ ris x.7.4.] ‘But, being blind, there will be
no one to take care of you, father.’ ΐ

1087. πεσὼν κεῖσθαι is a common metaphor from a
throw in wrestling; cf. Orest. 1489, and ὑπτίασμα κειμένου
πατρὸς, Agam. 1256, For πέδῳ there is a var. lect, θανών.

1688. ποῦ] ‘But where (in that case) is, i.e. what will
become of, the great Oedipus and his famous riddle?’ Cf.
Suppl. 127, τὸ δ᾽ "Apyos ὑμῖν ποῦ ᾽στιν; ἢ κόμποι μάτην;

1692. σωφρονούσῃ] ‘if she is discreet,’ if she avoids
notoriety, &c. Cf. 1740.

1695. ᾧ μῆτερῇ) He is led by Antigone to the body of
Jocasta, which had been brought in sup. 1482, with the
eorpses of her sons. He calls her ‘most unhappy as at once
a mother and wife.’

1696. πρόκειται] So Theb. 958, πρόκεισαι kataxras. A
term equally applied to the laying out of bodies is ἐκτείνειν,
which is alluded to in ἐκτάδην κεῖσθον. See Hippol, 786,
Aesch. Cho. 970.

1697. πτῶμα] See on 1482.

1705 seqq. The subject of Oedipus at Colonus, brought
out ten years later, may be said to be here anticipated.
~ 1722, ἰσχύν] ‘in strength.’ The MSS. add ἔχων, which
Hermann ejected as a gloss. Cf. Prom. V. 557, ὀλιγοδρανίαν
ἄκικυν ἰσόνειρον. Ar, Av. 687, ἀνέρες εἰκελόνειροι.

1724. ἐλαύνων] This 15 addressed to Creon, with whom,
as in the Oed. Col., Oedipus is on no good terms.

1726. τί τλάς] ‘Why do you say, suffered? Does not
justice keep an eye on the bad?’ Hermann reads ér)as.
The formula with the question is used, like ri det λέγειν,
when it is useless to make some assertion. See Alc. 807,
Ton 280.- ἀμείβεται, ‘requite,’ ‘repay,’ i.e. with evils.

1729. ἔβαν ἐπὶ μοῦσαν] ‘who attained to a success in
learning worthy of heaven.’ So διὰ μούσας ἧξα, Alc, 963,
εἶναι ἐν μούσας, Hipp. 452.

1131. ἀναφέρεις] ‘you are bringing up again.’ The
Sphinx is called the reproach of Thebes (τὸ πόλεως ὄνειδος,
Theb. 534) because the inhabitants were so long destroyed
by her before any one could solve the riddle proposed by
her. By τὰ πάρος εὐτυχήματα Oedipus’ success in this
respect is contrasted with the exile that then awaited him
(ἐπέμενε), and now has befallen him.

1741. If this verse is rightly given to Oedipus, φεῦ
expresses his admiration for his daughter’s goodness of
heart, which (she adds) will make her famous in respect to
her father’s misfortunes.

110 PHOENISSAE.

1744, ὑβρισμάτων] The insolent and cruel edicts of
Creon for refusing burial to Polynices, and for banishing
Oedipus. In the MSS. σῶν is wanting. Musgrave read σοῦ.

1747. σκοτία] ‘secretly.’ So Hermann for σκοτίᾳ.

1748. ¢dvn&] Ocdipus, as if loth to take his daughter
into exile, either in earnest or to try her filial devotion
suggests other courses as open to her,—to show herself
among her companions, to go to the altars to pray, or to
rejoin the festive company of Theban Bacchantes, among
whom she formerly had danced. ‘To do that’ (she rejoins,
1757) ‘were to do a thankless and ungracious favour to the
gods, who care only for a willing heart.’ Compare Aesch.
Cho. 88, τοιάνδε χάριν ἀχάριτον---μωμένα.

1754. With στολιδόω, ‘to put a border to a dress’
(Orest. 1435), compare κηλιδοῦν, ‘to mark with a stain,’
Herc. F. 1318.

1758, 9. Nearly these lines occur Oed. R. 1524, Per-
haps an accidental resemblance in the first of them in-
duced the interpolation of the second from Sophocles.

1760. κατέσχον] ‘checked,’ ‘suppressed.’—avrés, i, 6,
after putting down the Sphinx, I am myself put away, or
sent off in disgrace. Hermann would read οἰκτρὸς οἰκτρῶς.

1764. The concluding lines, in which the appeal to
Νίκη anticipates the favourable decision of the judges, are
found also in the Orestes and the Iphigenia at Tauri.

Another formula concludes the Bacchae, Andromache
and Hecuba. Of their genuineness in all cases doubts are
entertained by the critics.

CAMERIDGE: PRINTED BY C. J. CLAY, M.A, AT THE UNIVERSITY PRESS

a es δοῦν, οὐ τ εν πὲ

β

THE CAMBRIDGE TEXTS WITH NOTES.

School use; with Introductions and Notes by eminent Scholars,
The Texts are mainly those of the “ Bibliotheca Classica” and the
‘Grammar School Classics.”

In Feap. 8vo. 158, 6d. each. |
ALCESTIS OF EURIPIDES. ΒΥ Ε΄ A. Patey, M.A.
MEDEA OF EURIPIDES, By F. A. Patry, MLA.
HIPPOLYTUS OF EURIPIDES. By F. A. Paney, M.A.
HECUBA OF EURIPIDES. ByF. A. Patey, M.A.
BACCHAE OF EURIPIDES. By F. A. Parry, M.A.
ION OF EURIPIDES. ByF. A. Patry, M.A. [Price 2s.]
ORESTES OF EURIPIDES, ByF. A. Patsy, M.A.
PHOENISSAE OF EURIPIDES. By F.A. Parry, M.A.

|

PROMETHEUS VINCTUS OF AESCHYLUS. By |
F. A. Panzy, M.A.

SEPTEM CONTRA THEBAS OF AESCHYLUS. By |
F. A. Paney, M.A. |

SELECTIONS FROM OVID. By the late Rey. A. J.
| Macieane, M.A. ᾿

Ι
|
| Being Select portions of the Greek and Latin Authors, edited for
|

Others in Preparation. |

Βα 5a pie ET

ΤΕΣ

nits ee

ATOM. hy

7 *
? “ ἣν ‘7 εἶ neo ei Dead a
eed ; Pesan
ane ae ᾿

᾿ +4 ;

Δ να, τα oe "ς a ᾿ aA oh ΠῚ Ὁ Ε vivawg $ Hee

᾿ ῖ ΟΝ δα "ἢ Uta ack SONA φής OM AES
ab τἀ lg Maca lag Sacer AD ME Pte aby ELA

Υ we

¥ is
A ᾽
inet av ΤΥ | re Nae old Wei
1D AW μιν j ; vi: ων J
ἫΝ δὰ ah ᾿ ἷ , ἢ wey - φ 1 ; Ἃ
rt Yar orn 1 le goa AUS, gee
i ΠῚ " " " ᾿
sy ὃν i + ‘ } ~
" ᾿ 4 9 ; »Ψ ΄ 7 4 ΙΣ τ Ρ
4 ad :
Ay re “ δ r i>
ὶ ἽΝ] τι δὶ. ᾿ : δὰ. a > ὌΨΙ ᾿ ohn
: = Te oy rt ors aa
Aree κ ag. Ε΄ Ayia ἬΝ GP aD.
Ε es ote PS ὁ > eae
» Ν᾿ ἴω μ᾿ 7 ων ba
A 4 * > Ὡ a “ τὸ..." ἀπ Ab ee
. Γ oa ΚΝ
᾿ ; ala 4 = rae eye τ sees
4 4) ᾿ ᾿ φ ᾿ς [«
“ 4 Ρ at
‘iw F Γ' Υ Κὶς
᾿ . wig, - ¢
᾿ Ὁ Ἕ A ves ἣ ee 5 a
᾿ ᾿ ᾿
ma ah hair's Rind a
AS } ΓΑ ΝΕ ΡΣ wh WN
ie y ‘és 0 } eA OY yk
. 4 . 7
hs bad F
Κ . ‘ “) ἃ bay
. ae ao a j id hen
5 « J Ww?
Elk ea
se ᾿ CO) Feo strep 4 ete aed aie ee
; if € ek alk dy Per ae
ES , 7 -
7 ἢ ᾿ a ᾿ ‘
| ew # ips
᾿ - “ " ᾿ *
p ἐν νὴ , ΟΣ POC
a i wa * ~ ΤΩΣ - sii a
: > i
᾽ jamie Re

January, 1879.

A CLASSIFIED LIST

OF

EDUCATIONAL WORKS

PUBLISHED BY

GEORGE BELL & SONS.

Full Catalogues will be sent post free on application.

BIBLIOTHECA CLASSICA.

A Series of Greek and Latin Authors, with English Notes, edited by
eminent Scholars. 8vo.

Z@schylus. By Εἰ. A. Paley, M.A. 18s.

Cicero’s Orations. By G. Long, M.A. 4 vols. 16s., 14s., 16s., 18s.

Demosthenes. By R. Whiston, M.A. 2 vols. 16s. each.

Euripides. By F. A. Paley, M.A. 3 vols. 16s. each.

Homer. By Εἰ. A. Paley, M.A. Vol. 1. 125. ; Vol. IT. 14s.

Herodotus. By Rey. J. W. Blakesley, B.D. 2 vols. 32s.

Hesiod. By F. A. Paley, M.A. 10s. θά.

Horace. By Rev. A. J. Macleane, M.A. 18s.

Juvenal and Persius. By Rey. A. J. Macleane, M.A. 12s.

Plato. By W.H. Thompson, D.D. 2 vols. 7s. 6d. each.

Sophocles. By Rey. F. H. Blaydes, M.A. Vol. 1. 18s,

Tacitus: The Annals. By the Rey. P. Frost. 15s,

Terence. By E. St. J. Parry, M.A. 18s.

Virgil. By J. Conington, M.A, 3vols. 12s., 14s., 145,

An Atlas of Classical Geography; Twenty-four Maps. By W.

Hughes and George Long, M.A. New edition, with coloured outlines.
Imperial 8vo. 12s. 6d.

Uniform with above.

A Complete Latin Grammar. By J. W. Donaldson, D.D. ard
Edition. 14s.

A Complete Greek Grammar. By J. W. Donaldson, D.D. 3rd
Edition. 16s.

GRAMMAR-SCHOOL CLASSICS.

A Series of Greek and Latin Authors, with English Notes. Fcap. 8vo

Cesar: De Bello Gallico. By George Long, M.A. 5s. θά.
Books I-III. For Junior Classes. By G. Long, M.A. 2s. 6d.

Catullus, Tibullus, and Propertius. Selected Poems. With Life.
By Rey. A. H. Wratislaw. 3s. 6d

2 George Bell and Sons’

Cicero: De Senectute, De Amicitia, and Select Epistles. By
George Long, M.A. 4s. 6d.

Cornelius Nepos. By Rev. J. F. Macmichael. 2s. 6d.

Homer: Iliad. Books I~XII. ByF. A. Paley, M.A. 6s. 6d.

Horace. With Life. By A. J. Macleane, M.A. 6s. θά.

Juvenal: Sixteen Satires. By H. Prior, M.A. 4s. 6d.

Martial: Select Epigrams. With Life. By F. A. Paley, M.A. 6s. 6d.

Ovid: the Fasti. By F. A. Paley, M.A. 5s,

Sallust: Catilina and Jugurtha. With Life. By G. Long, M.A. 5s,

Tacitus: Germania and Agricola. By Rev. P. Frost. 3s. 6d.

Virgil: Bucolics, Georgics, and A‘ncid, Books I.-IV. Abridged

from Professor Conington’s Edition. 5s. 6d.
(The Bucolics and Georgics in one volume. 3s.)

ΖΕ οἰ, Books V.-XII. Abridged from Professor Conington’s
Edition. 5s. 6d.

Xenophon: The Anabasis. With Life. By Rev. J. F. Macmichael. 5s.

The Cyropedia. By G. M. Gorham, M.A. 6s.

Memorabilia. By Percival Frost, M.A. 4s. 6d.

A Grammar-School Atlas of Classical Geography, containing
Ten selected Maps. Imperial 8vo. 5s,

Uniform with the Series.

The New Testament, in Greck. With English Notes, &. By
Rey. J. F, Macmichael. 7s, 6d.

CAMBRIDGE GREEK AND LATIN TEXTS.

J&schylus. By F.A. Paley, M.A. 3s.

Cezesar: De Bello Gallico. By G. Long, M.A. 2s.

Cicero: De Senectute et de Amicitia, et Epistole Selects. By
G. Long, M.A. 15. 6d.

Ciceronis Orationes. Vol. I. (in Verrem.) By G. Long, M.A. 3s. 6d.

Euripides. By F. A. Paley, M.A. 3 vols. 3s. 6d. each.
Herodotus. By J. G. Blakesley, B.D. 2 vols. 7s.

Homeri Ilias. I.-XII. By F. A. Paley, M.A. 2s. 6d.

Horatius. By A. J. Macleane, M.A. 2s. 6d.

Juvenal et Persius. By A. J. Macleane, M.A. 18. 6d.
Lucretius. By H. A. J. Munro, M.A. 2s. 6d.

Sallusti Crispi Catilina et Jugurtha. By G. Long, M.A. 158. 6d.
Terenti Comcediz. By W. Wagner, Ph.D. 3s.

Thucydides. By J.G. Donaldson, D.D. 2 vols. 7s.

Virgilius. By J. Conington, M.A. 3s. 6d.

Xenophontis Expeditio Cyri. By J. F. Macmichael, B.A. 2s. 6d.

Novum Testamentum Grecum. By I. H. Scrivener, M.A.
4s, 6¢, An edition with wide margin for notes, half bound, 12s,

Educational Works. 3

CAMBRIDGE TEXTS WITH NOTES.
A Selection of the most usually read of the Greek and Latin Authors,
Annotated for Schools. Fcap. 8vo. 1s. 6d. each.
Euripides. Alcestis. By F. A. Paley, M.A.
Medea. By F. A. Paley, M.A.
—— Hippolytus. By F. A. Paley, M.A.
Hecuba. By F. A. Paley, M.A.
Bacche. By F. A. Paley, M.A.
Ion. By F. A. Paley, M.A. [Price 2s.]
Z&Zschylus. Prometheus Vinctus. By F. A. Paley, M.A.
Septem contra Thebas. By Ε΄. A. Paley, M.A.
Ovid. Selections. By A. J. Macleane, M.A.

PUBLIC SCHOOL SERIES.
A Series of Classical Texts, annotated by well-known Scholars.
Crown 8vo.
Aristophanes. The Peace. By F. A. Paley, M.A. 4s. θά.
The Acharnians. By F. A. Paley, M.A. 4s. 6d.
The Frogs. By F. A. Paley, M.A. 4s. 6d.
Cicero. The Letters to Atticus. Bk. I. By A. Pretor. M.A. 4s. 6d.
Demosthenes de Falsa Legatione. By R. Shilleto, M.A. 6s.
The Law of Leptines. By B. W. Beatson, M.A.
Plato. The Apology of Socrates and Crito. By W. Wagner, Ph.D.
4th Edition. 4s. 6d.
The Phedo. By W. Wagner, Ph.D. 5s. 6d.
The Protagoras. By W. Wayte, M.A. 4s. 6d.
sige any The Aulularia. By W. Wagner, Ph.D. 2nd edition.
. 6d.

Trinummus. By W. Wagner, Ph.D. 2nd edition. 4s. 6d,
The Menaechmei. By W. Wagner, Ph.D. 4s. 6d.
Sophoclis Trachiniz. By A. Pretor, M.A. 4s. θά.

Terence. By W. Wagner, Ph.D. 10s. 6d.

Theocritus. By F. A. Paley, M.A. 4s. 6d.

Others in preparation.

CRITICAL AND ANNOTATED EDITIONS.

Ζηβ. By H. A.J. Munro, M.A. 3s. 6d.

Aristophanis Comedie. By H. A. Holden, LL.D. 8yo. 2 vols.
23s. 6d. Plays sold separately.

Pax. By F. A. Paley, M.A, Feap. 8vo. 4s. 6d.

Catullus. Criticisms and Elucidations of. By H. A. J. Munro,
M.A. Demy 8vo. 7s. 6d.

Horace. Quinti Horatii Flacci Opera. By H. A. J. Munro, M.A.
Large 8vo. 1]. 1s.

Livy. The first five Books. By J. Prendeville. 12mo. roan, 5s.
Or Books I.-III. 3s. 6d. IV. and V. 3s. 6d.

4 George Bell and Sons’

Lucretius. Titi Lucretii Cari de Rerum Natura Libri Sex. With
a Translation and Notes. By H. A. J. Munro, M.A. 2 vols. 8vo. Vol. I.
Text, 16s. Vol. II. Translation, 6s. (Sold separately.)

Ovid. P. Ovidii Nasonis Heroides XIV. By A. Palmer, M.A. 8vo. 6s.

Propertius. Sex Aurelii Propertii Carmina. By F. A. Paley, M.A.
8vo. Cloth, 9s.

Sophocles. The Ajax. By Ὁ. E. Palmer, M.A. 4s. 6d.

Thucydides. The History of the Peloponnesian War. By Richard
Shilleto, M.A. BookT. 8vo. 6s. 6d. (Book 11. in the press.)

Greek Testament. By Henry Alford, D.D. 4 vols. 8vo. (Sold

separately.) Vol. I. 1]. 8s. Vol. II. 11]. 45. Vol. III. 18s. Vol. IV. Part 1. 185.;
Part II. 14s.; or in one Vol. 32s,

LATIN AND GREEK CLASS-BOOKS.

Auxilia Latina. A Series of Progressive Latin Exercises. By
Rev. J. B. Baddeley, M.A. Feap. 8vo. 2s.

Latin Prose Lessons. By A.J. Church, M.A. 2nd Edit. Feap. 8vo.
2s. 6d.

Latin Exercises and Grammar Papers. By T. Collins, M.A. 2nd
Edition. Feap. 8vo. 2s. 6d.

Analytical Latin Exercises. By C. P. Mason, B.A. 2nd Edit. 3s. 6d.
Scala Greeca: a Series of Hlementary Greek Exercises. By Rey. J. W.
Davis, M.A., and R. W. Baddeley, M.A. 3rd Edition. Feap. 8vo. 2s. 6d.

Greek Verse Composition. By G. Preston, M.A. Crown 8vo.
4s, θα.

By tHe Rev. P. Frost, M.A., Sr. Jonn’s Cotnecr, CAMBRIDGE.
Ecloge Latine; or, First Latin Reading-Book, with English Notes
and a Dictionary. New Edition. Feap. 8vo. 2s. 6d.

Materials for Latin Prose Composition. New Edition. Feap. 8vo.
2s. 6d. Key, 4s.

A Latin Verse-Book. An Introductory Work on Hexameters and
Pentameters. New Edition. Feap. 8vo. 3s. Key, 5s.

Analecta Greeca Minora, with Introductory Sentences, English
Notes, and a Dictionary. New Edition. Fecap. 8vo. 3s. 6d.

Materials for Greek Prose Composition. New Edit. Feap. 8vo.
3s. 6d. Key, 5s.

Florilegium Poeticum. Elegiac Extracts from Ovid and Tibullus,
New Edition. With Notes. Feap. 8vo. 3s.

By THE Rev. F. E. Grerron.
A First Cheque-book for Latin Verse-makers. is. 6d.
A Latin Version for Masters. 2s. 6d.

Reddenda; or Passages with Parallel Hints for Translation into
Latin Prose and Verse. Crown 8vo. 4s. θα,

Reddenda Reddita (sce next page).

By H. A. Βοῦραν, LUu.D.
Foliorum Silvula. Part I. Passages for Translation into Latin
Elegiac and Heroic Verse. 8th Edition. Post 8yo. 7s. 6d.
Part II. Select Passages for Translation into Latin Lyric
and Comic Iambic Verse. 3rd Edition. Post 8vo. 5s.

Part III. Select Passages for Translation into Greek Verse.
8rd Edition. Post 8vo. 8s.

Educational Works. 5

Folia Silvule, sive Ecloge Poetarum Anglicorum in Latinum et
Greecum converse. 8vo. Vol. 1. 10s. 6d. Vol. IT. 12s.

Foliorum Centuriz. Select Passages for Translation into Latin
and Greek Prose. 6th Edition. Post 8vo. 8s.

TRANSLATIONS, SELECTIONS, &ce.

*,.* Many of the following books are well adapted for School Prizes.

4eschylus. Translated into English Prose by F. A. Paley, M.A.
2nd Edition. 8yo. 7s. 6d.

Translated into English Verse by Anna Swanwick. Crown

ὧν 8vo. 2vols. 12s.

Folio Edition, with 33 Dlustrations after Flaxman. 21. 2s.

Anthologia Greeca. A Selection of Choice Greek Poetry, with Notes.
By F. St. John Thackeray. 4th and Cheaper Edition. 16mo. 4s. 6d.

Anthologia Latina. A Sclection of Choice Latin Poetry, from
aes to τε: with Notes. By Rey. F. St. John Thackeray. Fcap.

vo. 6s. 6d.

Aristophanes: The Peace. Text and Metrical Translation. By
B. B. Rogers, M.A. Feap. 4to. Js. 6d. [

The Wasps. Text and Metrical Translation. By B. B.
Rogers, M.A. Feap. 4to. 7s. 6d.

Corpus Poetarum Latinorum. Edited by Walker. lvol.8vo. 18s.

Horace. The Odes and Carmen agp see ἘΞ English Verse by
J. Conington, M.A. 7th edition. Feap. 8vo.

The Satires and Epistles. In English ga, by J. Coning-

ton, M.A. 4th edition. 6s. 6d.

Illustrated from Antique Gems by C. W. King, M.A. The
text revised with Introduction by H. A. J. Munro, M.A. Large 8vo. 1]. 15. ἡ

Mvsz Etonenses, sive Carminym Etonz# Conditorvm Delectvs.
Bv Richard Okes. 2 vols. 8vo. 15s.

Propertius. Verse translations from Book V., with revised Latin
Text. By F. A. Paley, M.A. Feap. 8vo. 3s.

Plato. Gorgias. Translated by Εἰ. M. Cope, M.A. 8vo. 7s.

Philebus. Translated by F. A. Paley, M.A. Small8vo. 4s.

— Theetetus. Translated by F. A. Paley, M.A. Small 8yo, 4s.

ee and Index of the Dialogues. By Dr. Day. Post

8γο.

Reddenda Reddita : Passages from English Poetry, with a Latin
Verse Translation. By F. E. “Gretton. Crown 8yo. 6s.

Sabrinz Corolla in hortulis Regis Schol# Salopiensis contexuerunt
tres viri floribus legendis. Editio tertia. Syo. 8s. 6d.

Sertum Carthusianum Floribus trium Seculorum Contextum. By
W.H. Brown. 8vo. 145.

Theocritus. In English Verse, by C. 8S. Calverley, M.A. Crown
8yo. 7s. θα.

Translations into English and Latin. By C. S. Calverley, M.A.
Post 8vo. 7s. 6d.

By Β. C. Jebb, M.A.; H. Jackson, M.A., and W. E. Currey,

M.A. Crown 8vo. 85.

into Greek and Latin Verse. By R. C. Jebb. 4to. cloth
gilt. 10s. 6d.

Virgil. The Fourth Book of the Aineid in English Verse. By
W. J. Thornhill, Demy 8vyo. 2s, 6d.

6 George Bell and Sons’

REFERENCE VOLUMES.

A Latin Grammar. By T.H. Key, M.A. 6th Thousand. Post 8vo.
8s.

A Short Latin Grammar for Schools. By T. H. Key, M.A.,
F.R.S. llth Hdition. Post 8vo. 3s. 6d.

A Guide to the Choice of Classical Books. By J.B. Mayor, M.A.

Crown 8yo. 2s.

The Theatre of the Greeks. By J. W. Donaldson, D.D. 8th
Edition. Post 8vo. 5s.

A Dictionary of Latin and Greek Quotations. By H. T. Riley.
Post 8vo. 5s. With Index Verborum, 6s.

A History of Roman Literature. By ὟΥ. 5. Teuffel, Professor at
the University of Tibingen. By W. Wagner, Ph.D. 2 vols. Demy 8vo. 21s.

Student’s Guide to the University of Cambridge. Revised and
corrected. 3rd Edition. Feap. 8vo. 6s. 6d.

CLASSICAL TABLES.
Greek Verbs. A Catalogue of Verbs, Irregular and Defective; their

leading formations, tenses, and ee υρ with Paradigms for conjugation,
Rules for formation of tenses, &. &e. By J.S. Baird, T.C.D. 2s. 6d.

Greek Accents (Notes on). By A. Barry, D.D. New Edition. 1s.

Homeric Dialect. Its Leading Forms and Peculiarities. By J.8.
Baird, T.C.D. 1s.

Greek Accidence. By the Rev. P. Frost, M.A. New Edition. Is.
Latin Accidence. By the Rey. P. Frost, M.A. 15.
Latin Versification. 158.

Notabilia Quedam; or the Principal Tenses of most of the

Irregular Greek Verbs and Elementary Greck, Latin, and French Con-
struction. New edition. 1s.

Richmond Rules for the Ovidian Distich, &, By J. Tate,
M.A. Is.

The Principles of Latin Syntax. Is.

CAMBRIDGE SCHOOL AND COLLEGE
TEXT-BOOKS.

A Series of Elementary Treatises for the use of Students in the
Universities, Schools, and Candidates for the Public
Examinations. Fcap. 8vo.

Arithmetic. By Rey. C. Elsee, M.A. Feap. 8vo. 7th Edit. 3s. 6d.
Algebra. By the Rey. C. Elsee, M.A. 4th Edit. 4s.
Arithmetic. By A. Wrigley, M.A. 3s. 6d.

A Progressive Course of Examples. With Answers. By
J. Watson, M.A. 83rd Edition. 2s. 6d.

Algebra. Progressive Course of Examples. By Rey. W. F.
M‘Michael, M.A., and R. Prowde Smith, M.A. 4s,

Educational Works. 7

Plane Astronomy, An Introduction to, By P. T. Main, M.A.

; 3rd Edition. (In the Press.

Conic Sections treated Geometrically. By W. H. Besant, M.A.
2nd Edition. 4s. 6d.

Elementary Conic Sections treated Geometrically. By W. H.
Besant, M.A. {In the Press.

Statics, Elementary, By Rev. H. Goodwin, D.D. 2nd Edit. 3s.

Dynamics, Elementary. By Rev. H. Goodwin, D.D, 2nd Edit. 3s.
Hydrostaties, Elementary. By W. H. Besant, M.A. 7 th Edit. 4s.
Mensuration, An Elementary Treatise on. By B. T. Moore, M.A.

5s.

Né€wton’s Principia, The First Three Sections of, with an Appen-
dix; and the Ninth and Eleventh Sections. By J. H. Evans, M.A. 5th
Edition, by P. T. Main, M.A. 4s.

Trigonometry, Elementary. By T. P. Hudson, M.A. 3s. 6d.

Optics, Geometrical. With Answers. By W. 5. Aldis, M.A. 3s. 6d.

Analytical Geometry for Schools. By T. G. Vyvyan. 3rd Edit.
45. 6d.

Greek Testament, Companion to the. By A. C. Barrett, A.M.
3rd Edition. Feap. 8yo. 5s.

Book of Common Prayer, An Historical and Explanatory Treatise
onthe. By W. G. Humphry, B.D. 5th Edition. Feap. 8vo. 4s. 6d.,
Music, Text-book of. By H.C. Banister. 6th Edit. revised. 5s.
Concise History of. By H. G. Bonayia Hunt, B. Mus,

Oxon. 2nd Edition revised. 3s. 6d:

ARITHMETIC AND ALGEBRA.

Principles and Practice of Arithmetic. By J. Hind, M.A. 9th
Edit. 4s. 6d.

Elements of Algebra. By J. Hind, M.A. 6thEdit. 8vo. 10s. 6d.

Choice and Chance. A Treatise on Permutations, &e. By W.

A, Whitworth. 2nd Edition. Crown 8vo. 6s.
See also foregoing Series.

- GEOMETRY AND EUCLID.

T-zt-Book of Geometry. By T. S. Aldis, M.A. Small 8vo,
«. 6d. Part 1. 25, 64, Part II. 2s.

"85. Elements of Euclid. By H. J. Hose. Feap. 8vo. 4s. 6d.
fixercises separately, 18,

. — — The First Six Books, with Commentary by Dr. Lardner.
10th Edition. 8yo. 6s.

The First Two Books explained to Beginners. By C. P.
Mason, B.A. 2nd Edition. Feap. 8vo. 2s. 6d.

The Enunciations and Figures to Euclid’s Elements. By Rev.
J. Brasse, D.D. 3rd Edition. Feap. 8vo. 1s. On Cards, in case, 5s. 6d.
Without the Figures, 6d.

Exercises on Euclid and in Modern Geometry. By J. McDowell,
B.A. Crown 8yo. 2nd Edition revised. 6s.

ὃ George Bell and Sons’

᾿ Geometrical Conic Sections. By W. H. Besant, M.A. 3rd Edit.
4s. 6d.

Elementary Geometrical Conic Sections. By W. H. Besant,
M.A. [In the Press.

The Geometry of Conics. By Ὁ. Taylor, M.A. 2nd Edit. 8vyo.
4s, 6d.

Solutions of Geometrical Problems, proposed at St. John’s
College from 1830 to 1846. By T. Gaskin, M.A. 8yo. 12s.

TRIGONOMETRY.

The Shrewsbury Trigonometry. By J. C. P. Aldous. Crown
8vo. 25.

Elementary Trigonometry. By T. P. Hudson, M.A. 85. 6d.

Elements of Plane and Spherical Trigonometry. By J. Hind,
M.A. 5th Edition. 12mo. 6s. i

An Elementary Treatise on Mensuration. By Bb. T. Moore,
M.A. 5s.

ANALYTICAL GEOMETRY
AND DIFFERENTIAL CALCULUS.

An Introduction to Analytical Plane Geometry. By W. P.
Turnbull, M.A. 8vo. 12s.

Treatise on Plane Co-ordinate Geometry. By M. O’Brien, M.A.
8vo. 95.

Problems on the Principles of Plane Co-ordinate Geomeiry.
By W. Walton, M.A. 8vo. 1658.

Trilinear Co-ordinates, and. Modern Analytical Geometry of
Two Dimensions. By W. A. Whitworth, M.A. ὅνο. 16s.

An Elementary Treatise on Solid Geometry. By W.5S. Aldis,
M.A. 2nd Edition revised. 8vo. 8s.

Geometrical Illustrations of the Differential Calculus. By
M. B. Pell. 8vo. 2s. 6d.

Elementary Treatise on the Differential Calculus. By M.
O’Brien, M.A. 8vo. 10s. 6d.

Notes on Roulettes and Glissettes. By W. H. Besant, M.A.
8vo. 3s. θα.

Elliptic Functions, Elementary Treatise on. By A. Cayley, M.A.
Demy 8yo. 158.

MECHANICS & NATURAL PHILOSOPHY.

Statics, Elementary. By H. Goodwin, D.D. Feap. 8yo. 2nd
Edition. 3s.

Statics, Treatise on. By S. Earnshaw, M.A. 4th Edition. S8vo.
10s. 6d.

Dynamics, A Treatise on Elementary. By W. Garnett, B.A.
2nd Edition. Crown 8yo. 6s.

Dynamics, Elementary. By H. Goodwin, D.D. Feap. 8vo, 2nd
Edition. 3s.

Statics and Dynamics, Problems in. By W. Walton, M.A, ὅνο.
105. 6d,

Educational Works. τ 4@

Theoretical Mechanics, Problems in. By W. Walton. 2nd Edit.
revised and enlarged. Demy 8yo. 168.

Mechanics, An Elementary Treatise on. By Prof. Potter. 4th
Edition revised. 8s. 6d.

Hydrostatics, Elementary. By Prof. Potter. 7s. 6d.

Hydrostatics. By W. H. Besant, M.A. Feap.8vo. 8th Edition. 4s.

Hydromechanics, A Treatise on. By W. H. Besant, M.A. 8vo.
New Edition revised. 10s. 6d.

Dynamics of a Particle, A Treatise onthe. By W. H. Besant, M.A.

Preparing.

Dynamics of a Rigid Body, Solutions of Examples on pi By
W.N. Griffin, M.A. 8vo. 6s. 6d.

Motion, An Elementary Treatise on. By J. R.Lunn,M.A. 7s. 6d.

Optics, Geometrical. By W.S. Aldis, M.A. Feap. 8vo. 3s. 6d.

Double Refraction, A Chapter on Fresnel’s Theory of. By W. 5.
Aldis, M.A. 8vo. 2s,

Optics, An Elementary Treatise on. By Prof. Potter. Part I.
3rd Edition. 9s. 6d. Part II. 12s. 6d.

Optics, Physical; or the Nature and Properties of Light. By Prof.

\ Potter, A.M. 65. θά. Part 11, 7s. 6d.

Heat, An Elementary Treatise on. By W. Garnett, B.A. Crown
8yo. 2nd Edition revised.

Geometrical Optics, Figures Illustrative of. From Schelbach.
By W. B. Hopkins. Folio. Plates. 10s. 6d.

Newton's Principia, The First Three Sections of, with an Appen-
dix; and the Ninth and Eleventh Sections. By J. H. Evans, M.A. 5th
Edition. Edited by P. T. Main, M.A. 4s.

Astronomy, An Introduction to Plane. By P. T. Main, M.A.
Feap. 8vo. cloth. 4s.

Astronomy, Practical and Spherical. By R. Main, M.A. 8vo. 145.

Astronomy, Elementary Chapters on, from the ‘ Astronomie
Physique’ of Biot. By H. Goodwin, D.D. 8yvo. 3s. 6d.

Pure Mathematics and Natural Philosophy, A Compendium of
Facts and Formule in. By G. R. Smalley. Feap. 8vo. 3s. 6d.

Elementary Course of Mathematics. By H. Goodwin, D.D.
6th Edition. 8vo. 16s.

Problems and Examples, adapted to the ‘ Elementary Course of
Mathematics.’ 3rd Edition. 8vo. 5s.

Solutions of Goodwin’s Collection of Problems and Examples.
By W. W. Hutt, M.A. 3rd Edition, revised and enlarged. 8yo. 9s.

Pure Mathematics, Elementary Examples in. By J. Taylor. 8vo.
7s. θα.

Euclid, Mechanical. By thelate W. Whewell, D.D. 5th Edition. 5s,

Mechanics of Construction. With numerous Examples. By
S. Fenwick, F.R.A.S. 8vo. 12s.

Anti-Logarithms, Table of. By H. E. Filipowski. 3rd Edition.
8yo. 15s.

Mathematical and other Writings of R. L. Ellis, M.A. 8vo. 16s.

Pure and Applied Calculation, Notes on the Principles of. By
Rey. J. Challis, M.A. Demy 8yvo. 15s.

Physics, The Mathematical Principle of. By Rey, J. Challis, M.A.
Demy 8vo. 5s.

10 George Bell and Sons’

HISTORY, TOPOGRAPHY, δι.

Rome and the Campagna. By R. Burn, M.A. With 85 En-
grayings and 26 Maps and Plans. With Appendix. 4to. 31. 3s.

Modern Europe. By Dr. Τὶ H. Dyer. 2ud Edition revised and
continued. 5vols. Demy 8vo. 21. 12s. 6d.

The History of the Kings of Rome. By Dr. T. H. Dyer. ὅνο.
16s.

A Plea for Livy. By Dr. T. H. Dyer. 8vo. Is.

Roma, Regalis. By Dr. T. H. Dyer. 8vo. 2s. θά.

The History of Pompeii: its Buildings and Antiquities, By
T. H. Dyer. 3rd Edition, brought down to 1874. Post 8vo. 7s. 6d.

Ancient Athens: its History, OROeT REY, and Remains. By
T. H. Dyer. Super-royal8vo. Cloth. 11.5

The Decline of the Roman Republic. By G. Long. 5 vols.
8vo. 145. each.

A History of England during the Early and Middle Ages. By
C. H. Pearson, ἍΜ. A. 2nd Edition revised and enlarged. ὅνο. Vol. I.
16s. Vol. 11. 14s.

Historical Maps of England. By C. H. Pearson. Folio, 2nd
Edition revised. 3ls. 6d.

History of England from 1800-15. By Harriet Martineau. 1 vol.
3s. 6d.

History of the Thirty Years’ Peace, 1815-46. By Harriet Mar-
tineau. 4vols. 3s. 6d. each.

A Practical Synopsis of English History. By A. Bowes. 4th
Edition. S8vo. 2s,

Student’s Text-Book of English and General History. By
D. Beale. Crown 8vo. 2s. θα.

Lives of the Queens of England. By A. Strickland. Library
Edition, 8 vols. 7s. 6d. each. Cheaper Edition, 6 vols. 5s. each. Abridged
Edition, 1 vol. 6s. Gd.

Eginhard’s Life of Karl the Great (Charlemagne). Translated
with Notes, by W. Glaister, M.A., B.C.L., Crown 8vo. 4s. 6d.

Outlines of Indian History. By A. W. Hughes. Small post
8vo. 3s. 6d.

The Elements of General History. By Prof. Tytler. New
Edition, brought down to 1874, Small post ϑνο. s. 6d.

ATLASES.
An Atlas of Classical Geography. 24 Maps. By W. Hughes
and G. Long, M.A. New Edition. Imperial 8vo. 12s. 6d.
A Grammar-School Atlas of Classical Geography. Ten Maps
selected from the above. New Edition. Imperial 8vo. 5s.
First Classical Maps. By the Rev. J. Tate, M.A. 3rd Edition.
Imperial 8vyo. 7s. 6d.

Standard Library Atlas of Classical Geography. Imp. 8vo.
75. θα.

Educational Works. 11

PHILOLOGY.

WEBSTER’S DICTIONARY OF THE ENGLISH LAN-
GUAGE. Re-edited by N. Porter and Ὁ. A. Goodrich. With Dr. Mahn’s
Etymology. 1 vol. 215. With Appendices and 70 additional pages of
Illustrations, 31s. 6d.

‘THE BEST PRACTICAL ENGLISH DICTIONARY EXTANT.’—Quarterly Review.
Prospectuses, with specimen pages, post free on application.

New Dictionary of the English Language. Combining Explan-
ation with Etymology, and copiously illustrated by Quotations from the
best Authorities. By Dr. Richardson. New Edition, with a Supplement.
2 vols. 4to. 41. 14s. 6d.; half russia, δι. 15s, 6d.; russia, 61. 12s. Supplement
separately. 4to. 12s.

An8vo. Edit. without the Quotations, 15s.; half russia, 20s.; russia, 24s.

The Elements of the English Language. By E. Adams, Ph.D.
15th Edition. Post 8vo. 4s. 6d.

Philological Essays. By T. H. Key, M.A., F.R.S. ὅνο. 10s. θά.

Language, its Origin and Development. By T.H. Key, M.A.,
F.R.S. ὅνο. 14s.

Synonyms and Antonyms of the English Language. By Arch-
deacon Smith. 2nd Edition. Post 8vo. 5s.

Synonyms Discriminated. By Archdeacon Smith. Demy 8vo. 105.

Etymological Glossary of nearly 2500 English Words in

Common Use derived from the Greek. By the Rev. E. J. Boyce. Fecap.
8yo. 3s. 6d.

A Syriac Grammar. By G. Phillips, D.D. 3rd Edition, enlarged.
8vo. 7s. 6d.

A Grammar of the Arabic Language. By Rev. W. J. Beau-
mont, M.A. 12mo. 7s.

Who Wrote It? A Dictionary of Common Poetical Quotations.
Feap. 8vo. 2s. 6d.

DIVINITY, MORAL PHILOSOPHY, &c.

Novum Testamentum Greecum, Textus Stephanici, 1550. By
F. H. Scrivener, A.M., LL.D. New Edition. 16mo. 4s. 6d. Also on
Writing Paper, with Wide Margin. Half-bound, 12s.

By the same Author.

Codex Bezsze Cantabrigiensis. 4to. - 26s.

A Full Collation of the Codex Sinaiticus with the Received Text
of the New Testament, with Critical Introduction. 2nd Edition, revised.
Feap. 8vo. 5s.

A Plain Introduction to the Criticism of the New Testament.
With Forty Facsimiles from Ancient Manuscripts. 2nd Edition. 8vo. 16s.

Six Lectures on the Text of the New Testament. For English
Readers. Crown 8yo. 6s.

The New Testament for English Readers. By the late H. Alford,
D.D. Vol. 1. Part I. 3rd Edit. 12s. Vol. I. Part II. 2nd Edit. 10s. θα.
Vol. Il. Part I. 2nd Edit. 16s. Vol. II. Part 11. 2nd Edit. 16s.

The Greek Testament. By the late H. Alford, D.D. Vol. I. 6th
Fdit. 11. 8s. Vol. 11. 6th Edit. 11. 4s. Vol. III. 5th Edit. 18s. Vol. IV.
Part I. 4th Edit. 18s. Vol. IV. Part II. 4th Edit. 14s. Vol. IV. 11. 12s.

12 George Bell and Sons’

Companion to the Greek Testament. By A. C. Barrett, M.A.
3rd Edition. Feap. 8vo. 5s.

Liber Apologeticus. The Apology of Tertullian, with English
Notes, by H. A. Woodham, LL.D. 2nd Edition. 8vo. 8s. 6d.

The Book of Psalms. A New Translation, with Introductions, &c.
By Rev. J. J. Stewart Perowne, D.D. 8yvo. Vol. 1. 4th Edition, 18s.
Vol. 11. 3rd Edit. 16s.

Abridged for Schools. 2nd Edition. Crown 8vo. 10s. 6d.

History of the Articles of Religion. By C. H. Hardwick. 3rd
Edition, Post 8vo. 5s.

Pearson on the Creed. Carefully printed from an early edition.
With Analysis and Index by Εἰ. Walford, M.A. Post 8vo. 5s.

Doctrinal System of St. John as Evidence of the Date of his
Gospel. By Rev. J. J. Lias, M.A. Crown 8vo. 6s.

An Historical and Explanatory Treatise on the Book of
Common Prayer. By Rev. W. G. Humphry, B.D. 5th Edition, enlarged.
Small post 8vo. 4s. 6d.

The New Table of Lessons Explained. By Rev. W. G. Humphry,
B.D. Feap. 1s. 6d.

A Commentary on the Gospels for the Sundays and other Holy
Days of the Christian Year. By Rev. W. Denton, A.M. New Edition.
3 vols. 8vyo. 54s. Sold separately.

Commentary on the Epistles for the Sundays and other Holy
Days of the Christian Year. By Rey. W. Denton, A.M. 2 vols. 36s. Sold
separately.

Commentary on the Acts. By Rev. W. Denton, A.M. Vol. I.
8vo. 18s. Vol. 11. 14s.

Notes on the Catechism. By Rev. A. Barry, D.D. 5th Edit.
Keap. 2s.

Catechetical Hinis and Helps. By Rev. E. J. Boyee, M.A. 3rd
Edition, revised. Feap. 2s. 6d.

Examination Papers on Religious Instruction. By Rev. E. J.
Boyce. Sewed. 1s. 6d.

Church Teaching for the Church’s Children. An Exposition
of the Catechism. By the Rey. F. W. Harper. Sq. feap. 2s.

The Winton Church Catechist. Questions and Answers on the
Teaching of the Church Catechism. By the late Rev. J. S. B. Monsell,
LL.D. 3rd Edition. Cloth, 3s.; or in Four Parts, sewed.

The Church Teacher's Manual of Christian Instruction. By
Rey. M. F. Sadler. 16th Thousand. 2s. 6d.

Short Explanation of the Epistles and Gospels of the Chris-
tian Year, with Questions. Royal 32mo. 2s. 6d.; calf, 4s. 6d.

Butler’s Analogy of Religion; with Introduction and Index by
Rey. Dr. Steere. New Edition. Feap. 3s. 6d.

Three Sermons on Human Nature, and Dissertation on
Virtue. By W. Whewell, D.D. 4th Edition. Feap. ϑνο. 2s. 6d.

Lectures on the History of Moral Philosophy in England. By
W. Whewell, D.D. Crown 8vo. 88.

Elements of Morality, including Polity. By W. Whewell, D.D.
New Edition, in 8vo. 15s.

Astronomy and General Physics (Bridgewater Treatise). New
Edition. 5s.

Educational Works. 13

Kent's Commentary on International Law. By J. T. Abdy,
LL.D. -New and Cheap Edition. Crown 8yo. 10s. 6d.
A Manual of the Roman Civil Law. By G. Leapingwell, LL.D.

8vo. 12s.

FOREIGN CLASSICS.

A series for use in Schools, with English Notes, grammatical and
explanatory, and renderings of difficult idiomatic expressions.
Feap. 8vo.

Schiller’s Wallenstein. By Dr. A. Buchheim. New Edit. 6s. 6d.
Or the Lager and Piccolomini, 3s. 6d. Wallenstein’s Tod, 3s. 6d.

Maid of Orleans. By Dr. W. Wagner. 3s. 6d.

Maria Stuart. By VY. Kastner. 3s.

Goethe’s Hermann and Dorothea. By E. Bell, M.A., and
E. Wolfel. 2s. 6d.

German Ballads, from Uhland, Goethe, and Schiller. By C. L.
Bielefeld. 3s. 6d.

Charles XII., par Voltaire. By L. Direy. 3rd Edition. 3s. 6d.

Aventures de Télémaque, par Fénélon. By Ὁ. J. Delille. 2nd
Edition. 4s. 6d.

Select Fables of La Fontaine. By F. E. A. Gasc. New Edition. 3s.
Picciola, by X. B. Saintine. By Dr.Dubuc. 4th Edition. 3s. 6d.

FRENCH CLASS-BOOKS.

Twenty Lessons in French. With Vocabulary, giving the Pro-
nunciation. By W. Brebner. Post 8vo. 4s.

French Grammar for Public Schools. By Rey. A. C. Clapin, M.A.
Feap. 8vo. 2nd Hdit. 2s.6d. Separately, Part I. 2s.; Part IT. 1s. 6d.

French Primer. By Rey. A. Ὁ. Clapin, M.A. Feap. 8vo. 15.
Primer of French Philology. By Rey. A. Ὁ. Clapin. Feap. 8vo. 15.

Le Nouveau Tresor; or, French Student’s Companion. By
M.E.S. 16th Edition. Feap. 8vo. 3s. 6d.

F. EK. A. GASC’S FRENCH COURSE.

First French Book. Fecap 8vo. New Edition. 1s. 6d.
Second French Book. New Edition. Feap. 8vo. 2s. 6d.
Key to First and Second French Books. Feap. 8yo. 3s. 6d.

French Fables for Beginners, in Prose, with Index. New Edition.
12mo. 2s.

Select Fables of La Fontaine. New Edition. Feap. 8vo. 3s.

Histoires Amusantes et Instructives. With Notes. New Edition.
Feap. 8vo. 2s. 6d.

14 George Bell and Sons’ 3

Practical Guide to Modern French Conversation. Fcap. 8vo.
2s, 6d.

French Poetry for the Young. With Notes. Feap. 8vo. 2s.

Materials for French Prose Composition; or, Selections from
the best English Prose Writers. New Edition. Feap. 8vo. 4s. 6d. Key, 6s.

Prosateurs Contemporains. With Notes. 8vo. New Edition,
revised. 5s.

Le Petit Compagnon; a French Talk-Book for Little Children.
16mo. 2s. 6d.

An Improved Modern Pocket Dictionary of the French and
English Languages. 25th Thousand, with additions. 16mo. Cloth. 4s.
Also in 2 vols., in neat leatherette, 5s.

Modern French-English and English-French Dictionary. 2nd
Edition, revised. In 1 vol. 12s, 6d. (formerly 2 vols. 25s.)

GOMBERT’S FRENCH DRAMA.

Being a Selection of the best Tragedies and Comedies of Moliére,
Racine, Corneille, and Voltaire. With Arguments and Notes by A.
Gombert. New Edition, revised by F. E. A. Gase. Feap. 8vo. 1s. each;
sewed, 6d. ConTENTS.

MoLiERE:—Le Misanthrope. L’Avare. Le Bourgeois Gentilhomme. Le
Tartuffe. Le Malade Imaginaire. Les Femmes Savantes. Les Fourberies
de Scapin. Les Précieuses Ridicules. L’Ecole des Femmes. L’Ecole des
Maris. Le Médecin malgré Lui.

Ractne:—Phédre. Esther. Athalie. Iphigénie. Les Plaideurs. La
Thébaide; or, Les Fréres Ennemis. Andromaque. Britannicus.

P. CorNEILLE:—Le Cid. Horace. Cinna. Polyeucte.

VOLTAIRE :—Zaire.

GERMAN CLASS-BOOKS.

Materials for German Prose Composition. By Dr. Buchheim.
5th Edition, revised, with an Index. Feap. 4s. 6d.

A German Grammar for Public Schools. By the Rev. A. C.
Clapin and F. Holl Miller. Feap. 2s. 6d.

Kotzebue’s Der Gefangene. With Notesby Dr. W. Stromberg. 1s,

ENGLISH CLASS-BOOKS.

The Elements of the English Language. By Εἰ. Adams, Ph.D.
15th Edition. Post 8vo. 4s. 6d.

The Rudiments of English Grammar and Analysis. By
E. Adams, Ph.D. New Edition. Feap. 8vo. 2s.

By C. P. Mason, B.A. Lonpon UNIVERSITY.

First Notions of Grammar for Young Learners. Feap. 8vo.
Cloth. 8d.

First Steps in English Grammar for Junior Classes. Demy
18mo. New Edition. 18.

Educational Works. 15

Outlines of English Grammar for the use of Junior Classes.
Cloth. 1s. 6d.

English Grammar, including the Principles of Grammatical
Analysis. 22nd Edition. Post 8vo. 3s. 6d.

The Analysis of Sentences applied to Latin. Post 8vo. 158. 6d.

Analytical Latin Exercises: Accidence and Simple Sentences, &c.
Post 8vo. 3s. 6d.

Edited for Middle-Class Examinations.

With Notes on the Analysis and Parsing, and Explanatory Remarks.
Milton's Paradise Lost, Book I. With Life. 3rd Edit. Post 8vo.
2s.

Book II. With Life. 2nd Edit. Post 8vo. 2s.
Book Ill. With Life. Post 8vo. 2s.

Goldsmith's Deserted Village. With Life. Post 8vo. Is. 6d.
Cowper’s Task, Book II. With Life. Post 8vo. 2s.

Thomson's Spring. With Life. Post 8yo. 2s.

Winter. With Life. Post 8vo. 2s.

Practical Hints on Teaching. By Rev. J. Menet, M.A. 4th Edit.
Crown 8vyo. cloth, 2s. 6d. ; paper, 2s.

Test Lessons in Dictation. Paper cover, 1s. 6d.

Questions for Examinations in English Literature. By Rev.
W. W. Skeat. 2s. 6d.

Drawing Copies. By P. H. Delamotte. Oblong 8vo.12s. Sold

also in parts at 1s. each.
Poetry for the School-room. New Edition. Feap. 8vo. Is. 6d.

Select Parables from Nature, for Use in Schools. By Mrs, A.
Gatty. Feap. 8vo. Cloth. Is.

School Record for Young Ladies’ Schools. 6d.
Geographical Text-Book; a Practical Geography. By M. E. 8.

12mo. 2s.
The Blank Maps done up separately, 4to. 2s. coloured.

A First Book of Geography. By Rev. C. A. Johns, B.A., F.L.S.
&e. Illustrated. 12mo. 2s. 6d.

Loudon’'s (Mrs.) Entertaining Naturalist. New Edition. Revised.
by W. S. Dallas, F.L.S. 5s.

Handbook of Botany New Edition, greatly enlarged by ~
D. Wooster. Feap. 2s. 6d,

The Botanist’s Pocket-Book. With a copious Index. By W. Rh.
Hayward. 2nd Edit. revised. Crown 8vo. Cloth limp. 4s. 6d.

Experimental Chemistry, founded on the Work of Dr. Stéckhardt.
By C. W. Heaton. Post ϑὅνο. 5s.

Double Entry Elucidated. By B. W. Foster. 7th Edit. 4to.
8s. 6d. :

A New Manual of Book-keeping. By P. Crellin, Accountant,
Crown 8yo. 3s. 6d.

16. George Bell and Sons’ Educational Works.

Picture School-Books. In Simple Language, with numerous
Illustrations. Royal 16mo.

School Primer. 6d.—School Reader. By J. Tilleard. 1s.—Poetry Book
for Schools. 1s.—The Life of Joseph. 1s.—The Scripture Parables. By the
Rey. J. 1. Clarke. 1s.—The Scripture Miracles. By the Rev. J. EH. Clarke.
1s.—The New Testament History. By the Rev. J.G. Wood, M.A. 1s.—The
Old Testament History. By the Rev. J. G. Wood, M.A. 1s.—The Story of
Bunyan’s Pilgrim’s Progress. 1s.—The Life of Christopher Columbus. By
Sarah Crompton. 1s.—The Life of Martin Luther. By Sarah Crompton. 1s.

BOOKS FOR YOUNG READERS.
In 8 vols. Limp cloth, 6d. each.

The Cat and the Hen—Sam and his Dog Red-leg—The New-born Lamb
and other Tales The Blind Boy; The Mute Girl; A New Tale of Babes
in a Wood——The Dey and the Knight ; The New Banknote ; The Royal Visit;
A King’s Walk on a Winter’s Day Story of a Cat, told by Herself——The
Three Monkeys——Queen Bee and Busy Bece——Gull’s Crag, a Story of the
Sea.

BELL’S READING-BOOKS.
FOR SCHOOLS AND PAROCHIAL LIBRARIES.

The popularity which the ‘Books for Young Readers’ have attained is
a sufficient proof that teachers and pupils alike approve of the use of inter-
esting stories, with a simple plot in place of the dry combination of letters and
syllables, making no impression on the mind, of which elementary reading-
books generally consist.

The Publishers have therefore thought it advisable to extend the application
of this principle to books adapted for more advanced readers.

Now Ready. Post 8vo. Strongly bound.

Masterman Ready. By Captain Marryat, R.N. 15. 6d.

The Settlers in Canada. By Captain Marryat. R.N. 15. 6d.
Parables from Nature. (Selected.) By Mrs. Gatty. Is.
Friends in Fur and Feathers. By Gwynfryn. 18.
Robinson Crusoe. 18. 6d.

Andersen’s Danish Tales. (Selected.) By EH. Bell, M.A. 15.
Southey’s Life of Nelson. (Abridged.) 15.

Grimm’s German Tales. (Selected.) By EH. Bell, M.A. 1s.
Life of the Duke of Wellington. ls.

Others in Preparation.

London: Printed by JoHN STRANGEWAYS, Castle £t. Leicester Sq.

REIVAN CIRCULATION VDEPARKIMENT Se ae
TOmemp 2202 Main Library
LOAN PERIOD 1

= HOMEUSE ig

ALL BOOKS MAY BE RECALLED AFTER 7 DAYS

Renewals and Recharges may be made 4 days prior to the due date.
m--1- —... ba Danavasnd hu calling 449.2405.

BERKELEY

ῦ

υ

GENERAL LIBRARY -

BO00924138

.

ae Ἀὶ
te As “ἃ

“

Ἂς

2

7

oe raeann NS
On eerk ene eine

Se

πο Ἂς

eS

et * >
Se seer oe
Ων ς

Se : : ; ; ; : > =

ety eye : ; ; ch nw ; rs

mah tate sea teat NAT oe ; Sek s : πον
fers, Arar Ν : olen Pe aS Aiea τὰς, Aetes

AY SeGey Sa =
ay are! Se Wa

etme Ante ase